sv1
As filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on January 25, 2010
Registration
No. 333-
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form S-1
REGISTRATION
STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF
1933
PAA Natural Gas Storage,
L.P.
(Exact Name of Registrant as
Specified in Its Charter)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
4922
|
|
27-1679071
|
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of
Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
333 Clay Street, Suite 1100
Houston, Texas 77002
(713) 646-4100
(Address, Including Zip Code,
and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Registrants
Principal Executive Offices)
Richard K. McGee
Tim Moore
333 Clay Street, Suite 1100
Houston, Texas 77002
(713) 646-4100
(Name, Address, Including Zip
Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of Agent for
Service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
David P. Oelman
D. Alan Beck, Jr.
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
1001 Fannin Street, Suite 2500
Houston, Texas 77002
(713) 758-2222
|
|
Joshua Davidson
Gerald M. Spedale
Baker Botts L.L.P.
One Shell Plaza
910 Louisiana Street
Houston, Texas 77002
(713) 229-1234
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public: As soon as practicable after this
Registration Statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following
box. o
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
check the following box and list the Securities Act registration
statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same
offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated
filer o
|
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
|
Non-accelerated
filer þ
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
Smaller reporting
company o
|
CALCULATION
OF REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
Aggregate Offering
|
|
|
Registration
|
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered
|
|
|
Price(1)(2)
|
|
|
Fee
|
Common units representing limited partner interests
|
|
|
$200,000,000
|
|
|
$14,260
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Includes common units issuable upon exercise of the
underwriters option to purchase additional common units.
|
|
(2)
|
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration
fee pursuant to Rule 457(o).
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities
and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said
Section 8(a), may determine.
The
information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and
may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the
registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an
offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer
to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or
sale is not permitted.
|
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED
JANUARY 25, 2010
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
PAA Natural Gas Storage,
L.P.
Common Units
Representing Limited Partner
Interests
This is the initial public offering of our common units. We
currently estimate that the initial public offering price will
be between $ and
$ per common unit. Prior to this
offering, there has been no public market for our common units.
We intend to apply to list our common units on the New York
Stock Exchange under the symbol PNG.
Investing in our common units involves risks. Please read
Risk Factors beginning on page 23. These risks
include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
We may not have sufficient cash following the establishment of
reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including cost
reimbursements to our general partner, to enable us to pay the
minimum quarterly distribution to holders of our common units
and Series A subordinated units.
|
|
|
|
Plains All American Pipeline, L.P., or PAA, owns and controls
our general partner, which has sole responsibility for
conducting our business and managing our operations. Our general
partner and its affiliates, including PAA, have conflicts of
interest with us and limited fiduciary duties, and may favor
their own interests to your detriment.
|
|
|
|
Increased competition from other companies that provide natural
gas storage services or services that can substitute for storage
services could have a negative impact on the demand for our
services, which could adversely affect our financial results.
|
|
|
|
Our natural gas storage operations are subject to regulation by
federal, state and local regulatory authorities; regulatory
measures adopted by such authorities could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of
operations and ability to make distributions.
|
|
|
|
We may not be able to maintain or replace expiring storage
contracts.
|
|
|
|
We may not be able to achieve our current expansion plans at our
Pine Prairie facility on economically viable terms.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Holders of our common units have limited voting rights and are
not entitled to elect our general partner or its directors.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Even if holders of our common units are dissatisfied, they
cannot initially remove our general partner without its consent.
|
|
|
|
Upon the closing of the offering, investors in our common units
will experience immediate and substantial dilution in pro forma
net tangible book value of $ per
common unit.
|
|
|
|
You will be required to pay taxes on your share of our income
even if you do not receive any cash distributions from us.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds to PAA
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting
|
|
Natural Gas
|
|
|
Price to Public
|
|
Discounts(1)
|
|
Storage, L.P.
|
|
Per Common Unit
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Excludes expenses equal to % of the
gross proceeds of this offering, or approximately
$ . |
We have granted the underwriters a
30-day
option to purchase up to an
additional common
units from us on the same terms and conditions as set forth
above if the underwriters sell more
than
common units in this offering. If the underwriters exercise
their option to purchase additional common units, we will sell
such common units to the underwriters and redeem the same number
of units from PAA.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this
prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
The underwriters expect to deliver the common units on or
about ,
2010.
|
|
Barclays
Capital |
UBS Investment Bank |
,
2010
Map
and pictures of facilities to come
Table of
Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
142
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
iii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
|
176
|
|
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
|
|
|
A-1
|
|
|
|
|
B-1
|
|
EX-3.1 |
EX-3.3 |
EX-23.1 |
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we may authorize to
be delivered to you. Neither we nor the underwriters have
authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different
information. We and the underwriters are offering to sell, and
seeking offers to buy, our common units only in jurisdictions
where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this
prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus,
regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any
sale of our common units.
Until ,
2010 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all
dealers that effect transactions in our common units, whether or
not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the
obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as
underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or
subscriptions.
iv
SUMMARY
This summary provides a brief overview of information
contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because it is
abbreviated, this summary does not contain all of the
information that you should consider before investing in our
common units. You should read the entire prospectus carefully,
including Risk Factors beginning on page 23 and
the historical financial statements and the notes to those
financial statements. The information in this prospectus assumes
(1) an initial public offering price of
$ per common unit and
(2) unless otherwise indicated, that the underwriters
option to purchase additional common units is not exercised. We
include a glossary of some of the terms used in this prospectus
as Appendix B.
References in this prospectus to PAA Natural Gas
Storage, L.P., the Partnership,
PNGS, we, us,
our or similar terms when used in a historical
context refer to the business of PAA Natural Gas Storage, LLC
and its subsidiaries, which will be contributed to PAA Natural
Gas Storage, L.P. in connection with this offering. When used in
the present tense or prospectively, those terms refer to PAA
Natural Gas Storage, L.P. and its subsidiaries. References in
this prospectus to our general partner refer to PNGS
GP LLC. Unless the context indicates otherwise, (i) all
references to Plains All American or PAA
refer to Plains All American Pipeline, L.P., the ultimate parent
company of our general partner and its subsidiaries and
affiliates, other than PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. and our
general partner and their respective subsidiaries, as of the
closing date of this offering, (ii) all references to
volumes of storage capacity are expressed in billions of cubic
feet of natural gas, or Bcf, and are approximations that have
been rounded to the nearest Bcf and (iii) all references to
capacity mean working gas storage capacity.
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, L.P.
We are a fee-based, growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership
formed by Plains All American to own, operate and grow the
natural gas storage business that PAA acquired in 2005 and has
continuously operated since that time. Our business consists of
the acquisition, development, operation and commercial
management of natural gas storage facilities. We currently own
and operate two natural gas storage facilities located in
Louisiana and Michigan that have an aggregate working gas
storage capacity of 40 Bcf and an aggregate peak injection
and withdrawal capacity of 1.7 Bcf per day and 3.2 Bcf
per day, respectively. We also lease storage capacity and
pipeline transportation capacity from third parties from time to
time in order to increase our operational flexibility and
enhance the services we offer our customers. As of
December 31, 2009, we had 3 Bcf of storage capacity
under lease from third parties and had secured the right to
379 MMcf per day of firm transportation service on various
pipelines. Substantially all of our revenues are derived from
the provision of firm storage services under multi-year,
fee-based contracts.
Our business has expanded rapidly since its inception in 2005,
primarily through organic growth initiatives. We have grown our
storage capacity from 20 Bcf as of December 31, 2005
to 40 Bcf as of December 31, 2009, and we expect this
growth to continue at a rapid pace as we complete our planned
expansions over the next several years. Our expansion plans
include an additional 31 Bcf of working gas storage
capacity, 28 Bcf of which we expect to place into service
by mid-2012, including 10 Bcf of new capacity that is
substantially complete and that we currently expect to place
into service during the second quarter of 2010. Our target is to
increase our total capacity to 68 Bcf by mid-2012,
representing a 70% increase in storage capacity from year-end
2009 levels. Through our current assets and proposed expansions,
we believe we are well-positioned to benefit from the
anticipated long-term growth in demand for natural gas storage
capacity and services in North America.
Our
Assets
We own 100% of the Pine Prairie facility, which is a recently
constructed, high-deliverability salt-cavern natural gas storage
complex located in Evangeline Parish, Louisiana, and 100% of the
Bluewater facility, which is a depleted reservoir natural gas
storage complex located approximately 50 miles from Detroit
in
1
St. Clair County, Michigan. The following table contains
certain information regarding our Pine Prairie and Bluewater
storage facilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working Gas
|
|
|
Peak Injection
|
|
|
Peak Withdrawal
|
|
|
Compression
|
|
Facility Name and Type
|
|
Capacity (Bcf)
|
|
|
Rate (Bcf/d)
|
|
|
Rate (Bcf/d)
|
|
|
(Horsepower)
|
|
|
Pine Prairie (salt-cavern)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing facility
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
32,000
|
|
Planned expansion
|
|
|
31
|
(1)
|
|
|
1.2
|
(2)
|
|
|
0.8
|
(2)
|
|
|
56,250
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal:
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
88,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bluewater (depleted reservoir)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing facility
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
13,350
|
|
Planned expansion
|
|
|
2
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal:
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
13,350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total (both facilities):
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
101,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
We expect to place 10 Bcf into service in the second
quarter of 2010, 18 Bcf by mid-2012 and the final
3 Bcf will be added ratably through 2015. |
|
(2) |
|
We expect to complete these expansions of peak injection and
withdrawal capabilities by mid-2011. |
|
(3) |
|
Of this aggregate expected increase in compression, 16,000
horsepower is on location with installation targeted for April
2010. With respect to the remaining compression capacity, we
expect 23,000 horsepower to be in place by mid-2011 and an
additional 17,250 horsepower to be in place by
mid-2012. |
|
(4) |
|
We expect to place this expansion in working gas capacity into
service ratably over a 10-year period beginning in 2011 in
connection with a planned liquids removal project. |
Pine Prairie. As a strategically located,
high-deliverability storage facility, Pine Prairie has attracted
a diverse group of customers whose storage needs include both
traditional seasonal storage services and short-term storage
services. Pine Prairie is strategically positioned relative to
several major market hubs, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the Henry Hub, which is the delivery point for NYMEX natural gas
futures contracts and is located approximately 50 miles to
the southeast of Pine Prairie;
|
|
|
|
the Carthage Hub in east Texas, which is located approximately
150 miles northwest of Pine Prairie; and
|
|
|
|
the Perryville Hub in north Louisiana, which is located
approximately 130 miles north of Pine Prairie.
|
Pine Prairies pipeline header system, which includes an
aggregate of 74 miles of
24-inch
diameter pipe located within a
20-mile
radius of Pine Prairie, is directly connected to eight
large-diameter interstate pipelines through nine interconnects
that service both conventional and unconventional natural gas
production in Texas and Louisiana, including production from
existing and emerging shale plays, as well as Gulf of Mexico
production and liquefied natural gas (LNG) imports.
These interconnects also provide direct or indirect access to
each of the market hubs described above and to consumer and
industrial markets in the Gulf Coast, Midwest, Northeast and
Southeast regions of the United States. This interconnectivity,
combined with existing compression capacity and approximately
50 MMcf per day of leased third-party pipeline
transportation capacity as of December 31, 2009, gives Pine
Prairie the operational flexibility to receive from and deliver
to multiple pipelines simultaneously.
Pine Prairie has a total current working gas storage capacity of
14 Bcf in two caverns, and planned expansions that will
increase Pine Prairies total capacity to 42 Bcf by
mid-2012 and 45 Bcf by mid-2015 (see table above), making
it one of the largest high-deliverability salt-cavern natural
gas storage facilities in North America. Subject to market
demand, project execution, sufficient pipeline capacity,
available financing and receipt of future permits, we have the
property rights and operational capacity to expand our Pine
Prairie facility significantly beyond our current permitted
capacity of 48 Bcf. Taking these considerations into
account
2
and with certain infrastructure modifications, we currently
estimate that Pine Prairie could support in excess of 15 salt
caverns and an aggregate storage capacity of over 150 Bcf.
Bluewater. Bluewater is located in the State
of Michigan, which contains more natural gas storage capacity
than any other state in the U.S., and primarily services
seasonal storage needs throughout the Midwestern and
Northeastern portions of the U.S. and the Southeastern portion
of Canada. Accordingly, Bluewaters customers consist
primarily of pipelines, utilities and marketers seeking seasonal
storage services. Bluewaters
30-mile,
20-inch
diameter pipeline header system is supported by 13,350
horsepower of compression and is connected to three interstate
and three intrastate natural gas pipelines that provide access
to the major market hubs of Chicago, Illinois and Dawn, Ontario,
which supply natural gas to eastern Ontario and the northeastern
United States. These interconnects also provide access to
natural gas utilities that serve local markets in Michigan and
Ontario.
As indicated in the table above, Bluewater has total working gas
storage capacity of approximately 26 Bcf in two depleted
reservoirs and we expect to increase Bluewaters working
gas capacity by 2 Bcf ratably over a 10-year period
beginning in 2011 as a result of a planned liquids removal
project. Bluewater also leases third-party storage capacity and
pipeline transportation capacity from time to time to increase
its operational flexibility and enhance its service offerings.
As of December 31, 2009, we had leased approximately
3 Bcf of additional capacity at third-party natural gas
storage facilities as well as 329 MMcf per day of related
pipeline transportation capacity.
Our
Operations
We provide natural gas storage services to a broad mix of
customers, including local gas distribution companies, or LDCs,
electric utilities, pipelines, direct industrial users, electric
power generators, marketers, producers, LNG importers and
affiliates of such entities. Our storage rates are regulated
under Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, or FERC, rate-making
policies, which currently permit our facilities to charge
market-based rates for our services.
We generate revenue almost exclusively through the provision of
fee-based gas storage services to our customers. For the year
ended December 31, 2009, approximately 99% of our total
revenue was derived from fee-based storage activities, with the
remaining approximately 1% primarily attributable to the sale of
liquid hydrocarbons incidentally produced in connection with the
operation of our depleted reservoir storage facilities at
Bluewater. Our revenues from fee-based gas storage services are
derived from both firm storage services and
hub services.
|
|
|
|
|
Firm Storage Services. Firm storage services
include (i) storage services pursuant to which customers
receive the assured or firm right to store gas in
our facilities over a multi-year period and (ii) seasonal
park and loan services pursuant to which customers
receive the firm right to store gas in (park), or
borrow gas from (loan), our facilities on a seasonal basis.
Under our firm storage contracts, our customers are obligated to
pay us fixed monthly capacity reservation fees, which are owed
to us regardless of the actual storage capacity utilized. At
Pine Prairie, our firm storage contracts typically have terms of
3 to 5 years, while at Bluewater terms generally range from
1 to 3 years. Effective as of April 1, 2010, the
weighted average remaining tenor of our existing portfolio of
firm storage contracts will be approximately 3.9 years at
Pine Prairie and approximately 2.2 years at Bluewater.
Under our firm storage contracts, we also typically collect a
cycling fee based on the volume of natural gas
nominated for injection and/or withdrawal and retain a small
portion of natural gas nominated for injection as compensation
for our fuel use. For the year ended December 31, 2009,
approximately 92% of our total revenue was derived from firm
storage services.
|
|
|
|
Hub Services. We also generate revenue from
the provision of hub services at our facilities. Hub
services include (i) interruptible storage
services pursuant to which customers receive only limited
assurances regarding the availability of capacity in our storage
facilities and pay fees based on their actual utilization of our
assets, (ii) non-seasonal park and loan
services and (iii) wheeling and balancing
services pursuant to which customers pay fees for the right to
move a volume of gas through our facilities from one
interconnection point to another and true up their deliveries of
gas to, or
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
takeaways of gas from our facilities. For the year ended
December 31, 2009, approximately 7% of our total revenue
was derived from hub services.
|
We believe that the high percentage of our baseline cash flow
derived from fixed-capacity reservation fees under multi-year
contracts with a diverse portfolio of customers stabilizes our
cash flow profile and substantially mitigates the risk to us of
significant negative cash flow fluctuations caused by changing
supply and demand conditions and other market factors. For
additional information about our contracts, please read
Business Contracts.
Our
Business Strategy
Our principal business strategy is to capitalize on the
anticipated long-term growth in demand for natural gas storage
services in North America by owning and operating high-quality
natural gas storage facilities and providing our current and
future customers reliable, competitive and flexible natural gas
storage and related services. In executing this strategy, we
intend to expand the scope and scale of our business, grow our
earnings and cash flow and increase the amount of cash
distributions we make to our unitholders over time. Our plan for
executing this strategy includes the following key components:
|
|
|
|
|
Optimizing our existing natural gas storage
facilities. We are constantly seeking to optimize
the performance and profitability of our existing natural gas
storage facilities. Our primary commercial objective is to
generate a significant portion of our revenues by committing a
high percentage of our storage capacity under multi-year firm
storage contracts at attractive rates. Effective as of
April 1, 2010, approximately 93% of our owned and leased
total working gas capacity, which includes the 10 Bcf of
additional capacity expected to be placed into service during
the second quarter of 2010, was committed under our existing
portfolio of firm storage contracts with a weighted average
remaining tenor of approximately 3.9 years at Pine Prairie and
approximately 2.2 years at Bluewater. We also provide our
customers with a variety of hub services that are designed to
accommodate customer needs, maximize the utilization of our
assets and optimize our earnings and cash flow. Operationally,
we seek to optimize our profitability by executing various
initiatives that increase our efficiency, reliability and
flexibility.
|
|
|
|
Organically expanding our existing natural gas storage
facilities. Our existing assets enable us to
expand our storage capacity on what we believe to be attractive
economic terms. Our current expansion plans include the addition
of 31 Bcf of working gas storage capacity at our Pine
Prairie facility, 28 Bcf of which we expect to place into
service by mid-2012, including 10 Bcf of new capacity that
is substantially complete and that we currently expect to place
into service during the second quarter of 2010. Subject to
market demand, project execution, sufficient pipeline capacity,
available financing and receipt of future permits, we have the
property rights and operational capacity to expand our Pine
Prairie facility significantly beyond our current permitted
capacity of 48 Bcf. Taking these considerations into
account and with certain infrastructure modifications, we
currently estimate that Pine Prairie could support in excess of
15 salt caverns and an aggregate storage capacity of over
150 Bcf. In addition, we are currently pursuing a liquids
removal project to expand our storage capacity at our Bluewater
facility by 2 Bcf ratably over a 10-year period beginning
in 2011.
|
|
|
|
Pursuing strategic and accretive acquisition or development
projects. We continually evaluate opportunities
to acquire or develop new natural gas storage facilities in our
existing and new markets. In general, we are seeking acquisition
or development opportunities that will be accretive (or result
in an increase in distributable cash flow on a per unit basis)
and that will add natural gas storage assets or facilities that
either complement our existing assets or strategically enhance
our overall business by facilitating our entry into a desirable
new market, diversifying our customer base or positioning us for
future growth. Working with PAA, we are currently involved in
discussions and, in certain cases, negotiations, with a number
of potential sellers regarding the purchase of natural gas
storage assets. Although there can be no assurances that viable
acquisition or development opportunities will continue to be
available to us or that we will ultimately be able to consummate
any of the transactions currently being considered, we believe
the combination of strong long-term fundamentals for natural gas
demand
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
and storage services coupled with the fragmented nature of the
gas storage business creates an environment that will continue
to provide a variety of acquisition
and/or
development opportunities for us to consider. In addition, over
time and working in conjunction with PAA, we intend to evaluate
opportunities to acquire or develop other natural gas-related
assets or businesses that complement our natural gas storage
business and allow us to leverage our asset base and industry
experience.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leasing storage capacity and transportation services from
third parties to enhance operational
flexibility. In order to supplement our owned
storage capacity, increase our operating flexibility, enhance
the services that we are capable of offering to our customers
and optimize the commercial performance of our assets, we
periodically lease storage
and/or
transportation capacity from third parties. As of
December 31, 2009, we had 3 Bcf of storage capacity
under lease from third parties and had secured the right to
379 MMcf per day of firm transportation service on various
pipelines.
|
|
|
|
Utilizing a portion of our owned and leased storage capacity
to enhance our commercial management
activities. Similar to the business model
successfully employed by PAA, and without altering our basic
commercial strategy of committing a high percentage of our
storage capacity under multi-year firm storage contracts at
attractive rates, we intend to establish a dedicated commercial
marketing group that will capture short-term market
opportunities by utilizing a portion of our owned or leased
storage capacity for our own account and engaging in related
commercial marketing activities. Consistent with PAAs
experience marketing crude oil and refined products, we
anticipate that having a dedicated commercial marketing group
that has a consistent presence in our markets will enhance our
ability to properly price our storage and hub service offerings
and will increase our earnings by capitalizing on volatility and
inefficiencies in the natural gas markets. We will conduct these
commercial activities within pre-defined risk parameters, and
our general policy will be (i) to purchase natural gas only
in situations where we have a market for such gas, (ii) to
utilize physical natural gas inventory and financial derivatives
to manage and optimize seasonal and spread risks inherent in our
operations and commercial management activities and to structure
our transactions so that commodity price fluctuations will not
have a material adverse impact on our cash flow and
(iii) not to acquire or hold natural gas, futures contracts
or other derivative products for the purpose of speculating on
outright commodity price changes.
|
Our
Financial Strategy
Important factors to successfully grow our business will be our
ability to maintain a competitive cost of capital and sufficient
access to the capital markets. These factors will be
significantly influenced by our ability to grow our distribution
to unitholders, maintain a solid credit profile and ultimately
achieve and maintain an investment-grade credit rating.
Targeted Credit Profile. We have targeted a
general credit profile that has the following attributes:
|
|
|
|
|
a long-term
debt-to-total
capitalization ratio of 40% or less;
|
|
|
|
an average long-term
debt-to-Adjusted
EBITDA multiple of approximately 3.5x (Adjusted EBITDA is
earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation, depletion
and amortization, equity compensation plan charges, gains and
losses from derivative activities and selected items that are
generally unusual or non-recurring); and
|
|
|
|
an average Adjusted
EBITDA-to-interest
coverage multiple of approximately 3.3x or better.
|
When considered together with what we believe to be the
relatively low risk profile of our business, we believe this
credit profile is consistent with an investment grade credit
rating. In combination with our intent to maintain a high
percentage of storage capacity under multi-year contracts, this
credit profile should also provide flexibility if storage
markets become oversupplied and position us to take advantage of
attractive acquisition opportunities.
In order for us to maintain our targeted credit profile, we
generally intend to fund approximately 60% of the capital
required for expansion and acquisition projects through a
combination of equity capital and cash
5
flow in excess of distributions. In connection with the closing
of this offering, we expect to enter into a new
$400 million revolving credit facility. We believe we will
be able to fund up to the first $250 million of
acquisitions or expansion projects primarily through borrowings
under this credit facility or other sources and remain in
compliance with our targeted credit profile.
From time to time, we may be outside the parameters of our
targeted credit profile due to timing issues related to the
initial funding of certain capital expenditures or acquisitions
with debt or delays in realizing increases in Adjusted EBITDA,
synergies or other benefits from expansion
and/or
acquisition projects.
Credit Rating. We have not applied for a
credit rating from any credit rating agency, nor to our
knowledge has any such credit rating been assigned.
Additionally, we do not currently intend to apply for a credit
rating until such time as we expect to access the public debt
capital markets. If and when we seek a credit rating, our credit
rating may be positively or negatively impacted by the leverage
and credit rating of PAA. In addition, while we believe our
targeted credit profile is consistent with an investment grade
rating, we can provide no assurance in this regard. See
Risk Factors The credit and risk profile of
our general partner and its owner, PAA, could adversely affect
our credit ratings and risk profile, which could increase our
borrowing costs or hinder our ability to raise capital.
As of January 1, 2010, the senior unsecured ratings of PAA
with Standard & Poors Ratings Services and
Moodys Investors Service were BBB-, stable outlook, and
Baa3, stable outlook, respectively.
Our
Competitive Strengths
We believe that the following competitive strengths will
position us to successfully execute our principal business
strategy:
|
|
|
|
|
Our natural gas storage assets are strategically located and
operationally flexible. Our Pine Prairie and
Bluewater facilities are strategically positioned relative to
several major market hubs and have significant connectivity that
enable them to serve a variety of major producing regions, LNG
importers and the primary consumer and industrial markets in the
Gulf Coast, Midwest, Northeast and Southeast regions of the
U.S. as well as eastern Ontario, Canada. Collectively, our
facilities have aggregate peak injection and withdrawal capacity
of 1.7 Bcf per day and 3.2 Bcf per day, respectively.
Upon the completion of current expansion activities, these
capabilities will increase to 2.9 Bcf per day of peak rate
injection capability and 4.0 Bcf per day of peak rate
withdrawal capability.
|
|
|
|
Our business generates relatively stable and predictable cash
flow. Given the high percentage of our cash flow
that is derived from fixed-capacity reservation fees under
multi-year contracts with a diverse portfolio of customers, our
baseline cash flow profile is relatively stable and predictable,
which we believe significantly mitigates the risk to us of
negative cash flow fluctuations caused by changing supply and
demand conditions and other market factors. In addition, we do
not take title to the natural gas that we store for our
customers and, accordingly, are not exposed to commodity price
fluctuations on the gas that is stored in our facilities by our
customers. Except for the base gas we purchase and use in our
facilities, which we consider to be a long-term asset, and
volume and pricing variations related to small amounts of
natural gas we are entitled to retain from our customers as
compensation for our fuel costs, our current and planned
business strategies are designed to minimize our exposure to
fluctuations in the outright price of natural gas.
|
|
|
|
Our Pine Prairie storage facility has the ability to be
significantly expanded at competitive costs and with a
relatively high degree of schedule certainty. We
own and/or
lease 320 acres of land on the salt dome that underlies
Pine Prairie. Our existing facilities and planned expansions
through 2012 to five caverns will utilize only approximately 120
of these acres. Subject to market demand, project execution,
sufficient pipeline capacity, available financing and receipt of
future permits, we have the property rights and operational
capacity to expand our Pine Prairie facility significantly
beyond our current permitted capacity of 48 Bcf. Taking
these considerations into account and with certain
infrastructure modifications, we currently estimate that Pine
Prairie could support in excess of 15 salt caverns and an
aggregate storage capacity of over 150 Bcf. In addition,
because our existing infrastructure at Pine Prairie has been
specifically designed to facilitate future expansion, we expect
it to both reduce our
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
overall capital costs per additional Bcf of storage capacity and
shorten the length and enhance the predictability of our
development cycle.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We have the evaluation, integration and engineering skill
sets in-house that are necessary to successfully pursue
acquisition and expansion opportunities. We
possess the in-house capabilities and expertise necessary to
develop, construct, own, acquire and operate both depleted
reservoir and salt-cavern storage capacity. We have been
involved in substantially all aspects of the natural gas storage
business since 2005 and our operational and management team has
extensive energy industry and acquisition experience. In
addition, from 1998 to 2009, PAA has (i) successfully
acquired and integrated over $6 billion of acquisitions in
over 50 separate transactions involving midstream energy assets,
and (ii) executed over 100 organic growth and expansion
projects with total capital expenditures of over
$2.4 billion. We believe that the experience and skill sets
of our collective management team provide us with a competitive
advantage that enables us to appropriately identify, assess and
evaluate the risks and opportunities that are likely to arise
during the development and operational phases of potential gas
storage acquisition and expansion opportunities.
|
|
|
|
We have the financial flexibility to pursue acquisition and
expansion opportunities. At the closing of this
offering, we expect to have approximately $200 million of
borrowing capacity available to us under our revolving credit
facility. We believe our borrowing capacity and our ability to
access private and public debt and equity capital should provide
us with the financial flexibility necessary to execute our
growth and expansion strategy. Additionally, PAA may elect, but
is not obligated, to provide us with financial support in
connection with acquisitions or expansion capital projects in
certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
Our general partner has an experienced executive management
team with specialized knowledge of natural gas storage and
markets and whose interests are aligned with those of our
unitholders. Our general partner has an executive
management team that has extensive experience managing,
operating, building, acquiring and integrating energy assets,
including natural gas storage assets and other midstream energy
assets. On average, the members of our general partners
executive management team have in excess of 20 years of
energy industry experience. In addition, our general
partners executive management team includes a President
and three Vice Presidents who are exclusively dedicated to and
focused on the operation, management, development and expansion
of our natural gas storage business. Through their indirect and
direct interests in us, our general partner and PAA, our general
partners executive management team has a significant,
vested interest in our continued success. We believe the
experience of our general partners executive management
team and the experience and market presence of PAA, combined
with our relationships with participants across the natural gas
supply chain, provide us with extensive operational and
commercial understanding of the physical North American natural
gas market.
|
We believe these competitive strengths will aid our efforts to
expand our presence in the natural gas storage sector.
Our
Relationship with Plains All American Pipeline, L.P.
We believe one of our strengths is our relationship with Plains
All American Pipeline, L.P., the fourth largest publicly traded
master limited partnership as measured by equity market
capitalization, which was approximately $7.5 billion as of
January 20, 2010. Plains All Americans common units
trade on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the ticker
symbol PAA. In addition to its participation in the
natural gas storage business through our partnership, PAA is
engaged in the transportation, storage, terminalling and
marketing of crude oil, refined products and liquefied petroleum
gas and other natural gas-related petroleum products. PAAs
assets include approximately 17,000 miles of pipelines,
85 million barrels of storage capacity, and a significant
fleet of trucks, trailers, tugs, barges and railcars. Through
its transportation, storage and commercial activities, PAA
physically handles approximately 3 million barrels per day
of petroleum products.
PAA and its predecessors have been active participants in the
hydrocarbon storage industry since the early 1990s. PAA has a
long history of successfully expanding its energy infrastructure
businesses through a combination of organic growth projects and
complementary acquisitions. Since its initial public offering in
1998, PAA has grown its asset base from approximately
$600 million to over $12 billion and increased the
7
annualized distribution on its limited partner units by over
100%, from $1.80 per unit as of PAAs initial public
offering to $3.71 per unit for the distribution to be paid in
February 2010.
Our partnership will own all of the natural gas storage business
and assets formerly owned by PAA and PAA has stated that it
intends to utilize our partnership as the primary vehicle
through which it will participate in the natural gas storage
business. Upon completion of this offering, as the ultimate
owner of our 2.0% general partner interest, all of our incentive
distribution rights and an
approximate % limited partner
interest in us (including common units, Series A
subordinated units and Series B subordinated units), PAA
will have a significant economic stake in us and a commensurate
incentive to promote and support the successful execution of our
growth plan and strategy.
We will also enter into an omnibus agreement with PAA and
certain of its affiliates, pursuant to which we will agree upon
certain aspects of our relationship with them, including the
provision by PAAs general partner to us of certain general
and administrative services and employees, our agreement to
reimburse PAAs general partner for the cost of such
services and employees, certain indemnification obligations, the
use by us of the name Plains All American,
PAA and related marks, and other matters. Please
read Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions Agreements Governing the
Transactions Omnibus Agreement.
We believe PAAs significant presence in the energy sector,
its successful track record of growth and its significant
investment in, and sponsorship and support of, us will enhance
our ability to grow our business. While we believe this
relationship with PAA is a significant positive attribute, it
may also be a source of conflicts. For example, PAA is not
restricted in its ability to compete with us. Please read
Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.
Risk
Factors
An investment in our common units involves risks. Please read
Risk Factors for a description of these risks.
Formation
Transactions and Partnership Structure
At or prior to the closing of this offering, the following
transactions, which we refer to as the formation transactions,
will occur:
|
|
|
|
|
PAA will contribute to us 98.0% of the equity interests in the
entities that own its gas storage business, in exchange
for
common
units, Series A
subordinated units,
and
Series B subordinated units, representing an
aggregate % limited partner
interest in us;
|
|
|
|
PNGS GP LLC, our general partner and a subsidiary of PAA, will
contribute to us 2.0% of the equity interests in the entities
that own PAAs gas storage business, in exchange for a 2.0%
general partner interest in us as well as all of our incentive
distribution rights, which will entitle our general partner to
increasing percentages of the cash we distribute in excess of
$ per quarter;
|
|
|
|
we will
issue
common units to the public, representing
a % limited partner interest in us;
|
|
|
|
we will receive net proceeds of approximately
$ million from the issuance
and sale
of common
units at an assumed initial offering price of
$ per common unit and we will use
the proceeds from this offering as described in Use of
Proceeds;
|
|
|
|
we expect to enter into a new $400 million credit facility
and use the credit facility to repay approximately
$200 million of intercompany indebtedness owed to
PAA; and
|
|
|
|
we will also enter into an omnibus agreement with PAA and
certain of its affiliates, pursuant to which we will agree upon
certain aspects of our relationship with them, including the
provision by PAAs general partner to us of certain general
and administrative services and employees, our agreement to
reimburse PAAs general partner for the cost of such
services and employees, certain indemnification obligations, the
use by us of the name Plains All American,
PAA and related marks, and other matters. Please
read Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions Agreements Governing the
Transactions Omnibus Agreement.
|
8
Ownership
of PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P.
The diagram below illustrates our organization and ownership
based on total units outstanding after giving effect to the
offering and the related formation transactions and assumes that
the underwriters option to purchase additional common
units is not exercised.
|
|
|
|
|
Public Common Units
|
|
|
|
%
|
Common Units owned by PAA
|
|
|
|
%
|
Series A Subordinated Units owned by PAA
|
|
|
|
%
|
Series B Subordinated Units owned by PAA
|
|
|
|
%(1)
|
General Partner Interest
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The Series B subordinated units will not be entitled to
participate in our quarterly distributions unless and until they
convert into Series A subordinated units or common units.
The Series B subordinated units are, however, entitled to vote
on matters submitted to a vote to our unitholders. |
9
Management
of PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P.
PNGS GP LLC, our general partner, has sole responsibility for
conducting our business and for managing our operations. The
board of directors and officers of our general partner will make
decisions on our behalf. PAA is the sole member of our general
partner and will have the right to elect all seven members to
the board of directors of our general partner, with at least
three of these directors meeting the independence standards
established by the New York Stock Exchange. One of such
independent directors will be appointed prior to the
effectiveness of the registration statement of which this
prospectus forms a part. In addition, some of the executive
officers and directors of PAA also serve as executive officers
and directors of our general partner. For more information about
the directors and executive officers of our general partner,
please read Management Directors and Executive
Officers of Our General Partner.
Pursuant to our partnership agreement as well as the omnibus
agreement that we will enter into concurrently with the closing
of this offering, PAA and our general partner will be entitled
to reimbursement for all direct and indirect expenses that they
incur on our behalf. In addition, PAA and our general partner
will have substantial discretion in incurring third-party
expenses on our behalf. Please read Certain Relationships
and Related Party Transactions Agreements Governing
the Transactions Omnibus Agreement.
As is common with publicly traded partnerships and in order to
maximize operational flexibility, we will conduct our operations
through subsidiaries.
Principal
Executive Offices and Internet Address
Our principal executive offices are located at 333 Clay St.,
Suite 1100, Houston, Texas 77002, and our telephone number
is
(713) 646-4100.
Our website will be located
at and
will be activated in connection with the closing of this
offering. We expect to make available our periodic reports and
other information filed with or furnished to the Securities and
Exchange Commission, which we refer to as the SEC, free of
charge through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable
after those reports and other information are electronically
filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information on our website
or any other website is not incorporated by reference herein and
does not constitute a part of this prospectus.
Summary
of Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties
General. Our general partner has a legal duty
to manage us in a manner beneficial to holders of our common and
subordinated units. This legal duty originates in statutes and
judicial decisions and is commonly referred to as a
fiduciary duty. However, the officers and directors
of our general partner also have fiduciary duties to manage our
general partner in a manner beneficial to its owner, PAA.
Certain of the officers and directors of our general partner are
also officers of PAA. As a result, conflicts of interest will
arise in the future between us and holders of our common and
subordinated units, on the one hand, and PAA and our general
partner, on the other hand. For example, our general partner
will be entitled to make determinations that affect the amount
of cash distributions we make to the holders of common units and
Series A subordinated units, which in turn has an effect on
whether our general partner receives incentive cash
distributions. In addition, our general partner has the
discretion to take actions which may hasten the conversion of
Series B subordinated units into Series A subordinated units or
common units or Series A subordinated units into common units.
Partnership Agreement Modifications to Fiduciary
Duties. Our partnership agreement limits the
liability of, and reduces the fiduciary duties owed by, our
general partner to holders of our common and subordinated units.
Our partnership agreement also restricts the remedies available
to holders of our common and subordinated units for actions that
might otherwise constitute a breach of our general
partners fiduciary duties. By purchasing a common unit,
the purchaser agrees to be bound by the terms of our partnership
agreement, and pursuant to the terms of our partnership
agreement, each holder of common units consents to various
actions and potential conflicts of interest contemplated in the
partnership agreement that might otherwise be considered a
breach of fiduciary or other duties under applicable state law.
10
PAA May Engage in Competition With Us. While
PAA has stated that it intends to utilize our partnership as the
primary vehicle through which it will participate in the natural
gas storage business, PAA and its affiliates are not limited in
their ability to compete with us.
For a more detailed description of the conflicts of interest and
the fiduciary duties of our general partner, please read
Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.
11
The
Offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common units offered to the public
|
|
common
units.
|
|
|
|
|
|
common
units if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase
additional common units.
|
|
|
|
Units outstanding after this offering
|
|
common
units,1 Series
A subordinated
and Series
B subordinated units for a total
of limited partner units. The
Series B subordinated units will not be entitled to participate
in our quarterly distributions, but will convert into Series A
subordinated units on a one-for-one basis upon the satisfaction
of certain operational and financial conditions. If at the time
the operational and financial conditions are satisfied, the
subordination period has already ended, the Series B
subordinated units will instead convert directly into common
units on a one-for-one basis In addition, our general partner
will own a 2.0% general partner interest in us.
|
|
|
|
Use of proceeds
|
|
We intend to use the net proceeds of approximately
$ , after deducting underwriting
discounts, but before paying offering expenses, together with
borrowings under our credit facility, to repay intercompany
indebtedness owed to PAA in the amount of approximately
$ .
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the underwriters option to
purchase additional common units is
exercised in full, we will use the net proceeds to redeem from
PAA a number of common units equal to the number of common units
issued upon exercise of the underwriters option, at a
price per common unit equal to the proceeds per common unit
before expenses but after underwriting discounts. Please read
Use of Proceeds.
|
|
|
|
Cash distributions
|
|
Upon completion of this offering, our general partner will
establish a minimum quarterly distribution of
$ per common unit and Series A
subordinated unit ($ per common
unit and Series A subordinated unit on an annualized basis) to
the extent we have sufficient cash after establishment of
reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to
our general partner and its affiliates. We refer to this cash
as available cash, and it is defined in our
partnership agreement included in this prospectus as Appendix A
and in the glossary included in this prospectus as Appendix B.
Our ability to pay the minimum quarterly distribution is subject
to various restrictions and other factors described in more
detail under the caption Our Cash Distribution Policy and
Restrictions On Distributions. We will adjust the minimum
quarterly distribution payable for the period from the
completion of this offering through June 30, 2010, based on
the actual length of that period.
|
1 Excludes
common units subject to issuance under our Long-Term Incentive
Plan. Please read Management Our Long-Term
Incentive Plan.
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our partnership agreement requires that we distribute all of our
available cash each quarter in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
first, 98.0% to the holders of common units and 2.0% to
our general partner, until each common unit has received the
minimum quarterly distribution of
$ , plus any arrearages from prior
quarters; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
second, 98.0% to the holders of Series A subordinated
units and 2.0% to our general partner, until each Series A
subordinated unit has received the minimum quarterly
distribution of $ .
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If cash distributions to our unitholders exceed
$ per common unit and Series A
subordinated unit in any quarter, our general partner will
receive, in addition to distributions on its 2.0% general
partner interest, increasing percentages, up to 48.0%, of the
cash we distribute in excess of that amount. We refer to these
distributions as incentive distributions. Please
read Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to
Cash Distributions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The amount of pro forma available cash from distributable cash
flow generated during the year ended December 31, 2009 would
have been sufficient to allow us to pay
only % of the minimum quarterly
distribution ($ per unit per
quarter, or $ on an annualized
basis) on our common units for such period and would not have
been sufficient to pay any distributions on our Series A
subordinated units for such period. Please read Our Cash
Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We believe that, based on the Statement of Minimum Estimated
Distributable Cash Flow included under the caption Our
Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on
Distributions, we will have sufficient distributable cash
flow to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of
$ per unit on all common units and
Series A subordinated units and the corresponding distributions
on our general partners 2.0% interest for the four
quarters ending June 30, 2011. This should be read in
conjunction with Risk Factors and Our Cash
Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.
|
|
|
|
Series A subordinated units
|
|
PAA will initially own all of our Series A subordinated units.
The principal difference between our common units and Series A
subordinated units is that in any quarter during the
subordination period, holders of the Series A subordinated units
are not entitled to receive any distribution until the common
units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any
arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution
from prior quarters. Series A subordinated units will not accrue
arrearages.
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion of Series A subordinated units
|
|
The subordination period will end on the first business day
after we have earned and paid at least (i)
$ (the minimum quarterly
distribution on an annualized basis) on each outstanding common
unit and Series A subordinated unit and the corresponding
distribution on our general partners 2.0% interest for
each of three consecutive, non-overlapping four quarter periods
ending on or after June 30, 2013 from distributable cash flow or
(ii) $ per quarter (150.0% of the
minimum quarterly distribution, which is
$ on an annualized basis) on each
outstanding common unit and Series A subordinated unit and the
corresponding distributions on our general partners 2.0%
interest for each of four consecutive quarters from
distributable cash flow.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributable cash flow is defined as net income adjusted for
(i) any gain or loss from the sale of assets not in the ordinary
course of business, (ii) any gain or loss as a result of a
change in accounting principles, (iii) any non-cash gains or
items of income and any non-cash losses or expenses, including
mark-to-market activity associated with hedging and with
non-cash revaluation and/or fair valuation of assets or
liabilities, (iv) any acquisition-related expenses
associated with (a) successful acquisitions or (b) all
other acquisitions until the earlier to occur of the abandonment
of such acquisition or one year from the date of incurrence and
(v) earnings or losses from unconsolidated subsidiaries
except to the extent of actual cash distributions received; plus
depreciation, depletion and amortization expense; and less
maintenance capital expenditures.
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, the subordination period will end upon the removal
of our general partner other than for cause if the units held by
our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of
such removal.
|
|
|
|
|
|
When the subordination period ends, all Series A subordinated
units will convert into common units on a one-for-one basis, and
all common units thereafter will no longer be entitled to
arrearages.
|
|
|
|
Series B subordinated units
|
|
PAA will initially own all of the Series B subordinated units.
The Series B subordinated units will not be entitled to
participate in our quarterly distributions until they convert
into Series A subordinated units or common units.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Series B subordinated units are designed to compensate PAA
for prior capital expenditures made by it to expand the working
gas storage capacity at Pine Prairie and the future financial
contribution expected to result from such investment. As of the
closing of this offering, we expect to have approximately
24 Bcf of aggregate working gas storage capacity at Pine
Prairie, including approximately 10 Bcf of new capacity
that is substantially complete and that we currently expect to
place into service during the second quarter of 2010.
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Conversion of Series B subordinated units
|
|
The Series B subordinated units will convert into Series A
subordinated units upon satisfaction of the following
operational and financial conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series
B subordinated units will convert into Series A subordinated
units on a one-for-one basis if (a) the aggregate amount of
working gas storage capacity in service at Pine Prairie totals
at least 29.6 Bcf, (b) we generate distributable cash flow
for two consecutive quarters sufficient to pay a quarterly
distribution of at least $ per unit
(representing an annualized distribution of
$ per unit) on all outstanding
common units, Series A subordinated units and such Series B
subordinated units and (c) we make a quarterly distribution of
at least $ per quarter for two
consecutive quarters on all outstanding common units and Series
A subordinated units (including such Series B subordinated
units in the case of the second of such consecutive quarters);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series
B subordinated units will convert into Series A subordinated
units on a one-for-one basis if (a) the aggregate amount of
working gas storage capacity in service at Pine Prairie totals
at least 35.6 Bcf, (b) we generate distributable cash flow
for two consecutive quarters sufficient to pay a quarterly
distribution of at least $ per unit
(representing an annualized distribution of
$ per unit) on all outstanding
common units, Series A subordinated units and such Series B
subordinated units and (c) we make a quarterly distribution of
at least $ per quarter for two
consecutive quarters on all outstanding common units and Series
A subordinated units (including such Series B subordinated
units in the case of the second of such consecutive quarters);
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series
B subordinated units will convert into Series A subordinated
units on a one-for-one basis if (a) the aggregate amount of
working gas storage capacity in service at Pine Prairie totals
at least 41.6 Bcf, (b) we generate distributable cash flow
for two consecutive quarters sufficient to pay a quarterly
distribution of at least $ per unit
(representing an annualized distribution of
$ per unit) on all outstanding
common units, Series A subordinated units and such Series B
subordinated units and (c) we make a quarterly distribution of
at least $ per quarter for two
consecutive quarters on all outstanding common units and Series
A subordinated units (including such Series B subordinated
units in the case of the second of such consecutive quarters).
|
|
|
|
|
|
To the extent that the above operational and financial tests are
satisfied, the Series B subordinated units will convert into
Series A subordinated units and participate in the quarterly
distribution payable to Series A subordinated units with respect
to the second consecutive quarter for which the operational and
financial tests described above have been satisfied.
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Any Series B subordinated units that remain outstanding as of
December 31, 2018, will automatically be cancelled.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Following conversion of any Series B subordinated units into
Series A subordinated units, such converted Series B
subordinated units will further convert into common units
(together with any other outstanding Series A subordinated
units) to the extent that the Series A subordination tests are
satisfied. In determining whether the subordination tests have
been satisfied, the Series B subordinated units that have
converted into Series A subordinated units will be treated as
Series A subordinated units from and after the date of
their conversion into Series A subordinated units.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If at the time the above operational and financial tests are
satisfied, the subordination period has already ended and all
outstanding Series A subordinated units have converted into
common units, the Series B subordinated units will instead
convert directly into common units on a one-for-one basis and
participate in the quarterly distribution payable to common
units with respect to the second consecutive quarter for which
the operational and financial tests described above have been
satisfied.
|
|
|
|
|
|
For additional information regarding our Series B subordinated
units, please read Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement
Relating to Cash Distributions Subordination
Period Series B Subordinated Units.
|
|
|
|
General partners right to reset the target distribution
levels
|
|
Our general partner has the right, at any time when there are no
Series A subordinated units outstanding and it has received
incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is
entitled (48.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal
quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at
higher levels based on our cash distributions at the time of the
exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election by
our general partner, the minimum quarterly distribution will be
adjusted to equal the reset minimum quarterly distribution, and
each target distribution level will be reset to the
correspondingly higher amount that causes such reset target
distribution level to exceed the reset minimum quarterly
distribution by the same percentage that such distribution level
exceeds the then-current minimum quarterly distribution.
|
|
|
|
|
|
If our general partner elects to reset the target distribution
levels, it will be entitled to receive common units and a
general partner interest necessary to maintain its general
partner interest in us immediately prior to the reset election.
The number of common units to be issued to our general partner
will equal the number of common units which would have entitled
their holder to an average aggregate quarterly cash distribution
in the prior two quarters equal to the average of the
distributions to our general partner on the incentive
distribution rights in the prior two quarters. Please read
Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions General Partners Right to Reset
Incentive Distribution Levels.
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of additional units
|
|
We have the ability to issue an unlimited number of units
without the consent of our unitholders. Please read Units
Eligible for Future Sale and The Partnership
Agreement Issuance of Additional Securities.
|
|
|
|
Limited voting rights
|
|
Our general partner will manage and operate us. Unlike the
holders of common stock in a corporation, you will have only
limited voting rights on matters affecting our business. You
will have no right to elect our general partner or its directors
on an annual or continuing basis. Our general partner may not
be removed except by a vote of the holders of at least
662/3%
of the outstanding units, voting together as a single class,
including any units owned by our general partner and its
affiliates, including PAA. Upon consummation of this offering,
PAA will own an aggregate of
approximately % of our outstanding
voting units. This will give PAA the ability to prevent the
involuntary removal of our general partner. Please read
The Partnership Agreement Voting Rights.
|
|
|
|
Limited call right
|
|
If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more
than 80.0% of the outstanding common units, our general partner
has the right, but not the obligation, to purchase all of the
remaining common units at a price that is not less than the
then-current market price of the common units.
|
|
|
|
Estimated ratio of taxable income to distributions
|
|
We estimate that if you own the common units you purchase in
this offering through the record date for distributions for the
period ending December 31, 2012, you will be allocated, on a
cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income for that
period that will be % or less of
the cash distributed to you with respect to that period. For
example, if you receive an annual distribution of
$ per unit, we estimate that your
average allocable federal taxable income per year will be no
more than $ per unit. Please read
Material Income Tax Consequences Tax
Consequences of Unit Ownership Ratio of Taxable
Income to Distributions.
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Material income tax consequences
|
|
For a discussion of other material federal income tax
consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who
are individual citizens or residents of the United States,
please read Material Income Tax Consequences.
|
|
|
|
Exchange listing
|
|
We intend to apply to list our common units on the New York
Stock Exchange under the symbol PNG.
|
18
Summary
Historical Financial and Operating Data
The summary historical financial and operating data below was
derived from our audited consolidated balance sheets as of
December 31, 2009 and 2008 and the audited consolidated
statements of operations, changes in members capital and
cash flows for the periods of September 3, 2009 to
December 31, 2009, January 1, 2009 to
September 2, 2009, and the years ended December 31,
2008 and 2007 included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary
historical financial and operating data below for the year ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006 was derived from our audited
consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2007 and
2006 and the consolidated statements of operations, changes in
members capital and cash flows for the year ended
December 31, 2006 not included in this prospectus.
On September 3, 2009, PAA became our sole owner by
acquiring Vulcan Capitals 50% interest in us (the
PAA Ownership Transaction) in exchange for
$220 million, including contingent cash consideration of
$40 million. At the time of the transaction, the entity had
approximately $450 million of outstanding project finance
debt. Although we continued as the same legal entity after the
transaction, pursuant to applicable accounting principles, all
of our assets and liabilities were adjusted to fair value as a
result of this transaction. This change in value resulted in a
new cost basis for accounting (fair value push down accounting).
Accordingly, the selected financial and operating data presented
below are presented for two periods, Predecessor and Successor,
which relate to the accounting periods preceding and succeeding
the PAA Ownership Transaction. The Predecessor and Successor
periods have been separated by a vertical line to highlight the
fact that the financial and operating information for such
periods was prepared under two different cost bases of
accounting.
The summary historical financial and operating data should be
read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements,
including the notes thereto, and Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
|
September 3,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
September 2,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands except for /Mcf numbers)
|
|
Statement of operations data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
$
|
30,831
|
|
|
$
|
36,945
|
|
|
$
|
49,177
|
|
|
$
|
46,929
|
|
|
|
$
|
25,251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Storage related costs
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
3,847
|
|
|
|
8,934
|
|
|
|
8,792
|
|
|
|
|
7,003
|
|
Operating costs (except those shown below)
|
|
|
3,658
|
|
|
|
3,947
|
|
|
|
4,059
|
|
|
|
4,820
|
|
|
|
|
3,257
|
|
Fuel expense
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
|
1,140
|
|
|
|
2,320
|
|
|
|
1,816
|
|
|
|
|
578
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
3,402
|
|
|
|
3,755
|
|
|
|
3,874
|
|
|
|
3,562
|
|
|
|
|
4,083
|
|
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
|
|
|
3,986
|
|
|
|
4,520
|
|
|
|
6,245
|
|
|
|
8,054
|
|
|
|
|
3,578
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
11,759
|
|
|
|
17,209
|
|
|
|
25,432
|
|
|
|
27,044
|
|
|
|
|
18,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
19,072
|
|
|
|
19,736
|
|
|
|
23,745
|
|
|
|
19,885
|
|
|
|
|
6,752
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(8,389
|
)
|
|
|
(7,108
|
)
|
|
|
(4,941
|
)
|
|
|
(4,352
|
)
|
|
|
|
(4,262
|
)
|
Interest income and other income (expense), net
|
|
|
2,030
|
|
|
|
5,378
|
|
|
|
1,669
|
|
|
|
458
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(887
|
)
|
|
|
(473
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
12,713
|
|
|
$
|
18,006
|
|
|
$
|
19,586
|
|
|
$
|
15,518
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,488
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet data (at end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
518,092
|
|
|
$
|
674,765
|
|
|
$
|
811,436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
900,407
|
|
Long-term debt(1)
|
|
|
227,300
|
|
|
|
352,713
|
|
|
|
415,263
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
450,523
|
|
Total debt(1)
|
|
|
227,300
|
|
|
|
355,163
|
|
|
|
417,713
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
450,523
|
|
Members capital
|
|
|
264,109
|
|
|
|
294,717
|
|
|
|
363,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
432,744
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
|
September 3,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
September 2,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands except for /Mcf numbers)
|
|
Other financial data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(2)
|
|
$
|
27,395
|
|
|
$
|
29,663
|
|
|
$
|
31,001
|
|
|
$
|
28,701
|
|
|
|
$
|
12,165
|
(3)
|
Distributable cash flow(2)
|
|
$
|
19,006
|
|
|
$
|
22,156
|
|
|
$
|
25,577
|
|
|
$
|
23,965
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,375
|
|
Maintenance capital expenditures
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
377
|
|
|
$
|
384
|
|
|
|
$
|
320
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
$
|
13,973
|
|
|
$
|
22,343
|
|
|
$
|
21,818
|
|
|
$
|
22,603
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,265
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
$
|
(206,612
|
)
|
|
$
|
(177,280
|
)
|
|
$
|
(118,890
|
)
|
|
$
|
(58,561
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(9,656
|
)
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
$
|
158,771
|
|
|
$
|
145,743
|
|
|
$
|
122,344
|
|
|
$
|
23,636
|
|
|
|
$
|
(22,813
|
)
|
Operating data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average monthly working capacity (Bcf)(4)(5)
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
Average monthly Firm Storage Services revenue/Mcf
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
Average monthly Hub Services revenue/Mcf
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA/Mcf
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
|
$
|
1.11
|
|
|
$
|
0.72
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
At December 31, 2009, the long-term debt and total debt
balances consist of an intercompany note payable to PAA. |
|
(2) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow are defined in
Non-GAAP and Segment Financial Measures
below. |
|
(3) |
|
The successor period includes total expenses of approximately
$1 million associated with increased personnel costs,
including added staffing, and accelerated audit and other costs
related to our increased acquisition activities and our efforts
to become a publicly traded entity as well as increased overhead
allocations from PAA. |
|
(4) |
|
Calculated as the sum of the capacity at the end of each month
divided by the number of months in the period. |
|
(5) |
|
Includes up to 3 Bcf of storage capacity under lease from
third parties. |
Non-GAAP
and Segment Financial Measures
Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow are supplemental
financial measures that are used by management and external
users of our consolidated financial statements, such as industry
analysts, investors, lenders and rating agencies.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest expense,
taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization, equity
compensation plan charges, gains and losses from derivative
activities and selected items that are generally unusual or
non-recurring.
Adjusted EBITDA may be used to assess:
|
|
|
|
|
our operating performance as compared to other publicly traded
partnerships in the midstream energy industry, without regard to
financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our assets to generate sufficient cash flow to
make distributions to our unitholders; and
|
|
|
|
the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects
and the returns on investment of various investment
opportunities.
|
20
We define distributable cash flow as net income adjusted for
(i) any gain or loss from the sale of assets not in the
ordinary course of business, (ii) any gain or loss as a
result of a change in accounting principles, (iii) any
non-cash gains or items of income and any non-cash losses or
expenses, including
mark-to-market
activity associated with hedging and with non-cash revaluation
and/or fair
valuation of assets or liabilities, (iv) any
acquisition-related expenses associated with (a) successful
acquisitions or (b) all other acquisitions until the
earlier to occur of the abandonment of such acquisition or one
year from the date of incurrence and (v) earnings or losses
from unconsolidated subsidiaries except to the extent of actual
cash distributions received; plus depreciation, depletion and
amortization expense; and less maintenance capital expenditures.
Distributable cash flow may be used to assess our ability to
generate sufficient cash flow to make distributions of the
minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding units
as well as to satisfy the tests necessary for the conversion of
our Series B subordinated units into Series A
subordinated units or common units and the conversion of our
Series A subordinated units into common units.
The GAAP measure most directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA and
distributable cash flow is net income. The supplemental measures
of Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow should not be
considered as alternatives to GAAP net income. These measures
have important limitations as an analytical tool because they
exclude some but not all items that affect net income. You
should not consider Adjusted EBITDA or distributable cash flow
in isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash from
operations or any other measure of financial performance or
liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP. Because Adjusted
EBITDA and distributable cash flow may be defined differently by
other companies in our industry, our definition of Adjusted
EBITDA and distributable cash flow may not be comparable to
similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby
diminishing its utility.
Management compensates for the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA
and distributable cash flow as analytical tools by reviewing the
comparable GAAP measure, understanding the differences between
such measures and net income, and incorporating this knowledge
into its decision-making processes. We believe that investors
benefit from having access to the same financial measures that
our management uses in evaluating our operating results.
21
The following table presents a reconciliation of each of these
supplemental financial measures of Adjusted EBITDA and
distributable cash flow to the GAAP financial measure of net
income on a historical basis.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
|
August 18,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1
|
|
|
|
September 3
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
September 2,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA reconciliation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
$
|
1,696
|
|
|
|
$
|
12,713
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,006
|
|
|
|
$
|
19,586
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,518
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,488
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
887
|
|
|
|
|
473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net of amounts capitalized
|
|
|
|
1,684
|
|
|
|
|
8,389
|
|
|
|
|
7,108
|
|
|
|
|
4,941
|
|
|
|
|
4,352
|
|
|
|
|
4,262
|
|
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
|
|
|
|
1,223
|
|
|
|
|
3,986
|
|
|
|
|
4,520
|
|
|
|
|
6,245
|
|
|
|
|
8,054
|
|
|
|
|
3,578
|
|
Selected items impacting EBITDA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
515
|
|
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
|
|
(110
|
)
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
|
1,467
|
|
Mark-to-market of open derivative positions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,792
|
|
|
|
|
(524
|
)
|
|
|
|
(548
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
|
$
|
4,603
|
|
|
|
$
|
27,395
|
|
|
|
$
|
29,663
|
|
|
|
$
|
31,001
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,701
|
|
|
|
$
|
12,165
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributable cash flow reconciliation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
$
|
1,696
|
|
|
|
$
|
12,713
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,006
|
|
|
|
$
|
19,586
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,518
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,488
|
|
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
|
|
|
|
1,223
|
|
|
|
|
3,986
|
|
|
|
|
4,520
|
|
|
|
|
6,245
|
|
|
|
|
8,054
|
|
|
|
|
3,578
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
887
|
|
|
|
|
473
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maintenance capital expenditures
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(377
|
)
|
|
|
|
(384
|
)
|
|
|
|
(320
|
)
|
Other non-cash items:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-cash equity compensation expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
515
|
|
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
|
(216
|
)
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
|
1,084
|
|
Mark-to-market of open derivative positions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,792
|
|
|
|
|
(524
|
)
|
|
|
|
(548
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributable cash flow
|
|
|
$
|
2,919
|
|
|
|
$
|
19,006
|
|
|
|
$
|
22,156
|
|
|
|
$
|
25,577
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,965
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
RISK
FACTORS
Limited partner units are inherently different from capital
stock of a corporation, although many of the business risks to
which we are subject are similar to those that would be faced by
a corporation engaged in similar businesses. We urge you to
carefully consider the following risk factors together with all
of the other information included in this prospectus in
evaluating an investment in our common units.
If any of the following risks were to occur, our business,
financial condition or results of operations could be materially
adversely affected. In that case, we might not be able to pay
the minimum quarterly distribution on our common units, the
trading price of our common units could decline and you could
lose all or part of your investment in us.
Risks
Related to Our Business
We may
not have sufficient cash following the establishment of reserves
and payment of fees and expenses, including cost reimbursements
to our general partner, to enable us to pay the minimum
quarterly distribution to holders of our common units and
Series A subordinated units.
In order to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of
$ per common unit and
Series A subordinated unit per quarter, or
$ per common unit and
Series A subordinated unit per year, we will require
available cash of approximately
$ million per quarter, or
$ million per year, based on
the number of common units and Series A subordinated units
to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering,
regardless of whether or not the underwriters exercise their
option to purchase additional common units. We may not have
sufficient available cash from distributable cash flow each
quarter to enable us to pay the minimum quarterly distribution.
The amount of cash we can distribute on our units principally
depends upon the amount of cash we generate from our operations,
which will fluctuate from quarter to quarter based on, among
other things:
|
|
|
|
|
the rates we charge for storage services and the amount of
natural gas storage services our customers purchase from us;
|
|
|
|
the overall balance between the supply of and demand for natural
gas, on a seasonal and long-term basis, which impacts the level
of demand for the natural gas storage services we provide and
the rates we are able to charge for such services;
|
|
|
|
regulatory action affecting the rates we can charge for the
services we provide, the demand for natural gas, the supply of
natural gas, how we contract for services, our existing
contracts, our operating and capital costs and our operating
flexibility;
|
|
|
|
the creditworthiness of our customers;
|
|
|
|
the level of competition from other providers of natural gas
storage services;
|
|
|
|
the level of our operating and maintenance and general and
administrative costs; and
|
|
|
|
prevailing economic conditions.
|
In addition, the actual amount of cash we will have available
for distribution will depend on other factors, some of which are
beyond our control, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the level of capital expenditures we make;
|
|
|
|
the cost of acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
our debt service requirements and other liabilities;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in our working capital needs;
|
|
|
|
our ability to borrow funds and access capital markets;
|
|
|
|
restrictions contained in debt agreements to which we are a
party; and
|
|
|
|
the amount of cash reserves established by our general partner.
|
23
For a description of additional restrictions and factors that
may affect our ability to make cash distributions, please read
Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on
Distributions.
On a
pro forma basis, we would not have had sufficient available cash
from distributable cash flow to pay the full minimum quarterly
distribution on our common units or any distributions on our
Class A subordinated units for the year ended
December 31, 2009.
The amount of available cash from distributable cash flow we
need to pay the minimum quarterly distribution for four quarters
on all of our common units and Series A Subordinated units
outstanding immediately after this offering is approximately
$ . The amount of our pro forma
available cash from distributable cash flow generated during the
year ended December 31, 2009 would have been sufficient to
allow us to pay only % of the
minimum quarterly distribution on our common units during this
period and would not have been sufficient to pay any
distributions on our Series A subordinated units during
this period. For a calculation of our ability to make
distributions to unitholders based on our pro forma results for
the year ended December 31, 2009 and for the twelve months
ending June 30, 2011, please read, Our Cash
Distribution Policy and Restrictions on Distributions.
The
amount of cash we have available for distribution to holders of
our common units and Series A subordinated units depends
primarily on our cash flow rather than on our profitability,
which may prevent us from making distributions, even during
periods in which we record net income.
The amount of cash we have available for distribution depends
primarily upon our cash flow and not solely on profitability,
which will be affected by non-cash items. As a result, we may
make cash distributions during periods when we record losses for
financial accounting purposes and may not make cash
distributions during periods when we record net earnings for
financial accounting purposes.
The
assumptions underlying our minimum estimated distributable cash
flow included in Our Cash Distribution Policy and
Restrictions on Distributions are inherently uncertain and
subject to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory
and competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual
results to differ materially from those estimated.
Our estimate of available cash from distributable cash flow set
forth in Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on
Distributions has been prepared by management, and we have
not received an opinion or report on it from our or any other
independent registered public accounting firm. The assumptions
underlying the forecast are inherently uncertain and are subject
to significant business, economic, financial, regulatory and
competitive risks and uncertainties that could cause actual
results to differ materially from those forecasted. If we do not
achieve the forecasted results, we may not be able to pay the
full minimum quarterly distribution or any amount on our common
units or Series A subordinated units, in which event the
market price of our common units may decline materially. For
further discussion on our ability to pay our minimum quarterly
distribution, please read Our Cash Distribution Policy and
Restrictions on Distributions.
Increased
competition from other companies that provide natural gas
storage services or services that can substitute for storage
services could have a negative impact on the demand for our
services, which could adversely affect our financial
results.
We compete primarily with other providers of natural gas storage
services who own or operate salt-dome, depleted reservoir
and/or
converted aquifer gas storage facilities. Such competitors
include independent storage developers and operators, local
distribution companies, utilities, interstate and intrastate gas
transmission companies with storage facilities connected to
their pipelines and midstream energy companies. FERC has adopted
policies that favor the development of new storage projects and
there are numerous projects, including expansions of existing
facilities and greenfield construction projects, at various
stages of development in the markets where Pine Prairie and
Bluewater operate. According to FERC data, since 2000, permits
have been issued by the FERC for new interstate gas storage
facilities or expansions in the Gulf Coast (excluding intrastate
facilities and FERC pre-filings for additional storage capacity)
representing aggregate additional working gas capacity of
approximately 576 Bcf. These projects, if developed and
placed into service, may
24
compete with our storage operations. The principal elements of
competition among storage facilities are rates, terms of
service, types of service, deliverability, supply and market
access, flexibility and reliability of service.
We also compete with certain pipelines, marketers and LNG
facilities that provide services that can substitute for certain
of the storage services we offer. In addition, natural gas as a
fuel competes with other forms of energy available to end-users,
including electricity, coal and liquid fuels. Increased demand
for such forms of energy at the expense of natural gas could
lead to a reduction in demand for natural gas storage services.
All of these competitive pressures could make it more difficult
for us to retain our existing customers
and/or
attract new customers as we seek to expand our business. This
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operations and ability to make
distributions. In addition, competition could intensify the
negative impact of factors that decrease demand for natural gas
storage in our markets, such as adverse economic conditions,
weather, higher fuel costs and taxes or other governmental or
regulatory actions that directly or indirectly increase the cost
or limit the use of natural gas.
Our
natural gas storage operations are subject to regulation by
federal, state and local regulatory authorities; regulatory
measures adopted by such authorities could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of
operations and ability to make distributions.
Our natural gas storage operations are subject to federal, state
and local laws and regulations administered by a number of
authorities. Because we store natural gas that is transported in
interstate commerce, our natural gas storage facilities are
subject to comprehensive regulation by the FERC under the
Natural Gas Act of 1938, or NGA. Federal regulation under the
NGA extends to such matters as:
|
|
|
|
|
rates, operating terms and conditions of service;
|
|
|
|
the form of tariffs governing service;
|
|
|
|
the types of services we may offer to our customers;
|
|
|
|
the certification and construction of new, or the expansion of
existing, facilities;
|
|
|
|
the acquisition, extension, disposition or abandonment of
facilities;
|
|
|
|
contracts for service between storage providers and their
customers;
|
|
|
|
creditworthiness and credit support requirements;
|
|
|
|
the maintenance of accounts and records;
|
|
|
|
relationships among affiliated companies involved in certain
aspects of the natural gas business;
|
|
|
|
the initiation and discontinuation of services; and
|
|
|
|
various other matters.
|
The NGA requires that tariff rates for our interstate gas
storage facilities be just and reasonable. In
addition, under the NGA and applicable FERC regulations, we are
prohibited from unduly preferring or unreasonably discriminating
against any person with respect to rates or terms and conditions
of service.
The rates and terms and conditions for interstate services
provided by our Pine Prairie and Bluewater facilities are set
forth in FERC-approved tariffs, which currently permit both Pine
Prairie and Bluewater to charge market-based rates. Market-based
rate authority allows Pine Prairie and Bluewater to negotiate
rates with individual customers based on market demand. This
right to charge market-based rates may be challenged by a party
filing a complaint with FERC. Our market-based rate
authorization may also be re-examined if we add substantial new
storage capacity through expansion or acquisition and as a
result obtain market power. Any successful complaint or protest
against our rates could have an adverse impact on our revenues
associated with providing storage services.
Should we fail to comply with all applicable FERC-administered
statutes, rules, regulations and orders, we could be subject to
substantial penalties and fines. Under the Energy Policy Act of
2005, or EPAct 2005,
25
FERC has civil penalty authority under the NGA to impose
penalties for certain violations of up to $1,000,000 per day for
each violation. FERC also has the authority to order
disgorgement of profits from transactions deemed to violate the
NGA and the EPAct 2005. Please read Business
Regulation.
Finally, new rules, regulations or laws may be passed or
implemented that impose additional costs, burdens or
restrictions on us. We cannot give any assurance regarding the
likelihood of such future rules, regulations or laws or the
effect they could have on our business, financial condition,
results of operations or ability to make distributions to you.
Pine
Prairies and Bluewaters authorizations to charge
market-based rates are subject to the continued
existence of certain conditions related to these
facilities competitive position in their respective
markets and, if those conditions change, the right to charge
market-based rates could be
terminated.
The rates Pine Prairie and Bluewater charge for storage services
are regulated by FERC pursuant to its market-based
rate policy, which allows regulated entities to charge
rates different from, and in some cases, less than, those which
would be permitted under traditional
cost-of-service
regulation. Pine Prairies and Bluewaters
authorization to charge market-based rates is based
on determinations by FERC that neither Pine Prairie nor
Bluewater have market power in their respective
markets. The determination that storage facilities lack market
power is subject to review and revision by FERC if there is a
change in circumstances that could affect the ability of
additional storage or interconnected pipeline facilities at Pine
Prairie or Bluewater to exercise market power. Among the sorts
of changes in circumstances that could raise market power
concerns would be an expansion of Pine Prairies or
Bluewaters capacity, acquisitions, or other changes in
market dynamics. If the FERC were to conclude that Pine Prairie
or Bluewater may have acquired and cannot mitigate market power,
their rates could become subject to
cost-of-service
regulation.
If Pine Prairie or Bluewaters rates become subject to
cost-of-service regulation, the maximum rates that may be
charged for storage services would be established through
FERCs ratemaking process, and Pine Prairie or Bluewater
would no longer be able to charge a rate demanded by the market.
Generally, cost-of-service based rates for interstate natural
gas services are based on the cost of providing service
including recovery of, and a reasonable return on, the
entitys actual prudent historical cost investment for
providing jurisdictional service. Key determinants in the
ratemaking process are costs of providing service, allowed rate
of return, and billing determinants, which are based upon
storage volumes and contractual capacity commitment assumptions.
Rate design and the allocation of costs underlying
cost-of-service based rates must also be approved by FERC as
part of each rate case. The resolution of these key
determinants, particularly the allowed rate of return and
billing determinants that would underlie the cost-of-service
based rates through the FERCs ratemaking process, could
adversely impact Pine Prairie or Bluewaters profitability,
and have adverse consequences on our cash flow and our ability
to make distributions. Additionally, changes in generally
applicable FERC ratemaking policies could also affect Bluewater
and Pine Prairie.
Certain
risks are amplified by the current economic
environment.
During 2007, the U.S. and many key countries began to
exhibit signs of economic weakness, which continued throughout
2008 and 2009, and into 2010. This weakness had a severe adverse
impact on the global financial system, stressing a number of
large financial institutions to the point of failure, merger or
requiring government assistance and resulting in a severe
reduction in available capital. Capital constraints coupled with
significant energy price volatility have produced pervasive
liquidity issues for many companies. Such events have created
pronounced uncertainty in the economic outlook, and have
amplified the potential impact and likelihood of the occurrence
of certain risks inherent in our business. Such amplified risks
include:
|
|
|
|
|
increased cost of capital and increased difficulties accessing
capital to fund expansion and acquisition activities as well as
routine operating requirements;
|
|
|
|
the inability or unwillingness of lenders to honor their
contractual commitments;
|
|
|
|
the failure of customers to timely or fully pay amounts due
to us;
|
|
|
|
the failure of suppliers to pay third parties under obligations
for which we have potential contingent liabilities;
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
the potential for adverse actions by rating agencies;
|
|
|
|
potentially adverse changes in tax laws;
|
|
|
|
the failure of counterparties to fulfill their delivery or
purchase obligations; and
|
|
|
|
business failures by vendors, suppliers or customers.
|
Any
significant and prolonged change in or stabilization of natural
gas prices could have a negative impact on the demand for our
natural gas storage services, which could adversely affect our
financial results.
Historically, natural gas prices have been seasonal and
volatile, which has enhanced demand for our storage services.
The storage business has benefited from significant price
fluctuations resulting from seasonal price sensitivity, which
impacts the level of demand for our services and the rates we
are able to charge for such services. On a system-wide basis,
natural gas is typically injected into storage between April and
October when natural gas prices are generally lower and
withdrawn during the winter months of November through March
when natural gas prices are typically higher. However, the
market for natural gas may not continue to experience volatility
and seasonal price sensitivity in the future at the levels
previously seen. If volatility and seasonality in the natural
gas industry decrease, because of increased production capacity
or otherwise, the demand for our services and the prices that we
will be able to charge for those services may decline.
We may
not be able to maintain or replace expiring storage
contracts.
Our primary exposure to market risk occurs at the time our
existing storage contracts expire and are subject to
renegotiation and renewal. Effective as of April 1, 2010, the
weighted average remaining tenor of our existing portfolio of
firm storage contracts will be approximately 3.9 years at
Pine Prairie and approximately 2.2 years at Bluewater. For the
year ended December 31, 2009, Iberdrola Renewables, Inc.
and Guardian Pipeline, LLC accounted for approximately 17% and
13% of our revenues, respectively. The extension or replacement
of existing contracts, including our contracts with Iberdrola
Renewables, Inc. and Guardian Pipeline, LLC, depends on a number
of factors beyond our control, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the level of existing and new competition to provide storage
services to our markets;
|
|
|
|
the balance of supply and demand, on a short-term, seasonal and
long-term basis, in our markets;
|
|
|
|
the extent to which the customers in our markets are willing to
contract on a long-term basis; and
|
|
|
|
the effects of federal, state or local regulations on the
contracting practices of our customers.
|
Any failure to extend or replace a significant portion of our
existing contracts, or extending or replacing them at
unfavorable or lower rates, could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition, results of operations and
ability to make distributions.
Our
storage business depends on third-party pipelines connected to
our storage facilities, and we could be negatively impacted by
circumstances beyond our control that temporarily or permanently
interrupt the operation of such pipelines.
We depend on the continued operation of third-party pipelines
and other facilities that provide delivery options to and from
our storage facilities. For example, at our Pine Prairie
facility, we have nine separate interconnect points with eight
different interstate pipelines, and at our Bluewater facility,
we are connected to three interstate and three intrastate
natural gas pipelines. Because we do not own the pipelines that
are interconnected to our facilities, their continued operation
is not within our control. If any of the pipelines to which we
are connected were to become unavailable for current or future
withdrawals or injections of natural gas due to repairs, damage
to the facility, lack of capacity or any other reason, our
ability to operate efficiently and satisfy our customers needs
could be compromised, thereby potentially reducing our revenues.
Any temporary or permanent interruption at any key pipeline or
other interconnect point with our gas storage facilities that
caused a material reduction in the volume of storage services
provided by us could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, results of operation and ability
to make distributions.
27
In addition, the rates charged by pipelines interconnected with
our storage facilities for transportation to and from our
facilities affects the utilization and value of the storage
services we provide. Significant changes in the rates charged by
these pipelines or their competitors could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of
operations and ability to make distributions.
We may
not be able to achieve our current expansion plans at our Pine
Prairie facility on economically viable terms.
Our current expansion plans include the addition of 31 Bcf
of working gas storage capacity at our Pine Prairie facility,
28 Bcf of which we expect to place into service by
mid-2012, including 10 Bcf of new capacity that is
substantially complete and that we currently expect to place
into service during the second quarter of 2010. In connection
with these expansion efforts, we may encounter difficulties in
the drilling required to access subsurface storage caverns, the
drilling of raw water wells or salt water disposal wells and the
completion of the wells. These risks include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
unexpected operational events;
|
|
|
|
adverse weather conditions;
|
|
|
|
facility or equipment malfunctions or breakdowns;
|
|
|
|
unusual or unexpected geological formations;
|
|
|
|
drill bit or drill pipe difficulties;
|
|
|
|
collapses of wellbore, casing or other tubulars or other loss of
drilling hole;
|
|
|
|
unexpected problems associated with filling the caverns with
base gas and conducting pressure and mechanical integrity tests;
|
|
|
|
unexpected problems associated with leaching the caverns,
filtration of extracted water and offsite disposal of
water; and
|
|
|
|
risks associated with subcontractors services, supplies,
cost escalation and personnel.
|
Specifically, the creation of a salt-cavern storage facility
requires sourcing, injecting, withdrawing and disposing of
significant volume of water. For example, to create 10 Bcf
of working capacity, a salt cavern requires approximately
73 million barrels of raw water supply and an equivalent
volume of salt water disposal. Additionally, the rate of access
to raw water and the rate of disposal of salt water have a
direct impact on the time it takes to create a salt cavern. Any
physical or regulatory restriction imposed on our current
operations with respect to accessing raw water or disposing of
salt water would have an adverse impact on our ability to timely
and fully expand our facility at Pine Prairie. During the
initial construction of Pine Prairie, we encountered challenges
related to many of the factors listed above and specifically
with respect to the ability to efficiently dispose of salt
water, all of which resulted in substantial delays and the
incurrence of significant costs in excess of our original
estimates. There can be no assurance that we will not encounter
similar situations in the future or that our ability to access
raw water or dispose of salt water will not be adversely
impacted in the future. Additionally, the occurrence of
uninsured or under-insured losses, delays or operating cost
overruns associated with these drilling efforts could have a
negative impact on our operations and financial results.
We may
not be able to increase the capacity of our Pine Prairie
facility beyond our current expansion plans.
While we have both the property rights and operational capacity
necessary to expand our Pine Prairie facility beyond the
currently permitted capacity of 48 Bcf to a potential of
over 150 Bcf of total working gas storage capacity, we may
not be able to secure the financing or permits necessary to
pursue such expansion and the necessary infrastructure
modifications that would be needed to accommodate such
expansion. Additionally, such expansion will be subject to
market demand, the successful execution of any expansion
projects and the availability of sufficient third-party
interstate and intrastate pipelines receipt and deliverability
capacity to accommodate the increased capacity. Any combination
of these factors may prevent us from expanding our Pine Prairie
facility beyond its current permitted capacity.
28
We are
exposed to the credit risk of our customers in the ordinary
course our business.
As a normal part of our business we extend credit to our
customers. As a result, we are exposed to the risk of loss
resulting from the nonpayment
and/or
nonperformance of our customers. While we have established
credit policies that include assessing the creditworthiness of
our customers as permitted by Pine Prairies and
Bluewaters tariffs and requiring appropriate terms or
credit support from them based on the results of such
assessments, there can be no assurance that we have adequately
assessed the creditworthiness of our existing or future
customers or that there will not be unanticipated deterioration
in their creditworthiness. Resulting nonpayment
and/or
nonperformance by our customers could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, results of
operation and ability to make distributions.
Additionally, in instances where we loan natural gas to third
parties, the magnitude of our credit risk is significantly
increased, as the failure of the third party to return the
loaned volumes would result in losses equal to the full value of
the loaned natural gas rather than, in the case of firm storage
or hub services contracts, losses equal to fees on volumes
nominated for injection or withdrawal.
For
various operating and commercial reasons, we may not be able to
perform all of our obligations under our contracts, which could
lead to increased costs and negatively impact our financial
results.
Various operational and commercial factors could result in an
inability on our part to satisfy our contractual commitments and
obligations. For example, in connection with our provision of
firm storage services and hub services to our customers, we
enter into contracts that obligate us to honor our
customers requests to inject gas into our storage
facilities, withdraw gas from our facilities and wheel gas
through our facilities, in each case subject to volume, timing
and other limitations set forth in such contracts. The following
factors could adversely impact our ability to perform our
obligations under these contracts:
|
|
|
|
|
a failure on the part of our storage facilities to perform as we
expect them to, whether due to malfunction of equipment or
facilities or realization of other operational risks;
|
|
|
|
the operating pressure of our storage facilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
the operating pressure of our depleted reservoir storage
facilities is driven primarily by the total volume of working
and base gas contained in the reservoir, which depends primarily
on the amount of base gas purchased by us and injected into the
facility, the amount of base gas we may have loaned to third
parties and the aggregate injection or withdrawal demands of our
customers; and
|
|
|
|
the operating pressure of our salt-cavern storage facilities is
directly affected by the volume and temperature of natural gas
within each facility. The total volume of gas in our salt
caverns is driven by the same factors mentioned above for our
depleted reservoirs. The temperature of the natural gas stored
in a salt cavern is driven by a number of factors, including the
ambient subsurface temperature for such cavern (i.e., the static
subsurface temperature to which the stored gas will naturally
return over time) and the rate of injection or withdrawal of gas
from such cavern (due to the fact that sustained periods of high
rates of withdrawal reduce the temperature of the remaining gas
and sustained periods of high rates of injection have the
opposite effect). Higher than normal temperatures generally
equate with higher than normal pressures and require more space
to store the same volume of gas and remain in compliance with
maximum pressure limitations imposed by prudent operating
practices or regulations. Lower than normal temperatures
generally equate with lower than normal pressures and require
more base gas to meet contractual withdrawal obligations and
remain in compliance with minimum pressure limitations imposed
by prudent operating practices or regulations;
|
|
|
|
|
|
a variety of commercial decisions we make from time to time in
connection with the management and operation of our storage
facilities. Examples include, without limitation, decisions with
respect to matters such as (i) the aggregate amount of
commitments we are willing to make with respect to wheeling,
injection, and withdrawal services, which could exceed our
capabilities at any given time for various reasons,
(ii) the timing of scheduled and unplanned maintenance or
repairs, which can impact equipment availability and capacity,
(iii) the schedule for and rate at which we conduct
leaching
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
activities at our Pine Prairie facility in connection with the
creation of new salt caverns or the expansion of existing
caverns, which can impact the amount of storage capacity we have
available to satisfy our customers requests, (iv) the
timing and aggregate volume of any base gas park and/or loan
transactions we consummate, which can directly affect the
operating pressure of our storage facilities and (v) the
amount of compression capacity and other gas handling equipment
that we install at our facilities to support gas wheeling,
injection and withdrawal activities; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
adverse operating conditions due to hurricanes, extreme weather
events or conditions, and operational problems or issues with
third party pipelines, storage or production facilities.
|
Although we manage and monitor all of these various factors in
connection with the ongoing operation of our natural gas storage
facilities with the goal of performing all of our contractual
commitments and obligations and optimizing our revenue, one or
more of the above factors may adversely impact our ability to
satisfy our injection, withdrawal or wheeling obligations under
our storage contracts. In such event, we may be liable to our
customers for losses or damages they suffer
and/or we
may need to incur costs or expenses in order to permit us to
satisfy our obligations and avoid a breach or increase our costs
in doing so.
For example, if Pine Prairie experiences sustained periods of
high injections as it approaches full capacity and the resulting
cavern temperature and pressure would otherwise exceed the
maximum operating pressure, we may be required to loan a portion
of our base gas to third parties in order to create the space we
need to permit us to honor our customers injection
requests. In connection with any such base gas loans, we will be
required to pay fees that could be significant. Conversely, if
Pine Prairie experiences sustained periods of high withdrawals
as customers withdraw their inventory and an abnormally low
cavern temperature results in a significant reduction in
pressure, we may be required to borrow gas from a third party
and inject it into our facility or inject raw water into our
facility, in each case in order to maintain our minimum
operating pressure or create the operating pressure needed to
satisfy our customers withdrawal requests. In such a
circumstance we would have to (i) pay fees to a third party
to borrow additional gas or (ii) incur operating costs
associated with raw water injection, removal and disposal and
opportunity costs associated with the temporary loss of usable
storage capacity displaced by the injected water.
Our
marketing activities could result in financial
losses.
Without altering our basic commercial strategy of committing a
high percentage of our storage capacity under multi-year firm
storage contracts at attractive rates, we intend to establish a
dedicated commercial marketing group that will capture
short-term market opportunities by utilizing a portion of our
owned or leased storage capacity for our own account and
engaging in related commercial marketing activities. Through
these transactions, we will seek to maintain a position that is
substantially balanced between purchases on the one hand and
sales or future delivery obligations on the other hand. Our
general policy will be (i) to purchase natural gas only in
situations where we have a market for such gas, (ii) to
utilize physical natural gas inventory and financial derivatives
to manage and optimize seasonal and spread risks inherent in our
operations and commercial management activities and to structure
our transactions so that commodity price fluctuations will not
have a material adverse impact on our cash flow and
(iii) not to acquire or hold natural gas, futures contracts
or other derivative products for the purpose of speculating on
outright commodity price changes. While we intend to conduct
these transactions within these pre-defined risk parameters,
these policies will not eliminate all risks. For example, any
event that disrupts our anticipated physical supply of or market
for natural gas could expose us to significant costs or expenses
in order to enable us to satisfy our obligations to store or
deliver contracted natural gas volumes.
We are
subject to environmental laws and regulations that may expose us
to significant costs and liabilities.
Our natural gas storage operations are subject to stringent and
complex federal, state and local environmental laws and
regulations. We may incur substantial costs in order to conduct
our operations in compliance with these laws and regulations.
These laws and regulations may impose numerous obligations that
30
are applicable to our operations, including the acquisition of
permits to conduct certain activities, increases in operating
expenses or curtailment of certain operations to limit or
prevent releases of materials from our facilities, the
incurrence of capital expenditures associated with the
installation of pollution control equipment, and the imposition
of substantial liabilities for pollution resulting from our
operations. Moreover, new, stricter environmental laws,
regulations or enforcement policies could be implemented that
significantly increase our compliance costs or the costs of any
remediation of environmental contamination that may become
necessary, and these costs could be material. For example, the
adoption and implementation of any climate change legislation or
regulations imposing reporting obligations with respect to, or
limiting emissions of, greenhouse gases could result
in increased operating costs and adversely affect demand for
natural gas.
Numerous governmental authorities, such as the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and analogous state
agencies, have the power to enforce compliance with these laws
and regulations and the permits issued under them, oftentimes
requiring difficult and costly corrective actions. Failure to
comply with these laws, regulations and permits may result in
the assessment of administrative, civil and criminal penalties,
the imposition of remedial obligations, and the issuance of
injunctions limiting or preventing some or all of our
operations. In addition, joint and several liability or strict
liability may be imposed under certain environmental laws, which
could cause us to become liable for the conduct of others or for
consequences of our own actions that were in compliance with all
applicable laws at the time those actions were taken. Private
parties may also have the right to pursue legal actions to
enforce compliance as well as to seek damages for non-compliance
with environmental laws and regulations or for personal injury
or property damage that may result from environmental and other
impacts of our operations. We may not be able to recover all or
any of these costs through insurance or other means, which may
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition, results of operation and ability to make
distributions. Please read Business
Environmental Matters for more information.
If we
do not complete expansion projects or make and integrate
acquisitions, our future growth may be limited.
A principal focus of our strategy is to continue to grow the
cash distributions on our units by expanding our business. Our
ability to grow depends on our ability to complete expansion
projects and make acquisitions that result in an increase in
cash generated from operations on a per unit basis (i.e., are
accretive). We may be unable to complete successful, accretive
expansion projects or acquisitions for any of the following
reasons:
|
|
|
|
|
we are unable to identify attractive expansion projects or
acquisition candidates that satisfy our economic and other
criteria, or we are outbid for such opportunities by our
competitors;
|
|
|
|
we are unable to raise financing for such expansion projects or
acquisitions on economically acceptable terms;
|
|
|
|
|
|
we are unable to secure adequate customer commitments to use the
facilities to be expanded or acquired; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
we are unable to obtain governmental approvals or other rights,
licenses or consents needed to complete such expansion projects
or acquisitions.
|
Acquisitions
or expansion projects that we complete may not perform as
anticipated and could result in a reduction of our distributable
cash flow on a per unit basis.
Even if we complete expansion projects or acquisitions that we
believe will be accretive, such projects or acquisitions may
nevertheless reduce our available cash from distributable cash
flow on a per unit basis due to the following factors:
|
|
|
|
|
mistaken assumptions about storage capacity, deliverability,
base gas needs, geological integrity, revenues, synergies, costs
(including operating and general and administrative, capital,
debt and equity costs), customer demand, growth potential,
assumed liabilities and other factors;
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
an inability to complete expansion projects on schedule and
within applicable budgets due to various factors, including cost
overruns, schedule delays, and the inability to obtain necessary
permits or approvals;
|
|
|
|
the failure to receive cash flows from an expansion project or
newly acquired asset due to delays in the commencement of
operations for any reason;
|
|
|
|
unforeseen operational issues or the realization of liabilities
that were not known to us at the time the acquisition or
expansion project was completed;
|
|
|
|
the inability to attract new customers or retain acquired
customers to the extent assumed in connection with the expansion
or acquisition project;
|
|
|
|
the failure to successfully integrate expansion projects or
acquired assets or businesses into our operations
and/or the
loss of key employees; or
|
|
|
|
the impact of regulatory, environmental, political and legal
uncertainties that are beyond our control.
|
If we consummate any future expansion projects or acquisitions,
our capitalization and results of operations may change
significantly, and you will not have the opportunity to evaluate
the economic, financial and other relevant information that we
will consider in determining the application of these funds and
other resources. If any expansion projects or acquisitions we
ultimately complete are not accretive to our distributable cash
flow per common unit and Series A subordinated unit, our
ability to make distributions may be reduced.
We
could lose the benefits of the Pine Prairie tax
abatement.
In May 2006, we entered into an arrangement with the Industrial
Development Board No. 1 of the Parish of Evangeline, State
of Louisiana Inc. (the Industrial Development
Board), pursuant to which we sold a portion of the Pine
Prairie facility located in the parish to the Industrial
Development Board and entered into a
15-year
agreement, which commenced in January of 2008, to lease back
such portion of the facility. Pursuant to this arrangement and
in exchange for certain payments in lieu of taxes, we are not
subject to ad valorem property tax in Evangeline Parish except
for ad valorem tax on inventory. As of December 31, 2009,
the present value of the tax abatement was approximately
$23 million. We classify the present value of the tax
abatement as an intangible asset, so if we were to lose the tax
abatement due to a successful legal challenge of the
arrangement, our violation of the terms of the lease, or for any
other reason, it would be a charge to our earnings and could
have an adverse impact on our results of operations and ability
to make distributions. See Business Title to
Properties and
Rights-of-Way.
Our
natural gas storage facilities are new and have limited
operating history. The facilities may not be able to deliver as
anticipated, which could prevent us from meeting our contractual
obligations and cause us to incur significant
costs.
Although we believe that our operating gas storage facilities at
Bluewater and Pine Prairie have been designed to meet our
contractual obligations with respect to wheeling, injection,
withdrawal and gas specifications, the facilities are new and
have a limited operating history. If we fail to wheel, inject or
withdraw natural gas at contracted rates, or cannot deliver
natural gas consistent with contractual quality specifications,
we could incur significant costs to satisfy our contractual
obligations. These costs could have an adverse impact on our
business, financial condition, results of operations and ability
to make distributions.
Our
business involves many hazards and operational risks, some of
which may not be fully covered by insurance. If a significant
accident or event occurs for which we are not fully insured, our
operations and financial results could be adversely
affected.
Our operations are subject to all of the risks and hazards
inherent in the natural gas storage business, including:
|
|
|
|
|
reduction of our available storage capacity at our salt caverns
over time due to (i) unexpected increases in the
temperature of our caverns, which reduces capacity as a result
of the expansion of the stored natural gas, (ii) the
long-term effect of pressure differentials between the caverns
and the surrounding salt formations (known as salt
creep) or (iii) problems with the structural
integrity of our salt caverns;
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
subsidence of the geological structures where we store natural
gas;
|
|
|
|
risks and hazards inherent in drilling operations associated
with the development of new caverns
and/or the
drilling of raw water wells or salt water disposal wells;
|
|
|
|
problems maintaining the wellbores and related equipment and
facilities that form a part of the infrastructure that is
critical to the operation of our storage facilities;
|
|
|
|
impacts to our operations due to the unavailability of raw water
for any reason or the inability to dispose of salt water through
our salt water disposal wells for any reason;
|
|
|
|
damage to our storage facilities, related equipment and
connecting pipelines and surrounding properties caused by
hurricanes, tornadoes, floods, fires and other natural disasters
and acts of terrorism;
|
|
|
|
inadvertent damage from third parties, including construction,
farm and utility equipment;
|
|
|
|
leaks of natural gas and other hydrocarbons or losses of natural
gas as a result of the malfunction of equipment or facilities;
|
|
|
|
collapse of storage caverns;
|
|
|
|
operator error;
|
|
|
|
environmental pollution or other environmental issues, including
drinking water contamination, associated with our raw water or
water disposal wells or our water treatment facilities;
|
|
|
|
damage associated with equipment or material failures, pipeline
or vessel ruptures or corrosion, explosions, fires and other
incidents; and
|
|
|
|
other hazards that could result in personal injury and loss of
life, pollution and suspension of operations.
|
These risks could result in substantial losses due to breaches
of contractual commitments, personal injury
and/or loss
of life, damage to and destruction of property and equipment and
pollution or other environmental damage. These risks may also
result in curtailment or suspension of our operations. A natural
disaster or other hazard affecting the areas in which we operate
could have a material adverse effect on our operations. We are
not fully insured against all risks inherent in our business. In
addition, we are not insured against all environmental accidents
that might occur, some of which may result in toxic tort claims.
If a significant accident or event occurs for which we are not
fully insured, it could result in a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition, results of operations and
ability to make distributions. Furthermore, we may not be able
to maintain or obtain insurance of the type and amount we desire
at reasonable rates. As a result of market conditions, premiums
and deductibles for certain of our insurance policies may
substantially increase. In some instances, certain insurance
could become unavailable or available only for reduced amounts
of coverage. Additionally, we may be unable to recover from
prior owners of our assets, pursuant to our indemnification
rights, for potential environmental liabilities.
In addition, we share insurance coverage with PAA, for which we
reimburse PAAs general partner pursuant to the terms of
the omnibus agreement. To the extent PAA experiences covered
losses under the insurance policies, the limit of our coverage
for potential losses may be decreased.
If
leakage or migration of natural gas or other hydrocarbons occurs
from any of our storage facilities, our operations and financial
results could be adversely affected.
Our operations are subject to the risk that natural gas or other
hydrocarbons could leak or migrate from our storage facilities,
causing a loss of volumes stored in the storage facilities. This
risk could cause substantial losses due to our inability to
deliver the stored volumes back to our customers. Furthermore,
we may not be able to obtain insurance to protect against this
risk and we may not be able to maintain insurance of the type
and amount we desire at reasonable rates to insure against this
risk.
33
Restrictions
in our anticipated credit facility could adversely affect our
business, financial condition, results of operations, ability to
make distributions to unitholders and value of our
units.
We expect to have a credit facility available to us concurrent
with the closing of the offering. Our credit facility is likely
to restrict our ability to, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional debt;
|
|
|
|
make distributions on or redeem or repurchase units;
|
|
|
|
make certain investments and acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
incur or permit certain liens to exist;
|
|
|
|
enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;
|
|
|
|
merge, consolidate or amalgamate with another company; and
|
|
|
|
transfer or otherwise dispose of assets.
|
Furthermore, our credit facility may contain covenants requiring
us to maintain certain financial ratios.
The provisions of our credit facility may affect our ability to
obtain future financing and pursue attractive business
opportunities and our flexibility in planning for, and reacting
to, changes in business conditions. In addition, a failure to
comply with the provisions of our credit facility could result
in an event of default which could enable our lenders, subject
to the terms and conditions of the anticipated credit facility,
to declare the outstanding principal of that debt, together with
accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable. If the
payment of our debt is accelerated, our assets may be
insufficient to repay such debt in full, and the holders of our
units could experience a partial or total loss of their
investment.
Debt
we incur in the future may limit our flexibility to obtain
financing and to pursue other business
opportunities.
Our future level of debt could have important consequences to
us, including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
our ability to obtain additional financing, if necessary, for
working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other
purposes may be impaired or such financing may not be available
on favorable terms;
|
|
|
|
our funds available for operations, future business
opportunities and distributions to unitholders will be reduced
by that portion of our cash flow required to make interest
payments on our debt;
|
|
|
|
we may be more vulnerable to competitive pressures or a downturn
in our business or the economy generally; and
|
|
|
|
our flexibility in responding to changing business and economic
conditions may be limited.
|
Our ability to service our debt will depend upon, among other
things, our future financial and operating performance, which
will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and
financial, business, regulatory and other factors, some of which
are beyond our control. If our operating results are not
sufficient to service any future indebtedness, we will be forced
to take actions such as reducing distributions, reducing or
delaying our business activities, acquisitions, investments or
capital expenditures, selling assets or seeking additional
equity capital. We may not be able to effect any of these
actions on satisfactory terms or at all.
For more information regarding our debt agreements, please read
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and
Capital Resources.
34
We are
considered a subsidiary of PAA under its debt instruments and,
as such, we may be directly or indirectly subject to and
impacted by certain restrictions in PAAs existing and
future credit facilities and indentures. These restrictions may
limit our access to credit, prevent us from engaging in
beneficial activities, and in certain circumstances, require us
to guarantee PAAs indebtedness.
Under the terms of PAAs indebtedness, we are considered a
subsidiary of PAA and, although we are not contractually bound
by and are not liable for PAAs debt under its debt
instruments, we are subject to and indirectly affected by
certain restrictions and covenants contained in them. As a
result, our ability to take certain actions, including incurring
certain types of indebtedness, may be prohibited or affected and
result in our not obtaining the most advantageous financing
terms or prevent us from engaging in certain transactions that
might otherwise be considered beneficial. For example, the
amount of secured indebtedness that PAA and certain of its
subsidiaries, including us, may incur without having to secure
certain PAA notes on an equal and ratable basis is limited.
Additionally, if we or any of our subsidiaries were to guarantee
indebtedness for borrowed money of PAA or any other subsidiary
of PAA (including if one of our own subsidiaries guarantees any
of our debt), the entity providing such guarantee would also be
required to guarantee PAAs outstanding debt. Although we
and PAA believe that the restrictions in PAAs debt
instruments will not have a material impact on our operations or
access to credit, no assurance can be given to that effect and
PAAs and our ability to comply with any restrictions in
PAAs debt instruments may be affected by events beyond its
and our control.
Any debt instruments that PAA enters into in the future,
including any amendments to its existing credit facilities, may
include additional or more restrictive limitations on our
ability to conduct our business. If we are considered a
restricted subsidiary under PAAs existing or future credit
facilities or indentures, we will be subject to the restrictive
covenants included in PAAs debt instruments at that time.
These additional restrictions could adversely affect our ability
to finance our future operations or capital needs or engage in,
expand or pursue our business activities. In addition, PAA has
the ability to prevent us from taking actions that would cause
PAA to violate any covenants in its credit facilities or
indentures, or otherwise to be in default under any of its debt
instruments. In deciding whether to prevent us from taking any
such action, PAA will have no fiduciary duty to us or our
unitholders.
The
credit and risk profile of our general partner and its owner,
PAA, could adversely affect our credit ratings and risk profile,
which could increase our borrowing costs or hinder our ability
to raise capital.
The credit and business risk profiles of our general partner and
PAA may be factors considered in credit evaluations of us. This
is because our general partner, which is owned by PAA, controls
our business activities, including our cash distribution policy
and expansion strategy. Any adverse change in the financial
condition of PAA, including the degree of its financial leverage
and its dependence on cash flow from us to service its
indebtedness, may adversely affect our credit ratings and risk
profile.
If we were to seek a credit rating in the future, our credit
rating may be adversely affected by the leverage of our general
partner or PAA, as credit rating agencies such as
Standard & Poors Ratings Services and
Moodys Investors Service may consider the leverage and
credit profile of PAA and its affiliates because of their
ownership interest in and control of us. Any adverse effect on
our credit rating would increase our cost of borrowing or hinder
our ability to raise financing in the capital markets, which
would impair our ability to grow our business and make
distributions to unitholders.
Increases
in interest rates could adversely impact our unit price, our
ability to issue equity or incur debt for acquisitions or other
purposes, and our ability to make cash distributions at our
intended levels.
Interest rates on future credit facilities and debt offerings
could be higher than current levels, causing our financing costs
to increase accordingly. As with other yield-oriented
securities, our unit price is impacted by the level of our cash
distributions and our implied distribution yield. The
distribution yield is often used by investors to compare and
rank yield-oriented securities for investment decision-making
purposes. Therefore, changes in interest rates, either positive
or negative, may affect the yield requirements of investors who
invest in our units, and a rising interest rate environment
could have an adverse impact on our unit price, our ability
35
to issue equity or incur debt for acquisitions or other purposes
and to make cash distributions at our intended levels.
If we
fail to develop or maintain an effective system of internal
controls, we may not be able to report our financial results
accurately or prevent fraud, which would likely have a negative
impact on the market price of our common units.
Prior to this offering, we have not been required to file
reports with the SEC. Upon the completion of this offering, we
will become subject to the public reporting requirements of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange
Act. We prepare our consolidated financial statements in
accordance with GAAP, but our internal accounting controls may
not currently meet all standards applicable to companies with
publicly traded securities. Effective internal controls are
necessary for us to provide reliable financial reports, prevent
fraud and to operate successfully as a publicly traded
partnership. Our efforts to develop and maintain our internal
controls may not be successful, and we may be unable to maintain
effective controls over our financial processes and reporting in
the future or to comply with our obligations under
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which we
refer to as Section 404. For example, Section 404 will
require us, among other things, to annually review and report
on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to
attest to, the effectiveness of our internal controls over
financial reporting. We must comply with Section 404 for
our fiscal year ending December 31, 2011. Any failure to
develop, implement or maintain effective internal controls or to
improve our internal controls could harm our operating results
or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. Given the
difficulties inherent in the design and operation of internal
controls over financial reporting, we can provide no assurance
as to our, or our independent registered public accounting
firms, conclusions about the effectiveness of our internal
controls, and we may incur significant costs in our efforts to
comply with Section 404. Ineffective internal controls will
subject us to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of confidence in
our reported financial information, which could have an adverse
effect on our business and would likely have a negative effect
on the trading price of our common units.
Risks
Inherent in an Investment in Us
Our
partnership agreement requires that we distribute all of our
available cash, which could limit our ability to grow and make
acquisitions.
We expect that we will distribute all of our available cash to
our unitholders and will rely primarily upon external financing
sources, including commercial bank borrowings and the issuance
of debt and equity securities, to fund our acquisitions and
expansion capital expenditures. As a result, to the extent we
are unable to finance growth externally, our cash distribution
policy will significantly impair our ability to grow.
In addition, because we distribute all of our available cash,
our growth may not be as fast as that of businesses that
reinvest their available cash to expand ongoing operations. To
the extent we issue additional units in connection with any
acquisitions or expansion capital expenditures, the payment of
distributions on those additional units may increase the risk
that we will be unable to maintain or increase our per unit
distribution level. There are no limitations in our partnership
agreement on our ability to issue additional units, including
units ranking senior to the common units. The incurrence of
additional commercial borrowings or other debt to finance our
growth strategy would result in increased interest expense,
which, in turn, may impact the available cash that we have to
distribute to our unitholders.
Cost
reimbursements due to PAAs general partner and our general
partner for services provided to us or on our behalf will be
substantial and will reduce our cash available for distribution
to you. The amount and timing of such reimbursements will be
determined by PAAs general partner.
Prior to making distributions on our common units, we will
reimburse PAAs general partner and its affiliates for all
expenses they incur on our behalf. These expenses will include
all costs incurred by PAA, its general partner or our general
partner in managing and operating us. These operating expense
reimbursements and the reimbursement of incremental general and
administrative expenses we will incur as a result of becoming a
publicly traded partnership are not capped. In addition, PAA and
our general partner will have
36
substantial discretion in incurring third-party expenses on our
behalf. Our partnership agreement provides that our general
partner will determine in good faith the expenses that are
allocable to us. The reimbursements to PAAs general
partner and our general partner will reduce the amount of cash
otherwise available for distribution to our unitholders.
Our
general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units to
it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution
levels related to its incentive distribution rights, without the
approval of the conflicts committee of its board of directors or
the holders of our common units. This could result in lower
distributions to holders of our common units.
Our general partner has the right, at any time when there are no
Series A subordinated units outstanding and it has received
incentive distributions at the highest level to which it is
entitled (48.0%) for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal
quarters, to reset the initial target distribution levels at
higher levels based on our distributions at the time of the
exercise of the reset election. Following a reset election by
our general partner, the minimum quarterly distribution will be
adjusted to equal the reset minimum quarterly distribution and
each target distribution level will be reset to the
correspondingly higher amount that causes such reset target
distribution level to exceed the reset minimum quarterly
distribution by the same percentage that such distribution level
exceeds the
then-current
minimum quarterly distribution.
If our general partner elects to reset the target distribution
levels, it will be entitled to receive a number of common units
and will retain its then-current general partner interest. The
number of common units to be issued to our general partner will
equal the number of common units which would have entitled their
holder to an average aggregate quarterly cash distribution in
the prior two quarters equal to the average of the distributions
to our general partner on the incentive distribution rights in
the prior two quarters. We anticipate that our general partner
would exercise this reset right in order to facilitate
acquisitions or internal growth projects that would not be
sufficiently accretive to cash distributions per common unit
without such conversion. It is possible, however, that our
general partner could exercise this reset election at a time
when it is experiencing, or expects to experience, declines in
the cash distributions it receives related to its incentive
distribution rights and may, therefore, desire to be issued
common units rather than retain the right to receive incentive
distributions based on the initial target distribution levels.
As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders
to experience a reduction in the amount of cash distributions
that our common unitholders would have otherwise received had we
not issued new common units to our general partner in connection
with resetting the target distribution levels. Please read
Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions General Partners Right to Reset
Target Distribution Levels.
Unitholders
may have liability to repay distributions that were wrongfully
distributed to them.
Under certain circumstances, unitholders may have to repay
amounts wrongfully returned or distributed to them. Under
Section 17-607
of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, we may
not make a distribution to you if the distribution would cause
our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets. Delaware
law provides that for a period of three years from the date of
an impermissible distribution, limited partners who received the
distribution and who knew at the time of the distribution that
it violated Delaware law will be liable to the limited
partnership for the distribution amount. Substituted limited
partners are liable both for the obligations of the assignor to
make contributions to the partnership that were known to the
substituted limited partner at the time it became a limited
partner and for those obligations that were unknown if the
liabilities could have been determined from the partnership
agreement. Neither liabilities to partners on account of their
partnership interest nor liabilities that are non-recourse to
the partnership are counted for purposes of determining whether
a distribution is permitted.
Your
liability may not be limited if a court finds that unitholder
action constitutes control of our business.
A general partner of a partnership generally has unlimited
liability for the obligations of the partnership, except for
those contractual obligations of the partnership that are
expressly made without recourse to the
37
general partner. Our partnership is organized under Delaware
law, and we conduct business in other states. The limitations on
the liability of holders of limited partner interests for the
obligations of a limited partnership have not been clearly
established in some states in which we do business or may do
business in from time to time in the future. You could be liable
for any and all of our obligations as if you were a general
partner if a court or government agency were to determine that:
|
|
|
|
|
we were conducting business in a state but had not complied with
that particular states partnership statute; or
|
|
|
|
your right to act with other unitholders to remove or replace
our general partner, to approve some amendments to our
partnership agreement or to take other actions under our
partnership agreement constitutes control of our
business.
|
For a discussion of the implications of the limitations of
liability on a unitholder, please read The Partnership
Agreement Limited Liability.
Holders
of our common units have limited voting rights and are not
entitled to elect our general partner or its
directors.
Unlike the holders of common stock in a corporation, unitholders
have only limited voting rights on matters affecting our
business and, therefore, limited ability to influence
managements decisions regarding our business. Unitholders
will have no right on an annual or ongoing basis to elect our
general partner or its board of directors. The board of
directors of our general partner will be chosen by PAA.
Furthermore, if the unitholders are dissatisfied with the
performance of our general partner, they will have little
ability to remove our general partner. As a result of these
limitations, the price at which the common units will trade
could be diminished because of the absence or reduction of a
takeover premium in the trading price. Our partnership agreement
also contains provisions limiting the ability of unitholders to
call meetings or to acquire information about our operations, as
well as other provisions limiting the unitholders ability
to influence the manner or direction of management.
Even
if holders of our common units are dissatisfied, they cannot
initially remove our general partner without its
consent.
The unitholders initially will be unable to remove our general
partner without its consent because our general partner and its
affiliates will own sufficient units upon completion of this
offering to be able to prevent its removal. The vote of the
holders of at least
662/3%
of all outstanding units voting together as a single class is
required to remove our general partner. Following the closing of
this offering, PAA will own an aggregate of
approximately % of our outstanding
voting units. Also, if our general partner is removed without
cause during the subordination period and units held by our
general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of
that removal, all remaining Series A subordinated units and
Series B subordinated units will automatically convert into
common units and any existing arrearages on our common units
will be extinguished. A removal of our general partner under
these circumstances would adversely affect our common units by
prematurely eliminating their distribution and liquidation
preference over our Series A subordinated units and
Series B subordinated units, which would otherwise have
continued until we had met certain distribution, performance and
operational tests. Cause is narrowly defined to mean that a
court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final,
non-appealable judgment finding our general partner liable for
actual fraud, gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct
in its capacity as our general partner. Cause does not include
most cases of charges of poor management of the business, so the
removal of our general partner because of the unitholders
dissatisfaction with our general partners performance in
managing our partnership will most likely result in the
termination of the subordination period and conversion of all
Series A subordinated units and Series B subordinated
units to common units.
38
Our
partnership agreement restricts the voting rights of unitholders
owning 20% or more of our common units.
Unitholders voting rights are further restricted by a
provision of our partnership agreement providing that any units
held by a person that owns 20% or more of any class of units
then outstanding, other than our general partner, its
affiliates, their transferees and persons who acquired such
units with the prior approval of the board of directors of our
general partner, cannot vote on any matter.
Our
general partner interest or the control of our general partner
may be transferred to a third party without unitholder
consent.
Our general partner may transfer its general partner interest to
a third party in a merger or in a sale of all or substantially
all of its assets without the consent of the unitholders.
Furthermore, our partnership agreement does not restrict the
ability of PAA to transfer all or a portion of its ownership
interest in our general partner to a third party. The new owner
of our general partner would then be in a position to replace
the board of directors and officers of our general partner with
its own designees and thereby exert significant control over the
decisions made by the board of directors and officers.
Upon
closing of the offering, investors in our common units will
experience immediate and substantial dilution in pro forma net
tangible book value of $ per
common unit.
The estimated initial public offering price of
$ per common unit exceeds our pro
forma net tangible book value of $
per common unit. Based on the estimated initial public offering
price of $ per common unit, you
will incur immediate and substantial dilution of
$ per common unit. This dilution
results primarily because the assets contributed by our general
partner and its affiliates are recorded in accordance with GAAP
at their historical cost, and not their fair value. Please read
Dilution.
We may
issue additional units without your approval, which would dilute
your existing ownership interests.
Our partnership agreement does not limit the number of
additional limited partner interests that we may issue at any
time without the approval of our unitholders. The issuance by us
of additional common units or other equity securities of equal
or senior rank will have the following effects:
|
|
|
|
|
our existing unitholders proportionate ownership interest
in us will decrease;
|
|
|
|
the amount of cash available for distribution on each unit may
decrease;
|
|
|
|
because a lower percentage of total outstanding units will be
Series A subordinated units, the risk that a shortfall in
the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution will be borne
by our common unitholders will increase;
|
|
|
|
the ratio of taxable income to distributions may increase;
|
|
|
|
the relative voting strength of each previously outstanding unit
may be diminished; and
|
|
|
|
the market price of the common units may decline.
|
PAA
may sell units in the public or private markets, and such sales
could have an adverse impact on the trading price of the common
units.
After the sale of the common units offered by this prospectus,
assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to
purchase additional common units, PAA will
hold common
units,
Series A subordinated units
and Series B
subordinated units. All of the Series A subordinated units
will convert into common units at the end of the subordination
period and may convert earlier under certain circumstances. The
Series B subordinated units are also eligible for
conversion into common units if certain operational and
financial conditions are satisfied and the end of the
subordination period has occurred. The sale of these units in
the public or private markets could have an adverse impact on
the price of the common
39
units or on any trading market that may develop. A sale or
transfer, including certain deemed transfers, by PAA of all or
portions of its interests in us may cause our partnership to
terminate for federal income tax purposes. For a discussion of
the impact this could have on common unitholders, please read
Tax Risks to Common Unitholders The sale or
exchange of 50% or more of our capital and profits interests
during any twelve-month period will result in the termination of
our partnership for federal income tax purposes.
There
is no existing market for our common units, and a trading market
that will provide you with adequate liquidity may not develop.
The price of our common units may fluctuate significantly, and
you could lose all or part of your investment.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common units. After this offering, there will be
only
publicly traded common units, assuming no exercise of the
underwriters option to purchase additional common units.
We do not know the extent to which investor interest will lead
to the development of a trading market or how liquid that market
might be. You may not be able to resell your common units at or
above the initial public offering price. Additionally, the lack
of liquidity may result in wide bid-ask spreads, contribute to
significant fluctuations in the market price of the common units
and limit the number of investors who are able to buy the common
units.
The initial public offering price for the common units will be
determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of
the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price
of the common units that will prevail in the trading market. The
market price of our common units may decline below the initial
public offering price. The market price of our common units may
also be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our
control, including:
|
|
|
|
|
our quarterly or annual earnings or those of other companies in
our industry;
|
|
|
|
the loss of a large customer;
|
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts
or acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance,
interpretations or principles;
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions;
|
|
|
|
the failure of securities analysts to cover our common units
after this offering or changes in financial estimates by
analysts;
|
|
|
|
future sales of our common units; and
|
|
|
|
other factors described in these Risk Factors.
|
We
will incur increased costs as a result of being a publicly
traded partnership.
We have no history operating as a publicly traded partnership.
As a publicly traded partnership, we will incur significant
legal, accounting and other expenses. In addition, the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and related rules subsequently
implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, or the
NYSE, have required changes in the corporate governance
practices of publicly traded companies. We expect these rules
and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance
costs and to make activities more time-consuming and costly. For
example, as a result of becoming a publicly traded partnership,
we are required to have at least three independent directors,
create an audit committee and adopt policies regarding internal
controls and disclosure controls and procedures, including the
preparation of reports on internal controls over financial
reporting. In addition, we will incur additional costs
associated with our publicly traded partnership reporting
requirements. We also expect these new rules and regulations to
make it more difficult and more expensive for our general
partner to obtain director and officer liability insurance and
to possibly result in our general partner having to accept
reduced policy limits and coverage. As a result, it may be more
difficult for our general partner to attract and retain
qualified persons to serve on its board of directors or as
executive officers. We have included $2.6 million of
estimated incremental costs per year associated with being a
publicly traded
40
partnership in our financial forecast included elsewhere in this
prospectus. However, it is possible that our actual incremental
costs of being a publicly traded partnership will be higher than
we currently estimate.
Risks
Related to Conflicts of Interest
PAA
owns and controls our general partner, which has sole
responsibility for conducting our business and managing our
operations. PAA and our general partner have conflicts of
interest and may favor PAAs interests to your
detriment.
Following this offering, PAA will own and control our general
partner, as well as appoint all of the officers and directors of
our general partner, some of whom will also be officers of
PAAs general partner. Although our general partner has a
fiduciary duty to manage us in a manner that is beneficial to us
and our unitholders, the directors and officers of our general
partner have a fiduciary duty to manage our general partner in a
manner that is beneficial to its owner, PAA. Conflicts of
interest may arise between PAA and our general partner, on the
one hand, and us and our unitholders, on the other hand. In
resolving these conflicts of interest, our general partner may
favor its own interests and the interests of PAA over our
interests and the interests of our unitholders. These conflicts
include the following situations, among others:
|
|
|
|
|
neither our partnership agreement nor any other agreement
requires PAA to pursue a business strategy that favors us.
PAAs directors and officers have a fiduciary duty to make
these decisions in the best interests of the owners of PAA,
which may be contrary to our interests;
|
|
|
|
while PAA has stated that it intends to utilize our partnership
as the primary vehicle through which it will participate in the
natural gas storage business, PAA and its affiliates are not
limited in their ability to compete with us;
|
|
|
|
our general partner is allowed to take into account the
interests of parties other than us, such as PAA, in resolving
conflicts of interest;
|
|
|
|
certain of the officers of our general partner will also devote
significant time to the business of PAA and will be compensated
by PAAs general partner accordingly;
|
|
|
|
our partnership agreement limits the liability of and defines
the fiduciary duties owed by our general partner, and also
restricts the remedies available to our unitholders for actions
that, without the limitations, might constitute breaches of
fiduciary duty;
|
|
|
|
our partnership agreement contains provisions designed to
facilitate PAAs ability to provide us with financial
support while reducing concerns regarding conflicts of interest
by defining certain potential financing transactions between PAA
and us as fair to our unitholders;
|
|
|
|
except in limited circumstances, our general partner has the
power and authority to conduct our business without unitholder
approval;
|
|
|
|
our general partner determines the amount and timing of asset
purchases and sales, borrowings, issuances of additional
partnership securities and the creation, reduction or increase
of cash reserves. Each of these determinations can affect the
amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders and to our
general partner, the ability of the Series A subordinated
units to convert to common units and the achievement of the
financial conditions necessary for the Series B
subordinated units to convert to Series A subordinated
units or common units;
|
|
|
|
our general partner determines the amount and timing of any
capital expenditures and whether a capital expenditure is
classified as a maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces
distributable cash flow. These determinations can affect the
amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders and to our
general partner, the ability of the Series A subordinated
units to convert to common units and the Series B
subordinated units to convert to Series A subordinated
units or common units;
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
our general partner will determine the amount and timing of the
planned expansions of our Pine Prairie facility, and as a
result, the achievement of the operational conditions necessary
for the Series B subordinated units to convert to
Series A subordinated units or common units, as applicable;
|
|
|
|
our general partner determines which costs incurred by it are
reimbursable by us;
|
|
|
|
our general partner may cause us to borrow funds in order to
permit the payment of cash distributions, even if the purpose or
effect of the borrowing is to make a distribution on the
Series A subordinated units, to make incentive
distributions or to make distributions to achieve the financial
conditions necessary for the Series B subordinated units to
convert to Series A subordinated units for the
Series A subordinated units to convert to common units;
|
|
|
|
our partnership agreement permits us to distribute up to
$40 million from capital sources without treating such
distribution as a distribution from capital;
|
|
|
|
our partnership agreement does not restrict our general partner
from causing us to pay it or its affiliates for any services
rendered to us or entering into additional contractual
arrangements with any of these entities on our behalf;
|
|
|
|
our general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our
contractual and other obligations;
|
|
|
|
our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase
all of the common units not owned by it and its affiliates if
they own more than 80% of the common units;
|
|
|
|
our general partner controls the enforcement of the obligations
that it and its affiliates owe to us;
|
|
|
|
our general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel,
accountants or others to perform services for us; and
|
|
|
|
our general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units
to it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution
levels related to our general partners incentive
distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts
committee of the board of directors of our general partner or
our unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions
to our common unitholders in certain situations.
|
Please read Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary
Duties.
PAA
may engage in competition with us.
Although PAA has stated that it intends to utilize our
partnership as the primary vehicle through which it will
participate in the natural gas storage business, PAA and its
affiliates are not limited in their ability to compete
with us.
Our
partnership agreement defines our general partners
fiduciary duties, and limits remedies available, to holders of
our common and subordinated units in ways that without such
definition or limitation, might constitute breaches of fiduciary
duty.
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that modify the
fiduciary standards to which our general partner would otherwise
be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our
partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a
number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in
its capacity as our general partner, or otherwise free of
fiduciary duties to us and our unitholders. This entitles our
general partner to consider only the interests and factors that
it desires and relieves it of any duty or obligation to give any
consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our
affiliates or our limited partners. Examples of decisions that
our general partner may make in its individual capacity include:
|
|
|
|
|
how to allocate corporate opportunities among us and our general
partners affiliates;
|
|
|
|
whether to exercise its limited call right;
|
|
|
|
how to exercise its voting rights with respect to the units it
owns;
|
|
|
|
whether to exercise its registration rights;
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
whether to elect to reset target distribution levels; and
|
|
|
|
whether or not to consent to any merger or consolidation of the
partnership or amendment to the partnership agreement.
|
By purchasing a common unit, a common unitholder agrees to
become bound by the provisions in the partnership agreement,
including the provisions discussed above. Please read
Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties
Fiduciary Duties.
Our
partnership agreement defines and modifies the duties of our
general partner and restricts the remedies available to holders
of our common and subordinated units for actions taken by our
general partner.
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that define the
standard of care that our general partner must exercise and
restrict the remedies available to unitholders for actions taken
by our general partner in accordance with that standard of care,
including in circumstances that might otherwise constitute
breaches of fiduciary duty under state fiduciary duty law. For
example, our partnership agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
provides that whenever our general partner makes a determination
or takes, or declines to take, any other action in its capacity
as our general partner, our general partner is required to make
such determination, or take or decline to take such other
action, in good faith, and will not be subject to any other or
different standard imposed by our partnership agreement,
Delaware law, or any other law, rule or regulation, or at equity;
|
|
|
|
provides that our general partner will not have any liability to
us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a
general partner so long as such decisions are made in good
faith, meaning that it believed that the decision was in, or not
opposed to, the best interests of our partnership;
|
|
|
|
provides that our general partner and its officers and directors
will not be liable for monetary damages to us, our limited
partners or their assignees resulting from any act or omission
unless there has been a final and non-appealable judgment
entered by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that
our general partner or its officers and directors, as the case
may be, acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful
misconduct or, in the case of a criminal matter, acted with
knowledge that the conduct was criminal; and
|
|
|
|
provides that our general partner will not be in breach of its
obligations under the partnership agreement or its fiduciary
duties to us or our unitholders if a transaction with an
affiliate or the resolution of a conflict of interest is:
|
(a) approved by the conflicts committee of the board of
directors of our general partner, although our general partner
is not obligated to seek such approval;
(b) approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding
common units, excluding any common units owned by our general
partner and its affiliates;
(c) on terms no less favorable to us than those generally
being provided to or available from unrelated third
parties; or
(d) fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the
totality of the relationships among the parties involved,
including other transactions that may be favorable or
advantageous to us.
In connection with a situation involving a transaction with an
affiliate or a conflict of interest, any determination by our
general partner must be made in good faith. If an affiliate
transaction or the resolution of a conflict of interest is not
approved by our common unitholders or the conflicts committee
and the board of directors of our general partner determines
that the resolution or course of action taken with respect to
the affiliate transaction or conflict of interest satisfies
either of the standards set forth in subclauses (c) and
(d) above, then it will be presumed that, in making its
decision, the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any
proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the
partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding
will have the burden of overcoming such presumption.
43
Our
general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our
obligations.
Our general partner intends to limit its liability under
contractual arrangements so that the counterparties to such
arrangements have recourse only against our assets, and not
against our general partner or its assets. Our general partner
may therefore cause us to incur indebtedness or other
obligations that are nonrecourse to our general partner. Our
partnership agreement provides that any action taken by our
general partner to limit its liability is not a breach of our
general partners fiduciary duties, even if we could have
obtained more favorable terms without the limitation on
liability. In addition, we are obligated to reimburse or
indemnify our general partner to the extent that it incurs
obligations on our behalf. Any such reimbursement or
indemnification payments would reduce the amount of cash
otherwise available for distribution to our unitholders.
Our
general partner has a limited call right that may require you to
sell your units at an undesirable time or price.
If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more
than 80% of the common units, our general partner will have the
right, which it may assign to any of its affiliates or to us,
but not the obligation, to acquire all, but not less than all,
of the common units held by unaffiliated persons at a price that
is not less than their then-current market price. As a result,
you may be required to sell your common units at an undesirable
time or price and may not receive any return on your investment.
You may also incur a tax liability upon a sale of your units. At
the completion of this offering, and assuming no exercise of the
underwriters option to purchase additional common units,
PAA will own approximately % of our
outstanding common units. At the end of the subordination
period, assuming no additional issuances of common units (other
than upon the conversion of the Series A subordinated
units), PAA will own
approximately % of our outstanding
common units. Upon the satisfaction of certain operational and
financial conditions and the end of the subordination period
having occurred, assuming no additional issuances of common
units (other than upon the conversion of the Series A
subordinated units and the ultimate conversion of the
Series B subordinated units to common units), PAA will own
approximately % of our outstanding
common units For additional information about this right, please
read The Partnership Agreement Limited Call
Right.
Tax Risks
to Common Unitholders
In addition to reading the following risk factors, you should
read Material Income Tax Consequences for a more
complete discussion of the expected material federal income tax
consequences of owning and disposing of common units.
Our
tax treatment depends on our status as a partnership for federal
income tax purposes, as well as our not being subject to a
material amount of additional entity-level taxation by
individual states. If the IRS were to treat us as a corporation
for federal income tax purposes or we were to become subject to
material additional amounts of entity-level taxation for state
tax purposes, then our cash available for distribution to you
could be substantially reduced.
The anticipated after-tax economic benefit of an investment in
our common units depends largely on our being treated as a
partnership for federal income tax purposes. We have not
requested, and do not plan to request, a ruling from the
Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, on this or any other tax
matter affecting us.
Despite the fact that we are classified as a limited partnership
under Delaware law, it is possible in certain circumstances for
a partnership such as ours to be treated as a corporation for
federal income tax purposes. Although we do not believe, based
upon our current operations, that we will be so treated, a
change in our business (or a change in current law) could cause
us to be treated as a corporation for federal income tax
purposes or otherwise subject us to taxation as an entity.
If we were treated as a corporation for federal income tax
purposes, we would pay federal income tax on our taxable income
at the corporate tax rate, which is currently a maximum of 35%,
and would likely pay state income tax at varying rates.
Distributions to you would generally be taxed again as corporate
distributions, and no income, gains, losses, deductions or
credits would flow through to you. Because a tax
44
would be imposed upon us as a corporation, our cash available
for distribution to you would be substantially reduced.
Therefore, treatment of us as a corporation would result in a
material reduction in the anticipated cash flow and after-tax
return to the unitholders, likely causing a substantial
reduction in the value of our common units.
Current law may change so as to cause us to be treated as a
corporation for federal income tax purposes or otherwise subject
us to entity-level taxation. In addition, because of widespread
state budget deficits and other reasons, several states are
evaluating ways to subject partnerships to entity-level taxation
through the imposition of state income, franchise and other
forms of taxation. Specifically, we will be subject to an
entity-level tax on any portion of our income that is generated
in Texas in the prior year. Imposition of any such additional
taxes on us will reduce the cash available for distribution to
our unitholders. Our partnership agreement provides that if a
law is enacted or existing law is modified or interpreted in a
manner that subjects us to taxation as a corporation or
otherwise subjects us to entity-level taxation for federal
income tax purposes, our target distribution amounts will be
adjusted to reflect the impact of that law on us.
Our partnership agreement provides that if a law is enacted or
existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that
subjects us to taxation as a corporation or otherwise subjects
us to entity-level taxation for federal, state or local income
tax purposes, the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the
target distribution amounts may be adjusted to reflect the
impact of that law on us.
The
tax treatment of (i) publicly traded partnerships or
(ii) an investment in our units could be subject to
potential legislative, judicial or administrative changes and
differing interpretations, possibly on a retroactive
basis.
The present U.S. federal income tax treatment of
(i) publicly traded partnerships, including us, or
(ii) an investment in our common units may be modified by
administrative, legislative or judicial interpretation at any
time. For example, members of Congress have recently considered
substantive changes to the existing federal income tax laws that
affect publicly traded partnerships. Any modification to the
U.S. federal income tax laws and interpretations thereof
may or may not be applied retroactively and could make it more
difficult or impossible to meet the exception for certain
publicly traded partnerships to be treated as partnerships for
U.S. federal income tax purposes. Although the considered
legislation would not appear to have affected our treatment as a
partnership, we are unable to predict whether any of these
changes, or other proposals will be reintroduced or will
ultimately be enacted. Any such changes could negatively impact
the value of an investment in our common units.
You
will be required to pay taxes on your share of our income even
if you do not receive any cash distributions from
us.
Because our unitholders will be treated as partners to whom we
will allocate taxable income that could be different in amount
than the cash we distribute, you will be required to pay any
federal income taxes and, in some cases, state and local income
taxes on your share of our taxable income whether or not you
receive cash distributions from us. You may not receive cash
distributions from us equal to your share of our taxable income
or even equal to the actual tax liability that results from that
income.
The
sale or exchange of 50% or more of our capital and profits
interests during any twelve-month period will result in the
termination of our partnership for federal income tax
purposes.
We will be considered to have terminated our partnership for
federal income tax purposes if there is a sale or exchange of
50% or more of the total interests in our capital and profits
within a twelve-month period. Immediately following this
offering, PAA will own more than 50% of the total interests in
our capital and profits interests. Therefore, a transfer by PAA
of all or a portion of its interests in us, including a deemed
transfer as a result of a termination of PAAs partnership
for federal income tax purposes, could result in a termination
of our partnership for federal income tax purposes. Our
termination would, among other things, result in the closing of
our taxable year for all unitholders and could result in a
deferral of depreciation deductions allowable in computing our
taxable income. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a
taxable year
45
other than a fiscal year ending December 31, the closing of
our taxable year may also result in more than twelve months of
our taxable income or loss being includable in his taxable
income for the year of termination. Our termination currently
would not affect our classification as a partnership for federal
income tax purposes, but instead, we would be treated as a new
partnership for tax purposes. If treated as a new partnership,
we must make new tax elections and could be subject to penalties
if we are unable to determine that a termination occurred.
Please read Material Income Tax Consequences
Disposition of Common Units Constructive
Termination for a discussion of the consequences of our
termination for federal income tax purposes.
Tax
gain or loss on the disposition of our common units could be
more or less than expected.
If you sell your common units, you will recognize a gain or loss
equal to the difference between the amount realized and your tax
basis in those common units. Because distributions in excess of
your allocable share of our net taxable income decrease your tax
basis in your common units, the amount, if any, of such prior
excess distributions with respect to the units you sell will, in
effect, become taxable income to you if you sell such units at a
price greater than your tax basis in those units, even if the
price you receive is less than your original cost. Furthermore,
a substantial portion of the amount realized, whether or not
representing gain, may be taxed as ordinary income due to
potential recapture items, including depreciation recapture. In
addition, because the amount realized includes a
unitholders share of our nonrecourse liabilities, if you
sell your units, you may incur a tax liability in excess of the
amount of cash you receive from the sale. Please read
Material Income Tax Consequences Disposition
of Common Units Recognition of Gain or Loss
for a further discussion of the foregoing.
Tax-exempt
entities and
non-U.S.
persons face unique tax issues from owning common units that may
result in adverse tax consequences to them.
Investment in common units by tax-exempt entities, such as
employee benefit plans and individual retirement accounts (known
as IRAs), and
non-U.S. persons
raises issues unique to them. For example, virtually all of our
income allocated to organizations that are exempt from federal
income tax, including IRAs and other retirement plans, will be
unrelated business taxable income and will be taxable to them.
Distributions to
non-U.S. persons
will be reduced by withholding taxes at the highest applicable
effective tax rate, and
non-U.S. persons
will be required to file U.S. federal tax returns and pay
tax on their share of our taxable income. If you are a
tax-exempt entity or a
non-U.S. person,
you should consult your tax advisor before investing in our
common units.
If the
IRS contests the federal income tax positions we take, the
market for our common units may be adversely impacted and the
cost of any IRS contest will reduce our cash available for
distribution to you.
The IRS may adopt positions that differ from the positions we
take. It may be necessary to resort to administrative or court
proceedings to sustain some or all of the positions we take. A
court may not agree with some or all of the positions we take.
Any contest with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the
market for our common units and the price at which they trade.
Our costs of any contest with the IRS will be borne indirectly
by our unitholders and our general partner because the costs
will reduce our cash available for distribution.
We
will treat each purchaser of our common units as having the same
tax benefits without regard to the actual common units
purchased. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could
adversely affect the value of the common units.
Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of common
units, we will adopt depreciation and amortization positions
that may not conform to all aspects of existing Treasury
Regulations. A successful IRS challenge to those positions could
adversely affect the amount of tax benefits available to you. It
also could affect the timing of these tax benefits or the amount
of gain from your sale of common units and could have a negative
impact on the value of our common units or result in audit
adjustments to your tax returns. Please
46
read Material Income Tax Consequences Tax
Consequences of Unit Ownership Section 754
Election for a further discussion of the effect of the
depreciation and amortization positions we adopt.
We
will adopt certain valuation methodologies that may result in a
shift of income, gain, loss and deduction between our general
partner and the unitholders. The IRS may challenge this
treatment, which could adversely affect the value of the common
units.
When we issue additional units or engage in certain other
transactions, we will determine the fair market value of our
assets and allocate any unrealized gain or loss attributable to
our assets to the capital accounts of our unitholders and our
general partner. Our methodology may be viewed as understating
the value of our assets. In that case, there may be a shift of
income, gain, loss and deduction between certain unitholders and
our general partner, which may be unfavorable to such
unitholders. Moreover, under our valuation methods, subsequent
purchasers of common units may have a greater portion of their
Internal Revenue Code Section 743(b) adjustment allocated
to our tangible assets and a lesser portion allocated to our
intangible assets. The IRS may challenge our valuation methods,
or our allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment
attributable to our tangible and intangible assets, and
allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction between our
general partner and certain of our unitholders.
A successful IRS challenge to these methods or allocations could
adversely affect the amount of taxable income or loss being
allocated to our unitholders. It also could affect the amount of
gain from our unitholders sale of common units and could
have a negative impact on the value of the common units or
result in audit adjustments to our unitholders tax returns
without the benefit of additional deductions.
We
will prorate our items of income, gain, loss and deduction
between transferors and transferees of our units each month
based upon the ownership of our units on the first day of each
month, instead of on the basis of the date a particular unit is
transferred. The IRS may challenge this treatment, which could
change the allocation of items of income, gain, loss and
deduction among our unitholders.
Our method of proration of items of income, gain, loss and
deduction between transferors and transferees may not be
permitted under existing Treasury regulations, and, accordingly,
our counsel is unable to opine as to the validity of this
method. If the IRS were to challenge this method or new Treasury
regulations were issued, we may be required to change the
allocation of items of income, gain, loss and deduction among
our unitholders. Please read Material Income Tax
Consequences Disposition of Common Units
Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees.
A
unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short
seller to cover a short sale of common units may be
considered as having disposed of those common units. If so, he
would no longer be treated for tax purposes as a partner with
respect to those common units during the period of the loan and
may recognize gain or loss from the disposition.
Because there is no tax concept of loaning a partnership
interest, a unitholder whose common units are loaned to a
short seller to cover a short sale of common units
may be considered as having disposed of the loaned units. In
that case, he may no longer be treated for tax purposes as a
partner with respect to those common units during the period of
the loan to the short seller and the unitholder may recognize
gain or loss from such disposition. Moreover, during the period
of the loan to the short seller, any of our income, gain, loss
or deduction with respect to those common units may not be
reportable by the unitholder and any cash distributions received
by the unitholder as to those common units could be fully
taxable as ordinary income. Unitholders desiring to assure their
status as partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a
loan to a short seller should modify any applicable brokerage
account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing
their common units.
47
You
will likely be subject to state and local taxes and return
filing requirements in states where you do not live as a result
of investing in our common units.
In addition to federal income taxes, you will likely be subject
to other taxes, including foreign, state and local taxes,
unincorporated business taxes and estate, inheritance or
intangible taxes that are imposed by the various jurisdictions
in which we conduct business or own property, even if you do not
live in any of those jurisdictions. You will likely be required
to file state and local income tax returns and pay state and
local income taxes in some or all of these various
jurisdictions. Further, you may be subject to penalties for
failure to comply with those requirements. We will initially own
assets and conduct business in the states of Louisiana and
Michigan. Each of these states currently imposes a personal
income tax and also impose income taxes on corporations and
other entities. As we make acquisitions or expand our business,
we may own assets or conduct business in additional states or
foreign jurisdictions that impose a personal income tax. It is
your responsibility to file all U.S. federal, foreign,
state and local tax returns. Our counsel has not rendered an
opinion on the foreign, state or local tax consequences of an
investment in our common units.
48
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We expect to receive net proceeds of approximately
$ million, after deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions but before paying
offering expenses, from the issuance and sale
of
common units offered by this prospectus. We expect to use these
net proceeds, together with borrowings under our new credit
facility, to repay intercompany indebtedness owed to PAA in the
amount of approximately $ . Thus,
PAA expects to use all or a portion of these proceeds to repay
amounts outstanding under its credit facilities and for general
partnership purposes.
As of December 31, 2009, we had approximately
$451 million of intercompany indebtedness outstanding to
PAA with a fixed interest rate of 6.5% incurred to refinance
project debt and for capital expenditures.
Our estimates assume an initial public offering price of
$ per common unit and no exercise
of the underwriters option to purchase additional common
units. An increase or decrease in the initial public offering
price of $1.00 per common unit would cause the net proceeds from
the offering, after deducting underwriting discounts, to
increase or decrease by
$ million. If the proceeds
increase due to a higher initial public offering price, we will
use the additional proceeds to repay any remaining amounts under
the intercompany indebtedness owed to PAA and for general
partnership purposes. If the proceeds decrease due to a lower
initial public offering price, we will decrease the amount of
our repayment of the intercompany indebtedness owed to PAA.
The proceeds from any exercise of the underwriters option
to purchase additional common units will be used to redeem from
PAA a number of common units corresponding to the number of
common units issued upon such exercise, at a price per common
unit equal to the proceeds per common unit before expenses but
after underwriting discounts.
Affiliates of Barclays Capital Inc. and UBS Securities LLC are
lenders under PAAs credit facilities and will receive
their proportionate share of any repayment by PAA of its credit
facilities in connection with this transaction.
49
CAPITALIZATION
The following table shows:
|
|
|
|
|
our historical capitalization as of December 31,
2009; and
|
|
|
|
our as adjusted capitalization as of December 31, 2009,
reflecting this offering
of
common units at an assumed initial public offering price of
$ , the other formation
transactions described under Summary Formation
Transactions and Partnership Structure and the application
of the net proceeds from this offering as described under
Use of Proceeds.
|
We derived this table from, and it should be read in conjunction
with and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the
historical consolidated financial statements and the
accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. You
should also read this table in conjunction with
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
As Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
3,124
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Revolving credit facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note payable to PAA
|
|
|
450,523
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
450,523
|
|
|
|
|
|
Members equity
|
|
|
432,744
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
883,267
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50
DILUTION
Dilution is the amount by which the offering price paid by the
purchasers of common units sold in this offering will exceed the
pro forma net tangible book value per common unit after the
offering. On a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2009,
after giving effect to the offering of common units and the
application of the related net proceeds, and assuming the
underwriters option to purchase additional common units is
not exercised, our net tangible book value was
$ million, or
$ per common unit. Net tangible
book value excludes $47 million of net goodwill and
intangible assets. Purchasers of common units in this offering
will experience immediate and substantial dilution in net
tangible book value per common unit for financial accounting
purposes, as illustrated in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assumed initial public offering price per common unit
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Net tangible book value per common unit before the offering(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in net tangible book value per common unit attributable
to purchasers in the offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less: Pro forma net tangible book value per common unit after
the offering(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Immediate dilution in tangible net book value per common unit to
purchasers in the offering(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Determined by dividing the number of units
(
common
units,
Series A subordinated
units,
Series B subordinated units and the corresponding value for
the 2% general partner interest to be issued to our general
partner and its affiliates, including PAA, for the contribution
of assets and liabilities to us) into the net tangible book
value of the contributed assets and liabilities. |
|
(2) |
|
Determined by dividing the total number of units to be
outstanding after the offering
(
common
units,
Series A subordinated
units,
Series B subordinated units and the corresponding value for
the 2% general partner interest) into our pro forma net tangible
book value, after giving effect to the application of the
expected net proceeds of the offering. |
|
(3) |
|
If the initial public offering price were to increase or
decrease by $1.00 per common unit, then dilution in net tangible
book value per common unit would equal
$ and
$ , respectively. |
The following table sets forth the number of units that we will
issue and the total consideration contributed to us by our
general partner and its affiliates and by the purchasers of
common units in this offering upon consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units Acquired
|
|
|
Total Consideration
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
General partner and affiliates(1)(2)(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
Purchasers in the offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The units acquired by our general partner and its affiliates,
including PAA, consist
of common
units, Series A
subordinated units
and Series B
subordinated units. Our general partner also owns a 2.0% general
partner interest in us. |
|
(2) |
|
The assets contributed by our general partner and its affiliates
were recorded at historical cost in accordance with GAAP. Book
value of the consideration provided by our general partner and
its affiliates, as
of ,
2010, equals parent net investment, which was
$ million and is not affected
by this offering. |
|
(3) |
|
Assumes the underwriters option to purchase additional
common units is not exercised. |
51
OUR CASH
DISTRIBUTION POLICY AND RESTRICTIONS ON DISTRIBUTIONS
You should read the following discussion of our cash
distribution policy in conjunction with
Assumptions and Considerations below,
which includes the factors and assumptions upon which we base
our cash distribution policy. In addition, please read
Forward-Looking Statements and Risk
Factors for information regarding statements that do not
relate strictly to historical or current facts and certain risks
inherent in our business. For additional information regarding
our historical operating results, you should refer to our
historical consolidated financial statements, and the notes
thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus.
General
Rationale for Our Cash Distribution
Policy. Our partnership agreement requires us to
distribute all of our available cash quarterly. Our cash
distribution policy reflects a fundamental judgment that our
unitholders generally will be better served by our distributing
rather than retaining our available cash. Basically, our
available cash is our (i) cash on hand at the end of a
quarter after the payment of our expenses and the establishment
of cash reserves and (ii) cash on hand resulting from
working capital borrowings made after the end of the quarter.
Because we are not subject to an entity-level federal income
tax, we have more cash to distribute to our unitholders than
would be the case were we subject to federal income tax.
Limitations on Cash Distributions and Our Ability to Change
Our Cash Distribution Policy. There is no
guarantee that our unitholders will receive quarterly
distributions from us. We do not have a legal obligation to pay
the minimum quarterly distribution or any other distribution
except to distribute available cash as provided in our
partnership agreement. Our cash distribution policy may be
changed at any time and is subject to certain restrictions,
including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Our cash distribution policy may be subject to restrictions on
distributions under our new credit facility or other debt
agreements entered into in the future. We expect that our new
credit facility will contain material financial tests and
covenants that we must satisfy. Should we be unable to satisfy
these restrictions under our credit facility, we may be
prohibited from making cash distributions to you notwithstanding
our stated cash distribution policy. See Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Liquidity and Capital
Resources New Credit Facility.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our general partner will have the authority to establish cash
reserves for the prudent conduct of our business and for future
cash distributions to our unitholders, and the establishment or
increase of those cash reserves could result in a reduction in
cash distributions to you from the levels we currently
anticipate pursuant to our stated distribution policy. Any
determination to establish cash reserves made by our general
partner in good faith will be binding on our unitholders. Our
partnership agreement provides that in order for a determination
by our general partner to be made in good faith, our general
partner must subjectively believe that the determination is in,
or not opposed to, the best interests of our partnership.
|
|
|
|
Although our partnership agreement requires us to distribute all
of our available cash, our partnership agreement, including the
provisions contained therein that require us to make cash
distributions, may be amended. Our partnership agreement
generally may not be amended during the subordination period
without the approval of our public common unitholders. However,
our partnership agreement can be amended with the consent of our
general partner and the approval of a majority of the
outstanding common units (including common units held by PAA),
voting as a single class after the subordination period has
ended. At the closing of this offering, PAA will own our general
partner and an aggregate of
approximately % of our total
outstanding units.
|
|
|
|
Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or revoked,
the amount of distributions we pay under our cash distribution
policy and the decision to make any distribution is determined
by our general partner, taking into consideration the terms of
our partnership agreement.
|
|
|
|
Under
Section 17-607
of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, we may
not make a distribution to you if the distribution would cause
our liabilities to exceed the fair value of our assets.
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
We may lack sufficient cash to pay distributions to our
unitholders due to revenue shortfalls attributable to a number
of operational, commercial or other factors as well as increases
in our operating or general and administrative expense,
principal and interest payments on our debt, tax expenses,
working capital requirements and anticipated cash needs. Our
cash available for distribution to unitholders is directly
impacted by our cash expenses necessary to run our business and
will be reduced dollar for dollar to the extent such uses of
cash increase. Please read Provisions of Our Partnership
Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions
Distributions of Available Cash.
|
|
|
|
If and to the extent our distributable cash flow materially
declines, we may elect to reduce our quarterly distribution in
order to service or repay our debt or fund expansion capital
expenditures.
|
|
|
|
Our ability to make distributions to our unitholders depends on
the performance of our subsidiaries and their ability to
distribute funds to us. The ability of our subsidiaries to make
distributions to us may be restricted by, among other things,
the provisions of existing and future indebtedness, applicable
state partnership and limited liability company laws and other
laws and regulations.
|
Our Ability to Grow is Dependent on Our Ability to Access
External Expansion Capital. Our partnership
agreement requires us to distribute all of our available cash to
our unitholders. As a result, we expect that we will rely
primarily upon external financing sources, including commercial
bank borrowings and the issuance of debt and equity securities,
to fund our acquisitions and expansion capital expenditures. To
the extent we are unable to access such external sources to
finance our growth, our cash distribution policy could
significantly impair our ability to grow. In addition, because
we distribute all of our available cash, our growth may not be
as fast as that of businesses that reinvest their available cash
to expand ongoing operations. To the extent we issue additional
units in connection with any acquisitions or expansion capital
expenditures, the payment of distributions on those additional
units may increase the risk that we will be unable to maintain
or increase our per unit distribution level. There are no
limitations in our partnership agreement on our ability to issue
additional units, including units ranking senior to the common
units. The incurrence of additional commercial borrowings or
other debt to finance our growth strategy would result in
increased interest expense, which in turn may impact the
available cash that we have to distribute to our unitholders.
Our
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
Upon completion of this offering, the board of directors of our
general partner will establish an initial minimum quarterly
distribution of $ per common unit
and Series A subordinated unit per complete quarter, or
$ per common unit and
Series A subordinated unit per year, to be paid no later
than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter beginning
with the quarter ending June 30, 2010. This equates to an
aggregate cash distribution of
$ million per quarter, or
$ million per year, based on
the number of common units, Series A subordinated units and
the 2.0% general partner interest to be outstanding immediately
after the completion of this offering. Our ability to make cash
distributions at the minimum quarterly distribution rate
pursuant to this policy will be subject to the factors described
above under the caption
General Limitations on Cash
Distributions and Our Ability to Change Our Cash Distribution
Policy.
If and to the extent the underwriters exercise their option to
purchase additional common units, the number of units purchased
by the underwriters pursuant to such exercise will be issued to
the public and we will use the net proceeds from the sale of
these additional common units to redeem from PAA a number of
common units equal to those issued upon exercise of the
underwriters option, at a price per common unit equal to
the proceeds per common unit before expenses, but after
underwriting discounts. Accordingly, the exercise of the
underwriters option will not affect the total number of
common units outstanding or the amount of cash needed to pay the
minimum quarterly distribution on all common units and
Series A subordinated units.
As of the date of this offering, our general partner will be
entitled to 2.0% of all distributions that we make prior to our
liquidation. In the future, our general partners initial
2.0% interest in these distributions may be reduced if we issue
additional units and our general partner does not contribute a
proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its initial
2.0% general partner interest.
53
The table below sets forth the assumed number of outstanding
common units and Series A subordinated units upon the
closing of this offering, assuming the underwriters do not
exercise their option to purchase additional common units, and
the aggregate distribution amounts payable on such units and the
2.0% general partner interest during the year following the
closing of this offering at our minimum quarterly distribution
rate of $ per common unit and
Series A subordinated unit per quarter
($ per common unit and
Series A subordinated unit on an annualized basis).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Quarterly Distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Units
|
|
|
One Quarter
|
|
|
Annualized
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Publicly held common units
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common units held by PAA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A subordinated units held by PAA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.0% general partner interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We will pay our distributions on or about the 15th of each
of February, May, August and November to holders of record on or
about the 10th day prior to such payment date. If the
distribution date does not fall on a business day, we will make
the distribution on the business day immediately preceding the
indicated distribution date. We will adjust the quarterly
distribution for the period from the closing of this offering
through June 30, 2010 based on the actual length of the
period.
Series A
Subordinated Units
PAA will initially own all of our Series A subordinated units.
The principal difference between our common units and Series A
subordinated units is that in any quarter during the
subordination period, holders of the Series A subordinated units
are not entitled to receive any distribution until the common
units have received the minimum quarterly distribution plus any
arrearages in the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution
from prior quarters. Series A subordinated units will not accrue
arrearages.
The subordination period for the Series A subordinated units
generally will end if we have earned and paid from distributable
cash flow at least $ on each
outstanding common unit and Series A subordinated unit and
the corresponding distribution on our general partners
2.0% interest for each of three consecutive, non-overlapping
four-quarter periods ending on or after June 30, 2013. If
we have earned and paid from distributable cash flow at least
$ (150.0% of the minimum quarterly
distribution, which is $ on an
annualized basis) on each outstanding common unit and
Series A subordinated unit and the corresponding
distribution on our general partners 2.0% interest for
each quarter in any four-quarter period ending on or after
June 30, 2011, the subordination period will terminate
automatically and all of the Series A subordinated units
will convert into an equal number of common units. When the
subordination period ends, all of the Series A subordinated
units will convert into an equal number of common units. Please
read the Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating
to Cash Distributions Subordination Period.
To the extent we do not pay the minimum quarterly distribution
on our common units, our common unitholders will not be entitled
to receive such payments in the future except during the
subordination period. To the extent we have available cash in
any future quarter during the subordination period in excess of
the amount necessary to pay the minimum quarterly distribution
to holders of our common units, we will use this excess
available cash to pay any distribution arrearages on common
units related to prior quarters before any cash distribution is
made to holders of Series A subordinated units. Please read
Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions Subordination Period.
Series B
Subordinated Units
The Series B subordinated units that will be outstanding
upon the consummation of this offering are not entitled to cash
distributions unless and until they convert to Series A
subordinated units or common units. The Series B
subordinated units are designed to compensate PAA for prior
capital expenditures made by it to expand the working gas
storage capacity at Pine Prairie and the future financial
contribution expected to result
54
from such investment. We currently do not expect any of the
Series B subordinated units to convert to Series A
subordinated units or common units before June 30, 2011. As
a result, we would not expect any Series B subordinated
units to receive any distributions for the twelve-month period
ending June 30, 2011. We may, however, make acquisitions or
take other actions that could cause Series B subordinated
units to convert to Series A subordinated units during this
period. In order for Series B Subordinated units to convert
to Series A subordinated units, the following financial and
operating conditions must be satisfied:
|
|
|
|
|
Series B
subordinated units will convert into Series A subordinated
units on a
one-for-one
basis if (a) the aggregate amount of working gas storage
capacity in service at Pine Prairie totals at least 29.6 Bcf,
(b) we generate distributable cash flow for two consecutive
quarters sufficient to pay a quarterly distribution of at least
$ per unit (representing an
annualized distribution of $ per
unit) on all outstanding common units, Series A
subordinated units and such Series B subordinated units and
(c) we make a quarterly distribution of at least
$ per quarter for two consecutive
quarters on all outstanding common units and Series A
subordinated units (including such Series B subordinated units
in the case of the second of such consecutive quarters);
|
|
|
|
Series B
subordinated units will convert into Series A subordinated
units on a
one-for-one
basis if (a) the aggregate amount of working gas storage
capacity in service at Pine Prairie totals at least 35.6
Bcf, (b) we generate distributable cash flow for two
consecutive quarters sufficient to pay a quarterly distribution
of at least $ per unit
(representing an annualized distribution of
$ per unit) on all outstanding
common units, Series A subordinated units and such
Series B subordinated units and (c) we make a
quarterly distribution of at least
$ per quarter for two consecutive
quarters on all outstanding common units and Series A
subordinated units (including such Series B subordinated
units in the case of the second of such consecutive
quarters); and
|
|
|
|
Series B
subordinated units will convert into Series A subordinated
units on a
one-for-one
basis if (a) the aggregate amount of working gas storage
capacity in service at Pine Prairie totals at least 41.6
Bcf, (b) we generate distributable cash flow for two
consecutive quarters sufficient to pay a quarterly distribution
of at least $ per unit
(representing an annualized distribution of
$ per unit) on all outstanding
common units, Series A subordinated units and such
Series B subordinated units and (c) we make a
quarterly distribution of at least
$ per quarter for two consecutive
quarters on all outstanding common units and Series A
subordinated units (including such Series B subordinated
units in the case of the second of such consecutive quarters).
|
To the extent that the above operational and financial tests are
satisfied, the Series B subordinated units will convert
into Series A subordinated units and participate in the
quarterly distribution payable to Series A subordinated
units with respect to the second consecutive quarter for which
the operational and financial tests described above have been
satisfied.
Following conversion of any Series B subordinated units
into Series A subordinated units, such converted
Series B subordinated units will further convert into
common units (together with any other outstanding Series A
subordinated units) to the extent that the Series A
subordination tests are satisfied. In determining whether the
subordination tests have been satisfied, the Series B
subordinated units that have converted into Series A
subordinated units will be treated as Series A subordinated
units from and after the date of their conversion into Series A
subordinated units.
In the sections that follow, we present in detail the basis for
our belief that we will be able to fully fund our minimum
quarterly distribution of $ per
common unit and Series A subordinated unit each quarter for
the twelve months ending June 30, 2011. In those sections,
we present the following two tables:
|
|
|
|
|
Unaudited Pro Forma Distributable Cash Flow,
in which we present the amount of available cash we would have
had from distributable cash flow on a pro forma basis for our
year ended December 31, 2009, as adjusted to give pro forma
effect to the offering and the formation transactions as if the
offering and such transactions had occurred on January 1,
2009; and
|
|
|
|
Statement of Minimum Estimated Distributable Cash
Flow, in which we demonstrate our anticipated ability
to generate the minimum estimated distributable cash flow
necessary for us to pay the minimum
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
quarterly distribution on all common units and Series A
subordinated units for the twelve months ending June 30,
2011.
|
We define distributable cash flow as net income adjusted for
(i) any gain or loss from the sale of assets not in the
ordinary course of business, (ii) any gain or loss as a
result of a change in accounting principles, (iii) any
non-cash gains or items of income and any non-cash losses or
expenses, including
mark-to-market
activity associated with hedging and with non-cash revaluation
and/or fair
valuation of assets or liabilities; (iv) any
acquisition-related expenses associated with (a) successful
acquisitions or (b) all other acquisitions until the
earlier to occur of the abandonment of such acquisition or one
year and (v) earnings or losses from unconsolidated
subsidiaries except to the extent of actual cash distributions
received; plus depreciation, depletion and amortization expense;
and less maintenance capital expenditures.
Unaudited
Pro Forma Distributable Cash Flow for the Year Ended
December 31, 2009
If we had completed the transactions contemplated in this
prospectus on January 1, 2009, pro forma distributable cash
flow generated for the year ended December 31, 2009 would
have been approximately $36.6 million and would have
enabled us to make a distribution of
$ ( %
of the minimum quarterly distribution) on the common units and
no distribution on the Series A subordinated units. These
distributions are significantly less than the amounts that would
have been required to pay the minimum quarterly distribution of
$ per common unit and
Series A subordinated unit per quarter
($ per common unit and
Series A subordinated unit on an annualized basis).
Unaudited pro forma distributable cash flow also includes
incremental general and administrative expenses we will incur as
a result of being a publicly traded limited partnership,
including costs associated with annual and quarterly reports to
unitholders, tax return and
Schedule K-1
preparation and distribution, independent auditor fees,
Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, New York Stock Exchange listing,
investor relations activities, registrar and transfer agent
fees, director and officer liability insurance costs and
director compensation. We expect our incremental general and
administrative expenses associated with being a publicly traded
limited partnership to total approximately $2.6 million per
year. Such incremental general and administrative expenses are
not reflected in our historical financial statements.
The following table illustrates, on a pro forma basis, for the
year ended December 31, 2009, the amount of our
distributable cash flow, assuming that this offering had been
consummated at the beginning of such period. Each of the pro
forma adjustments presented below is explained in the footnotes
to such adjustments.
We based the pro forma adjustments upon currently available
information and specific estimates and assumptions. The pro
forma amounts below do not purport to present our results of
operations had the transactions contemplated in this prospectus
actually been completed as of the dates indicated. In addition,
cash available to pay distributions is primarily a cash
accounting concept, while our historical consolidated financial
statements have been prepared on an accrual basis. As a result,
you should view the amount of pro forma distributable cash flow
only as a general indication of the amount of distributable cash
flow that we might have generated had we been formed in earlier
periods.
56
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, L.P.
Unaudited
Pro Forma Distributable Cash Flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
(in millions, except
|
|
|
|
per unit data)
|
|
|
Net income(1)
|
|
$
|
18.0
|
|
Add:
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense, net of capitalized interest(1)(2)
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
Income tax expense(1)(2)(3)
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
Depreciation, depletion and amortization(1)(2)
|
|
|
11.6
|
|
Equity compensation expense(2)(4)
|
|
|
1.8
|
|
Mark-to-market on open derivative positions(1)(2)
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(5)
|
|
$
|
40.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted for:
|
|
|
|
|
Incremental general and administrative expense of being a public
company(6)
|
|
|
(2.6
|
)
|
Pro forma cash interest expense(7)
|
|
|
(0.8
|
)
|
Cash paid for equity compensation
|
|
|
(0.4
|
)
|
Acquisition related cost
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
Maintenance capital expenditures(8)
|
|
|
(0.7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma distributable cash flow
|
|
$
|
36.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma cash distributions
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions on publicly held common units(9)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Distributions on common units held by PAA(9)
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions on Series A subordinated units held by PAA(9)
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions on 2% general partner interest held by PAA(9)
|
|
|
|
|
Total distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess/(Shortfall)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of minimum quarterly distributions payable to common
unitholders
|
|
|
|
|
Percent of minimum quarterly distributions payable to
Series A subordinated unitholders
|
|
|
|
|
Interest coverage ratio(10)
|
|
|
|
|
Leverage ratio(10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The unaudited pro forma financial information for the year ended
December 31, 2009 is provided for informational purposes
and reflects net income derived by combining our Predecessor and
Successor historical financial results for the year ended
December 31, 2009. |
|
(2) |
|
Reflects adjustments necessary to reconcile net income to
Adjusted EBITDA. |
|
(3) |
|
Reflects primarily Michigan state income tax. |
|
(4) |
|
Represents expense associated with grants under PAAs
long-term incentive plans to employees that are dedicated to our
operations. |
|
(5) |
|
We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest expense,
taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization, equity
compensation plan charges, gains and losses from derivative
activities and selected items that are generally unusual or
non-recurring. Because Adjusted EBITDA excludes some, but not
all, items that affect net income and may be defined differently
by other companies in our industry, our definition of Adjusted
EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of
other companies. Adjusted EBITDA has important limitations as an
analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or
as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under
GAAP. Please see Summary Non-GAAP and
Segment Financial Measures. |
57
|
|
|
(6) |
|
Reflects an adjustment to our Adjusted EBITDA for an estimated
incremental cash expense associated with being a publicly traded
limited partnership, including costs associated with annual and
quarterly reports to unitholders, tax return and
Schedule K-1
preparation and distribution, independent auditor fees,
Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, New York Stock Exchange listing,
investor relations activities, registrar and transfer agent
fees, director and officer liability insurance costs and
director compensation. |
|
(7) |
|
In connection with the closing of this offering, we expect to
enter into a new $400 million credit agreement under which
we expect to incur approximately $200 million of
borrowings. The pro forma cash interest expense reflects
interest expense and commitment fees related to borrowings under
our credit facility, net of capitalized interest, made in
connection with this offering. |
|
(8) |
|
Maintenance capital expenditures are expenditures for the
replacement of partially or fully depreciated assets in order to
maintain the service capability, level of production,
and/or
functionality of our existing assets. Examples of maintenance
capital expenditures include capital expenditures associated
with maintaining the storage capacity of our facilities as well
as ongoing maintenance or replacement costs for the various
injection, withdrawal and related equipment costs associated
with those facilities, to replace expected reductions in our
storage, injection or withdrawal capacities (which we refer to
as operating capacity). |
|
(9) |
|
The table below sets forth the assumed number of outstanding
common units and Series A subordinated units upon the
closing of this offering and the estimated per common unit and
Series A subordinated unit and aggregate distribution
amounts payable on our common units and Series A
subordinated units, as well as the aggregate distribution amount
payable on the 2% general partner interest for four quarters at
our initial distribution rate of $
per common unit per quarter ($ per
common unit on an annualized basis). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Distributions for Four Quarters
|
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Per Unit
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Pro forma distributions on publicly-held common units
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma distributions on common units held by PAA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma distributions on Series A subordinated units held
by PAA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma distributions on 2% general partner interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Series B subordinated units that will be outstanding
upon the consummation of this offering are not entitled to cash
distributions unless and until they convert to Series A
subordinated units or common units. Please read
Series B Subordinated Units above.
|
|
(10) |
We expect that our credit agreement will prohibit us from making
distributions of available cash to unitholders if any default or
event of default (as defined in the credit agreement) exists. In
addition, we expect our credit agreement will contain other
various covenants. If an event of default exists under the
credit agreement, we expect that the lenders will be able to
accelerate the maturity of the credit agreement and exercise
other rights and remedies. The credit agreement is subject to a
number of conditions, including the negotiation, execution and
delivery of definitive documentation.
|
Minimum
Estimated Distributable Cash Flow for the Twelve Months Ending
June 30, 2011
In order to fund distributions to our unitholders at our initial
minimum quarterly distribution of
$ per common unit and
Series A subordinated unit for the twelve months ending
June 30, 2011, our minimum estimated distributable cash
flow for the twelve months ending June 30, 2011 must be at
least $ million. This minimum
estimated distributable cash flow should not be viewed as
managements projection of the actual amount of
distributable cash flow that we will generate during the twelve
month period ending June 30, 2011. We believe that we will
be able to generate this minimum estimated distributable cash
flow based on the assumptions discussed in
Assumptions and Considerations below.
58
We can give you no assurance, however, that we will generate the
minimum estimated distributable cash flow. There will likely be
differences between our minimum estimated distributable cash
flow and our actual results and those differences could be
material. If we fail to generate the minimum estimated
distributable cash flow, we may not be able to pay the minimum
quarterly distribution on our common units.
We define distributable cash flow as net income adjusted for
(i) any gain or loss from the sale of assets not in the
ordinary course of business, (ii) any gain or loss as a
result of a change in accounting principles, (iii) any
non-cash gains or items of income and any non-cash losses or
expenses, including
mark-to-market
activity associated with hedging and with non-cash revaluation
and/or fair
valuation of assets or liabilities (iv) any
acquisition-related expenses associated with (a) successful
acquisitions or (b) all other acquisitions until the
earlier to occur of the abandonment of such acquisition or one
year and (v) earnings or losses from unconsolidated
subsidiaries except to the extent of actual cash distributions
received; plus depreciation, depletion and amortization expense;
and less maintenance capital expenditures.
Management has prepared the minimum estimated distributable cash
flow and related assumptions set forth below to substantiate our
belief that we will have sufficient distributable cash flow to
pay the minimum quarterly distribution to all our common
unitholders and Series A unitholders for the twelve months
ending June 30, 2011. This forecast is a forward-looking
statement and should be read together with the historical
financial statements and the accompanying notes included
elsewhere in this prospectus and Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations. The accompanying prospective financial
information was not prepared with a view toward complying with
the published guidelines of the Securities and Exchange
Commission or the guidelines established by the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants with respect to
prospective financial information, but, in the view of our
management, was prepared on a reasonable basis, reflects the
best currently available estimates and judgments, and presents,
to the best of managements knowledge and belief, the
assumptions on which we base our belief that we can generate the
minimum estimated distributable cash flow necessary for us to
pay the minimum quarterly distribution to all common unitholders
and Series A subordinated unitholders for the twelve months
ending June 30, 2011. However, this information is not fact
and should not be relied upon as being necessarily indicative of
future results, and readers of this prospectus are cautioned not
to place undue reliance on the prospective financial information.
The prospective financial information included in this
registration statement has been prepared by, and is the
responsibility of, our management. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
has neither compiled nor performed any procedures with respect
to the accompanying prospective financial information and,
accordingly, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP does not express an
opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. The
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP report included in this registration
statement relates to our historical financial information. It
does not extend to the prospective financial information and
should not be read to do so.
When considering our financial forecast, you should keep in mind
the risk factors and other cautionary statements under
Risk Factors. Any of the risks discussed in this
prospectus, to the extent they are realized, could cause our
actual results of operations to vary significantly from those
which would enable us to generate the minimum estimated
distributable cash flow.
We do not undertake any obligation to release publicly the
results of any future revisions we may make to the financial
forecast or to update this financial forecast to reflect events
or circumstances after the date of this prospectus. Therefore,
you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on this
information.
59
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, L.P.
Unaudited Minimum Estimated Distributable Cash Flow
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Twelve Months Ending
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2011
|
|
|
|
(in millions, except
|
|
|
|
per unit data)
|
|
|
Firm storage services
|
|
$
|
107.9
|
|
Hub services
|
|
|
16.4
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
126.4
|
|
Storage related costs
|
|
|
16.7
|
|
Operating costs
|
|
|
9.2
|
|
Fuel expense
|
|
|
14.5
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
13.1
|
|
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
|
|
|
12.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
66.1
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
60.3
|
|
Interest expense, net of capitalized interest
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
Income tax expense(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
55.9
|
|
Add:
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
|
|
|
12.6
|
|
Interest expense, net of capitalized interest
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
Equity compensation expense(2)
|
|
|
1.3
|
|
Income tax expense(1)
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(3)
|
|
|
74.3
|
|
Less:
|
|
|
|
|
Equity compensation expense cash(2)
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
Interest expense, net of capitalized interest
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
Maintenance capital expenditures
|
|
|
0.4
|
|
Expansion capital expenditures
|
|
|
80.0
|
|
Income tax expense cash(1)
|
|
|
|
|
Cash reserves
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
Add:
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowings to fund expansion capital expenditures
|
|
|
80.0
|
|
Acquisition costs(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum estimated distributable cash flow
|
|
$
|
62.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per unit minimum annual distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual distributions to:
|
|
|
|
|
Publicly held common units
|
|
|
|
|
Common units held by PAA
|
|
|
|
|
Series A subordinated units held by PAA
|
|
|
|
|
2.0% general partner interest held by PAA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total minimum annual cash distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest coverage ratio(5)
|
|
|
|
|
Leverage ratio(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Michigan state income tax is an apportionment tax and, based on
the size of our operations at Pine Prairie, such amounts are
expected to be immaterial in future years. |
|
(2) |
|
Reflects our estimate of expense associated with grants under
our and PAAs long-term incentive plans. |
60
|
|
|
(3) |
|
We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest expense,
taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization, equity
compensation plan charges, gains and losses from derivative
activities and selected items that are generally unusual or
non-recurring. Because Adjusted EBITDA excludes some, but not
all, items that affect net income and may be defined differently
by other companies in our industry, our definition of Adjusted
EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of
other companies. Adjusted EBITDA has important limitations as an
analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation, or
as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under
GAAP. Please see Summary Summary Historical
Financial and Operating Data Non-GAAP and
Segment Financial Measures. |
|
(4) |
|
Pursuant to our definition of distributable cash flow, we will
exclude the impact of costs associated with an acquisition until
the earlier to occur of the abandonment of such acquisition or
one year from the date of incurrence. |
|
(5) |
|
We expect that our credit agreement will prohibit us from making
distributions of available cash to unitholders if any default or
event of default (as defined in the credit agreement) exists. In
addition, we expect our credit agreement will contain other
various covenants. If an event of default exists under the
credit agreement, we expect that the lenders will be able to
accelerate the maturity of the credit agreement and exercise
other rights and remedies. The credit agreement is subject to a
number of conditions, including the negotiation, execution and
delivery of definitive documentation. |
Assumptions
and Considerations
We believe our estimated minimum distributable cash flow for the
twelve months ending June 30, 2011 will not be less than
$ million. This amount of
estimated minimum distributable cash flow is approximately
$ million, or %,
more than the unaudited pro forma distributable cash flow for
the year ended December 31, 2009. The December 31,
2009 financial information used in the pro forma table is
derived by combining the Predecessor period ended
September 2, 2009 with the Successor period ended
December 31, 2009 from our historical financial statements.
This significant increase in distributable cash flow is
primarily attributable to in service dates for additional
storage capacity at Pine Prairie as described in detail below.
Our estimates do not assume any incremental revenue, expenses or
related
start-up
costs associated with our expected establishment of a commercial
marketing group or any acquisitions we might pursue. We believe
that the estimates, assumptions and considerations incorporated
into the minimum estimated distributable cash flow are
reasonable, and include the following:
Operating
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
We estimate that we will generate $126 million in revenues
for the twelve months ending June 30, 2011, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues from Firm Storage. We estimate that
approximately 85%, or approximately $108 million, of our
total revenue will be generated from firm storage services. This
compares to approximately 92%, or approximately
$67 million, of our total revenues that were generated from
firm storage revenues during the 12 month period ended
December 31, 2009. Furthermore, we have assumed that:
|
|
|
|
|
(i)
|
Approximately 73% of our total revenue will be generated from
firm storage services provided under contracts in existence as
of January 22, 2010, which cover 46.5 Bcf of our
approximate 50 Bcf of total owned and leased working gas
capacity as of April 1, 2010, including the 10 Bcf of
additional capacity we expect to place into service during the
second quarter of 2010; and
|
|
|
|
|
(ii)
|
Approximately 12% of our total revenue will be generated from
firm storage services provided under contracts entered into
after January 22, 2010 that will cover (a) the
remaining 3.5 Bcf of our approximate 50 Bcf of working
gas capacity as of April 1, 2010, (b) the 8 Bcf
of additional working gas capacity we expect to place into
service during the second quarter of 2011 and (c) renewals
of existing firm storage contracts covering approximately
11 Bcf of working gas capacity at our Bluewater facility,
the terms of which expire on March 31, 2011. With respect
to such contracts to be entered into after January 22,
2010, we have assumed we will earn storage
|
61
|
|
|
|
|
rates on such capacity that are consistent with our rates for
new contracts entered into over the last 18 months.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues from Hub Services. We estimate that
approximately 13%, or approximately $16 million, of our
total revenues will be generated from hub services, which
includes non-seasonal parks and loans, wheeling and balancing
services and interruptible storage services. This compares to
approximately 7%, or approximately $5 million, of revenues
from hub services generated during the twelve-month period ended
December 31, 2009. Our estimate with respect to the level
of hub services revenues for the forecast period incorporates
assumptions with respect to increased natural gas flows and
related hub service opportunities at Pine Prairie associated
with (i) an approximate 115% increase relative to our
weighted average storage capacity during 2009,
(ii) increased flexibility provided both by an approximate
50% increase in compression capacity and an approximate 115%
increase in base gas relative to the 2009 period and
(iii) a continuation of volatility related to market
conditions and weather consistent with those experienced over
the last five years.
|
|
|
|
Other Revenues. We estimate that approximately
2%, or approximately $2.2 million, of our total revenues
will be generated from the sale of crude oil and other liquid
hydrocarbons produced in conjunction with the operation of our
Bluewater facility. This compares to approximately 1%, or
approximately $0.9 million, of other revenues generated
during the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2009.
Fuel related revenue for both firm and hub services is based on
an average natural gas price of $6.18 per mcf, which
approximates the average price quoted on NYMEX in late January
2010 for the twelve months ended June 30, 2011. No gains or
losses were assumed with respect to the sale of excess fuel
collections.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incremental storage capacity additions related to our ongoing
expansion at Pine Prairie constitute the primary driver for the
approximate $54 million increase in estimated firm storage
and hub services revenues, as:
|
|
|
|
|
|
our second cavern began generating revenue on April 1,
2009, and thus revenue associated with the added 9 Bcf of
incremental storage capacity is only included for nine months of
the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2009;
|
|
|
|
our third cavern is expected to begin generating revenue by
April 1, 2010 and be placed into full service during the
second quarter of 2010, providing an expected 10 Bcf of
incremental storage capacity for the entire twelve-month period
ending June 30, 2011; and
|
|
|
|
our fourth cavern is expected to begin generating revenue on
April 1, 2011 and be placed into full service during the
second quarter of 2011, providing an expected 8 Bcf of
incremental storage capacity for the final three months of the
twelve-month period ending June 30, 2011.
|
As a result of these expansions, our weighted average working
gas capacity at Pine Prairie will increase from approximately
12 Bcf for the twelve-month period ended December 31,
2009 to approximately 26 Bcf for the twelve-month period
ending June 30, 2011.
Our
Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
We estimate that operating, fuel and leased storage costs and
transportation expenses will be $40.3 million for the
twelve months ending June 30, 2011, as compared to
$26.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
This increase is generally attributable to costs associated with
the incremental storage capacity related to the ongoing
expansion at our Pine Prairie facility. We do not expect our
operating expenses to increase proportionately with our capacity
additions, both because these additions do not require
significant additions of operating employees and because the
revenues associated with the additions have the benefit of the
tax exemption we have obtained at Pine Prairie. See
Business Title to Properties and
Rights-of-way.
|
|
|
|
We estimate that our total general and administrative expense
will be $13.1 million for the twelve months ended
June 30, 2011, as compared to $7.6 million for the
year ended December 31, 2009. This
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
projected increase includes additional personnel and related
costs associated with our preparation to become a publicly
traded limited partnership, an increased level of acquisition
activity and approximately $2.6 million of incremental
external costs we expect to begin incurring upon becoming a
publicly traded limited partnership. These general and
administrative expenses include corporate general and
administrative expense to be allocated from PAA. Such general
and administrative expense reflects twelve months of increased
allocations from PAA consistent with historical allocations
subsequent to the PAA Ownership Transaction.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We have not included any amounts related to the Michigan state
income tax applicable to our operations in the twelve months
ending June 30, 2011. This tax is an apportionment tax and,
because of the size of our operations at Pine Prairie, is
expected to be immaterial in the forecast period.
|
Our
Capital Expenditures
|
|
|
|
|
We estimate that our maintenance capital expenditures will be
approximately $0.4 million for the twelve months ending
June 30, 2011, as compared to $0.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 2009. Our maintenance capital
expenditures are not significant in the forecast period because
our storage facilities and related equipment are relatively new.
We would expect maintenance capital expenditures to increase
periodically as we undertake scheduled maintenance on our
caverns and related equipment. While these periodic costs may
increase our maintenance capital expenditures from time to time,
we do not expect these increases to materially impact our
operating results or distributable cash flow.
|
|
|
|
We estimate that our expansion capital expenditures, which
include the purchase of base gas and capitalized interest, will
be approximately $80 million for the twelve months ending
June 30, 2011, as compared to $90 million for the year
ended December 31, 2009. The substantial majority of this
capital is attributable to the capacity additions at our Pine
Prairie facility.
|
Our
Financing
|
|
|
|
|
We estimate that at the closing of this offering we will borrow
$200 million in revolving debt under our new
$400 million credit facility. We estimate that the
borrowings will bear interest at a weighted average rate of 4%.
In addition, we have assumed that we will fund our expansion
capital expenditures for the twelve months ended June 30,
2011 by borrowing an additional $80 million under our new
credit facility.
|
|
|
|
Our aggregate interest expense is forecast to be
$ million, net of
$ million in capitalized interest.
|
Our
Regulatory, Industry and Economic Factors
|
|
|
|
|
Our estimate incorporates assumptions that (i) there will
not be any new federal, state or local regulations or any new
interpretations of existing regulations, that would materially
impact our or our customers operations, and
(ii) there will not be any major adverse economic changes
in the portions of the energy industry in which we operate, or
in general economic conditions, that would be materially adverse
to our business during the twelve months ending June 30,
2011.
|
63
PROVISIONS
OF OUR PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT RELATING TO CASH
DISTRIBUTIONS
Set forth below is a summary of the significant provisions of
our partnership agreement that relate to cash distributions.
Distributions
of Available Cash
General. Our partnership agreement requires
that, within 45 days after the end of each quarter,
beginning with the quarter ending June 30, 2010, we
distribute all of our available cash to unitholders of record on
the applicable record date. We will adjust the minimum quarterly
distribution for the period from the closing of the offering
through June 30, 2010.
Definition of Available Cash. Available cash,
for any quarter, consists of all cash on hand at the end of that
quarter:
|
|
|
|
|
less, the amount of cash reserves established by our general
partner to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
provide for the proper conduct of our business;
|
|
|
|
comply with applicable law, any of our debt instruments or other
agreements; or
|
|
|
|
provide funds for distributions to our unitholders for any one
or more of the next four quarters;
|
|
|
|
|
|
plus, if our general partner so determines, all or a portion of
cash on hand on the date of determination of available cash for
the quarter resulting from borrowings, including working capital
borrowings, made after the end of the quarter.
|
Working capital borrowings are generally borrowings that are
made under a credit facility, commercial paper facility or
similar financing arrangement, and in all cases are used solely
for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to
partners. In addition, all such borrowings are required to be
reduced to a relatively small amount each year for an
economically meaningful period of time.
Intent to Distribute the Minimum Quarterly
Distribution. We intend to distribute to the
holders of common units and Series A subordinated units on
a quarterly basis at least the minimum quarterly distribution of
$ per unit, or
$ per year, to the extent we have
sufficient cash from our operations after establishment of cash
reserves and payment of fees and expenses, including payments to
our general partner. However, there is no guarantee that we will
pay the minimum quarterly distribution on the units in any
quarter. Even if our cash distribution policy is not modified or
revoked, the amount of distributions paid under our policy and
the decision to make any distribution is determined by our
general partner, taking into consideration the terms of our
partnership agreement.
General Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution
Rights. Initially, our general partner will be
entitled to 2.0% of all quarterly distributions that we make
after inception and prior to our liquidation. The general
partner interest will be represented by a 2.0% general partner
interest. The 2.0% general partner interest is not deemed
outstanding for purposes of voting and such interest represents
a non-voting general partner interest. Our general partner has
the right, but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate
amount of capital to us to maintain its current general partner
interest. Our general partners initial 2.0% interest in
our distributions may be reduced if we issue additional limited
partner units in the future and our general partner does not
contribute a proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain
its 2.0% general partner interest.
Our general partner also currently holds incentive distribution
rights that entitle it to receive increasing percentages, up to
a maximum of 50.0%, of the cash we distribute from distributable
cash flow in excess of $ per
common unit and Series A subordinated unit per quarter. The
maximum distribution of 50.0% includes distributions paid to our
general partner on its 2.0% general partner interest and assumes
that our general partner maintains its general partner interest
at 2.0%. The maximum distribution of 50.0% does not include any
distributions that our general partner may receive on limited
partner units that it owns.
64
Distributable
Cash Flow and Capital Surplus
General. All cash distributed to unitholders
will be characterized as either distributable cash
flow or capital surplus. Our partnership
agreement requires that we distribute available cash from
distributable cash flow differently than available cash from
capital surplus.
Distributable Cash Flow. Distributable cash
flow consists of:
|
|
|
|
|
net income; plus
|
|
|
|
depreciation, depletion and amortization expense; less
|
|
|
|
maintenance capital expenditures.
|
For purposes of this definition, net income does not include or
will be adjusted for:
|
|
|
|
|
any gain or loss from the sale of assets not in the ordinary
course of business;
|
|
|
|
any gain or loss as a result of a change in accounting
principles;
|
|
|
|
any non-cash gains or items of income and any non-cash losses or
expenses, including
mark-to-market
activity associated with hedging and with non-cash revaluation
and/or fair
valuation of assets or liabilities;
|
|
|
|
any acquisition-related expenses associated with (i) successful
acquisitions or (ii) all other acquisitions until the earlier to
occur of the abandonment of such acquisition or one year; and
|
|
|
|
earnings or losses from unconsolidated subsidiaries will be
adjusted to reflect only actual cash distributions received.
|
As described above, distributable cash flow does not reflect
actual cash on hand that is available for distribution to our
unitholders.
Characterization of Cash Distributions. Our
partnership agreement requires that we treat all available cash
distributed as coming from distributable cash flow until the sum
of all available cash distributed since the closing of this
offering equals the distributable cash flow as of the most
recent date of determination of available cash. Our partnership
agreement requires that we treat any amount distributed in
excess of distributable cash flow, regardless of its source, as
capital surplus. However, our partnership agreement includes a
provision that will enable us, if we choose, to distribute up to
$40 million of cash we receive in the future from sources
other than distributable cash flow, such as asset sales,
issuances of securities and borrowings, without being required
to classify such distribution as a distribution from capital
surplus under our partnership agreement. We do not anticipate
that we will make any distributions from capital surplus.
Maintenance
Capital Expenditures
For purposes of determining distributable cash flow, maintenance
capital expenditures are expenditures for the replacement of
partially or fully depreciated assets in order to maintain the
service capability, level of production, and/or functionality of
our existing assets. Examples of maintenance capital
expenditures include capital expenditures associated with
maintaining the storage capacity of our facilities as well as
ongoing maintenance or replacement costs for the various
injection, withdrawal and related equipment associated with
those facilities, and capital expenditures to replace expected
reductions in our storage, injection or withdrawal capacities
(which we refer to as operating capacity).
Subordination
Period
General. Our partnership agreement provides
that, during the subordination period (which we define below),
the common units will have the right to receive distributions of
available cash from distributable cash flow each quarter in an
amount equal to $ per common unit,
which amount is defined in our partnership agreement as the
minimum quarterly distribution, plus any arrearages in the
payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common
units from prior quarters, before any distributions of available
cash from
65
distributable cash flow may be made on the Series A
subordinated units. These Series A subordinated units are
deemed subordinated because for a period of time,
referred to as the subordination period, the Series A
subordinated units will not be entitled to receive any
distributions until the common units have received the minimum
quarterly distribution plus any arrearages from prior quarters.
Furthermore, no arrearages will be paid on the Series A
subordinated units. The practical effect of the Series A
subordinated units is to increase the likelihood that during the
subordination period there will be available cash to be
distributed on the common units. The Series B subordinated
units will not be entitled to receive any distributions until
they are converted to either Series A subordinated units or
common units, at which time they will be treated as other
Series A subordinated units or common units, as applicable,
are treated.
Series A Subordinated Units and Subordination
Period. PAA will initially own all of our
Series A subordinated units. The subordination period will
extend until the first business day of any quarter beginning
after June 30, 2013, that each of the following tests are
met:
|
|
|
|
|
distributions of available cash from distributable cash flow on
each of the outstanding common units, Series A subordinated
units and the general partner interest equaled or exceeded the
minimum quarterly distribution for each of the three
consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately
preceding that date;
|
|
|
|
the distributable cash flow generated during each of the three
consecutive, non-overlapping four-quarter periods immediately
preceding that date equaled or exceeded the sum of the minimum
quarterly distributions on all of the outstanding common units
and Series A subordinated units and the general partner
interest during those periods on a fully diluted basis; and
|
|
|
|
there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution on the common units.
|
Early Termination of Subordination
Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
subordination period will automatically terminate and all of the
Series A subordinated units will convert into common units
on a
one-for-one
basis on the first business day of any quarter beginning after
June 30, 2011 that each of the following occurs:
|
|
|
|
|
distributions of available cash from distributable cash flow
equaled or exceeded $ per quarter
(150.0% of the minimum quarterly distribution, which is
$ on an annualized basis) on each
outstanding common unit and Series A subordinated unit and
the corresponding distribution on our general partners
2.0% interest for each calendar quarter in the immediately
preceding four-quarter period;
|
|
|
|
the distributable cash flow generated during each calendar
quarter in the immediately preceding four-quarter period equaled
or exceeded the sum of $ (150.0% of
the minimum quarterly distribution) on each of the outstanding
common units and Series A subordinated units and the
corresponding distribution on our general partners 2.0%
interest during that period on a fully diluted basis; and
|
|
|
|
there are no arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distributions on the common units.
|
Expiration of the Subordination Period. When
the subordination period ends, each outstanding Series A
subordinated unit will convert into one common unit and will
then participate pro rata with the other common units in
distributions of available cash. Any Series B subordinated
units that become eligible for conversion after the end of the
subordination period will convert to common units an a
one-for-one
basis and will then participate pro rata with the other common
units in distributions of available cash. In addition, if the
unitholders remove our general partner other than for cause and
no units held by our general partner and its affiliates are
voted in favor of such removal:
|
|
|
|
|
the subordination period will end and each Series A
subordinated unit will immediately convert into one common unit;
|
|
|
|
each Series B subordinated unit will immediately convert
into one common unit;
|
|
|
|
any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
our general partner will have the right to convert its general
partner interest and its incentive distribution rights into
common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests.
|
Series B Subordinated Units. PAA will
initially own all of the Series B subordinated units. The
Series B subordinated units will not be entitled to
participate in our quarterly distributions until they convert
into Series A subordinated units or common units.
The Series B subordinated units are designed to compensate
PAA for prior capital expenditures made by it to expand the
working gas storage capacity at Pine Prairie and the future
financial contribution expected to result from such investment.
As of the closing of this offering, we expect to have
approximately 24 Bcf of working gas storage capacity at
Pine Prairie, including approximately 10 Bcf of new
capacity that is substantially complete and that we currently
expect to place into service during the second quarter of 2010.
The Series B subordinated units will convert into
Series A subordinated units upon satisfaction of the
following operational and financial conditions:
|
|
|
|
|
Series B subordinated
units will convert into Series A subordinated units on a
one-for-one
basis if (a) the aggregate amount of working gas storage
capacity in service at Pine Prairie totals at least 29.6 Bcf,
(b) we generate distributable cash flow for two consecutive
quarters sufficient to pay a quarterly distribution of at least
$ per unit (representing an
annualized distribution of $ per
unit) on all outstanding common units, Series A
subordinated units and such Series B subordinated units and
(c) we make a quarterly distribution of at least
$ per quarter for two consecutive
quarters on all outstanding common units and Series A
subordinated units (including such Series B subordinated
units in the case of the second of such consecutive quarters);
|
|
|
|
Series B subordinated
units will convert into Series A subordinated units on a
one-for-one
basis if (a) the aggregate amount of working gas storage
capacity in service at Pine Prairie totals at least 35.6 Bcf,
(b) we generate distributable cash flow for two consecutive
quarters sufficient to pay a quarterly distribution of at least
$ per unit (representing an
annualized distribution of $ per
unit) on all outstanding common units, Series A
subordinated units and such Series B subordinated units and
(c) we make a quarterly distribution of at least
$ per quarter for two consecutive
quarters on all outstanding common units and Series A
subordinated units (including such Series B subordinated
units in the case of the second of such consecutive
quarters); and
|
|
|
|
Series B subordinated
units will convert into Series A subordinated units on a
one-for-one
basis if (a) the aggregate amount of working gas storage
capacity in service at Pine Prairie totals at least
41.6 Bcf, (b) we generate distributable cash flow for
two consecutive quarters sufficient to pay a quarterly
distribution of at least $ per
unit (representing an annualized distribution of
$ per unit) on all outstanding
common units, Series A subordinated units and such
Series B subordinated units and (c) we make a
quarterly distribution of at least
$ per quarter for two consecutive
quarters on all outstanding common units and Series A
subordinated units (including such Series B subordinated
units in the case of the second of such consecutive quarters).
|
To the extent that the above operational and financial tests are
satisfied, the Series B subordinated units will convert
into Series A subordinated units and participate in the
quarterly distribution payable to Series A subordinated
units with respect to the second consecutive quarter for which
the operational and financial tests described above have been
satisfied.
Any Series B subordinated units that remain outstanding as
of December 31, 2018, will automatically be cancelled.
Following conversion of any Series B subordinated units
into Series A subordinated units, such converted
Series B subordinated units will further convert into
common units (together with any other outstanding Series A
subordinated units) to the extent that the Series A
subordination tests are satisfied. In determining whether the
subordination tests have been satisfied, the Series B
subordinated units that have converted into Series A
subordinated units will be treated as Series A subordinated
units from and after the date of their conversion into
Series A subordinated units.
67
If at the time the above operational and financial tests are
satisfied, the subordination period has already ended and all
outstanding Series A subordinated units have converted into
common units, the Series B subordinated units will instead
convert directly into common units on a
one-for-one
basis and participate in the quarterly distribution payable to
common units with respect to the second consecutive quarter for
which the operational and financial tests described above have
been satisfied.
Distributions
of Available Cash from Distributable Cash Flow During the
Subordination Period
Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions of
available cash from distributable cash flow for any quarter
during the subordination period in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each
outstanding common unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly
distribution for that quarter;
|
|
|
|
second, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each
outstanding common unit an amount equal to any arrearages in
payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on the common
units for any prior quarters during the subordination period;
|
|
|
|
third, 98.0% to the Series A subordinated
unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until we
distribute for each Series A subordinated unit an amount
equal to the minimum quarterly distribution for that
quarter; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter, in the manner described in
General Partner Interest and Incentive
Distribution Rights below.
|
The preceding discussion is based on the assumptions that our
general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and
that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.
Distributions
of Available Cash From Distributable Cash Flow After the
Subordination Period
Our partnership agreement requires that we make distributions of
available cash from distributable cash flow for any quarter
after the subordination period in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first, 98.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each
outstanding unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly
distribution for that quarter; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter, in the manner described in
General Partner Interest and Incentive
Distribution Rights below.
|
The preceding discussion is based on the assumptions that our
general partner maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and
that we do not issue additional classes of equity securities.
General
Partner Interest and Incentive Distribution Rights
Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner
initially will be entitled to 2.0% of all distributions that we
make prior to our liquidation. Our general partner has the
right, but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate
amount of capital to us to maintain its 2.0% general partner
interest if we issue additional units. Our general
partners 2.0% interest, and the percentage of our cash
distributions to which it is entitled, will be proportionately
reduced if we issue additional units in the future and our
general partner does not contribute a proportionate amount of
capital to us in order to maintain its 2.0% general partner
interest. Our general partner will be entitled to make a capital
contribution in order to maintain its 2.0% general partner
interest in the form of the contribution to us of common units
based on the current market value of the contributed common
units.
68
Incentive distribution rights represent the right to receive an
increasing percentage (13.0%, 23.0% and 48.0%) of quarterly
distributions of available cash from distributable cash flow
after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target
distribution levels have been achieved. Our general partner
currently holds the incentive distribution rights, but may
transfer these rights separately from its general partner
interest, subject to restrictions in the partnership agreement.
The following discussion assumes that our general partner
maintains its 2.0% general partner interest, that there are no
arrearages on common units and that our general partner
continues to own the incentive distribution rights.
If for any quarter:
|
|
|
|
|
we have distributed available cash from distributable cash flow
to the common unitholders and Series A subordinated
unitholders in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly
distribution; and
|
|
|
|
we have distributed available cash from distributable cash flow
on outstanding common units in an amount necessary to eliminate
any cumulative arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution;
|
then, our partnership agreement requires that we distribute any
additional available cash from distributable cash flow for that
quarter among the unitholders and the general partner in the
following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first, 85.0% to all common unitholders and Series A
subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general
partner, until each such unitholder receives a total of
$ per unit for that quarter (the
first target distribution);
|
|
|
|
second, 75.0% to all common unitholders and Series A
subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general
partner, until each such unitholder receives a total of
$ per unit for that quarter (the
second target distribution); and
|
|
|
|
thereafter, 50.0% to all common unitholders and
Series A subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to
our general partner.
|
Percentage
Allocations of Available Cash From Distributable Cash
Flow
The following table illustrates the percentage allocations of
available cash from distributable cash flow between the
unitholders and our general partner based on the specified
target distribution levels. The amounts set forth under
Marginal Percentage Interest in Distributions are
the percentage interests of our general partner and the
unitholders in any available cash from distributable cash flow
we distribute up to and including the corresponding amount in
the column Total Quarterly Distribution per Common Unit
and Series A Subordinated Unit. The percentage
interests shown for our unitholders and our general partner for
the minimum quarterly distribution are also applicable to
quarterly distribution amounts that are less than the minimum
quarterly distribution. The percentage interests set forth below
for our general partner include its 2.0% general partner
interest, assume our general partner has contributed any
additional capital to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest
and has not transferred its incentive distribution rights and
there are no arrearages on common units.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Quarterly Distribution
|
|
|
Marginal Percentage
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
per Common Unit and
|
|
|
Interest in Distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A Subordinated Unit
|
|
|
Unitholders
|
|
|
General Partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
98.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
First Target Distribution
|
|
above $
|
up to
$
|
|
|
|
85.0
|
%
|
|
|
15.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Second Target Distribution
|
|
above $
|
up to
$
|
|
|
|
75.0
|
%
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
above $
|
|
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
69
General
Partners Right to Reset Incentive Distribution
Levels
Our general partner, as the holder of our incentive distribution
rights, has the right under our partnership agreement to elect
to relinquish the right to receive incentive distribution
payments based on the initial cash target distribution levels
and to reset, at higher levels, the minimum quarterly
distribution amount, and cash target distribution levels upon
which the incentive distribution payments to our general partner
would be set. Our general partners right to reset the
minimum quarterly distribution amount, and the target
distribution levels upon which the incentive distributions
payable to our general partner are based, may be exercised,
without approval of our unitholders or the conflicts committee
of our general partner, at any time when there are no
Series A subordinated units outstanding and we have made
cash distributions to the holders of the incentive distribution
rights at the highest level of incentive distribution for each
of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters. Our general
partner will have the right to reset the minimum quarterly
distribution whether or not any Series B subordinated units
remain outstanding. The reset minimum quarterly distribution
amount and target distribution levels will be higher than the
minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target
distribution levels prior to the reset such that our general
partner will not receive any incentive distributions under the
reset target distribution levels until cash distributions per
common unit following this event increase as described below. We
anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset
right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth
projects that would otherwise not be sufficiently accretive to
cash distributions per common unit, taking into account the
existing levels of incentive distribution payments being made to
our general partner.
In connection with the resetting of the minimum quarterly
distribution amount and the target distribution levels and the
corresponding relinquishment by our general partner of incentive
distribution payments based on the target cash distributions
prior to the reset, our general partner will be entitled to
receive a number of newly issued common units based on a
predetermined formula described below that takes into account
the cash parity value of the average cash
distributions related to the incentive distribution rights
received by our general partner for the two quarters prior to
the reset event as compared to the average cash distributions
per common unit during this period. In addition, our general
partner will be issued a general partner interest necessary to
maintain our general partners interest in us immediately
prior to the reset election.
The number of common units that our general partner would be
entitled to receive from us in connection with a resetting of
the minimum quarterly distribution amount and the target
distribution levels then in effect would be equal to the
quotient determined by dividing (x) the average amount of
cash distributions received by our general partner in respect of
its incentive distribution rights during the two consecutive
fiscal quarters ended immediately prior to the date of such
reset election by (y) the average of the amount of cash
distributed per common unit during each of these two quarters.
Following a reset election by our general partner, the minimum
quarterly distribution amount will be reset to an amount equal
to the average cash distribution amount per common unit for the
two fiscal quarters immediately preceding the reset election
(which amount we refer to as the reset minimum quarterly
distribution) and the target distribution levels will be
reset to be correspondingly higher such that we would distribute
all of our available cash from distributable cash flow for each
quarter thereafter as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
first, 98.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until each such unitholder receives
an amount per unit equal to the reset minimum quarterly
distribution for that quarter;
|
|
|
|
second, 85.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and
15.0% to our general partner, until each such unitholder
receives an amount per unit equal to 110.0% of the reset minimum
quarterly distribution for the quarter;
|
|
|
|
third, 75.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and
25.0% to our general partner, until each such unitholder
receives an amount per unit equal to 150.0% of the reset minimum
quarterly distribution for the quarter; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter, 50.0% to all common unitholders, pro rata,
and 50.0% to our general partner.
|
70
The following table illustrates the percentage allocation of
available cash from distributable cash flow between the
unitholders and our general partner at various cash distribution
levels (i) pursuant to the cash distribution provisions of
our partnership agreement in effect at the closing of this
offering, as well as (ii) following a hypothetical reset of
the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution
levels based on the assumption that the average quarterly cash
distribution amount per common unit during the two fiscal
quarters immediately preceding the reset election was
$ .
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly Distribution per
|
|
|
Quarterly Distribution
|
|
Marginal Percentage Interest
|
|
|
Common Unit
|
|
|
per Common Unit
|
|
in Distribution
|
|
|
Following
|
|
|
Prior to Reset
|
|
Unitholders
|
|
|
General Partner
|
|
|
Hypothetical Reset
|
|
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
|
|
$
|
|
|
98.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
$(1)
|
First Target Distribution
|
|
above $ up to
$
|
|
|
85.0
|
%
|
|
|
15.0
|
%
|
|
above $ (1) up to $(2)
|
Second Target Distribution
|
|
above $ up to
$
|
|
|
75.0
|
%
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
|
above $ (2) up to $(3)
|
Thereafter
|
|
above $
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
|
50.0
|
%
|
|
above $ (3)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
This amount is equal to the hypothetical reset minimum quarterly
distribution. |
|
(2) |
|
This amount is 110.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum
quarterly distribution. |
|
(3) |
|
This amount is 150.0% of the hypothetical reset minimum
quarterly distribution. |
The following table illustrates the total amount of available
cash from distributable cash flow that would be distributed to
the unitholders and our general partner, including in respect of
incentive distribution rights, or IDRs, based on an average of
the amounts distributed for the two quarters immediately prior
to the reset. The table assumes that immediately prior to the
reset there would
be
common units outstanding, our general partner has maintained its
2.0% general partner interest, and the average distribution to
each common unit would be $ for the
two quarters prior to the reset.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Distributions to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General Partner Prior to Reset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly Distribution
|
|
to Common
|
|
|
|
|
|
General
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
per Common Unit
|
|
Unitholders Prior
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Partner
|
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Prior to Reset
|
|
to Reset
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Rights
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
|
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
First Target Distribution
|
|
above $ up to $
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second Target Distribution
|
|
above $ up to
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
above $
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table illustrates the total amount of available
cash from distributable cash flow that would be distributed to
the unitholders and our general partner, including in respect of
IDRs, with respect to the quarter in which the reset occurs. The
table reflects that as a result of the reset there would be
common units outstanding, our general partners 2.0%
interest has been maintained, and the average distribution to
each common unit would be $ . The
number of common units to be issued to our general partner upon
the reset was calculated by dividing (i) the average of the
amounts received by our general partner in respect of its IDRs
for the two quarters prior to the reset as shown in the table
above, or $ , by (ii) the
average available
71
cash distributed on each common unit for the two quarters prior
to the reset as shown in the table above, or
$ .
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash distributions to general partner at reset
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.0%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly Distribution
|
|
to Common
|
|
|
|
|
|
General
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
per Common Unit
|
|
Unitholders at
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
Partner
|
|
|
Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
at Reset
|
|
Reset
|
|
|
Units
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Rights
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Distributions
|
|
|
Minimum Quarterly Distribution
|
|
$
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
First Target Distribution
|
|
above $ up to
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Second Target Distribution
|
|
above $ up to
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
above $
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our general partner will be entitled to cause the minimum
quarterly distribution amount and the target distribution levels
to be reset on more than one occasion, provided that it may not
make a reset election except at a time when it has received
incentive distributions for the prior four consecutive fiscal
quarters based on the highest level of incentive distributions
that it is entitled to receive under our partnership agreement.
Neither the existence of the reset right nor the exercise
thereof will preclude our general partner from unilaterally
foregoing the payment of all or a portion of the IDRs otherwise
payable, whether temporarily or permanently.
Distributions
From Capital Surplus
How Distributions from Capital Surplus Will Be
Made. Our partnership agreement requires that we
make distributions of available cash from capital surplus, if
any, in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first, 98.0% to all common unitholders and Series A
subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general
partner, until we distribute for each common unit that was
issued in this offering, an amount of available cash from
capital surplus equal to the initial public offering price;
|
|
|
|
second, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until we distribute for each common
unit, an amount of available cash from capital surplus equal to
any unpaid arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution on the common units; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter, we will make all distributions of available
cash from capital surplus as if they were from distributable
cash flow.
|
The preceding paragraph assumes that our general partner
maintains its 2.0% general partner interest and that we do not
issue additional classes of equity securities.
Our partnership agreement includes a provision that will enable
us, if we choose, to distribute up to $40 million of cash
we receive in the future from sources other than distributable
cash flow, such as asset sales, issuances of securities and
borrowings, without being required to classify such distribution
as a distribution from capital surplus under our partnership
agreement. We do not anticipate that we will make any
distributions from capital surplus.
Effect of a Distribution from Capital
Surplus. Our partnership agreement treats a
distribution of capital surplus as the repayment of the initial
unit price from this initial public offering, which is a return
of capital. The initial public offering price less any
distributions of capital surplus per common unit is referred to
as the unrecovered initial unit price. Each time a
distribution of capital surplus is made, the minimum quarterly
distribution and the target distribution levels will be reduced
in the same proportion as the corresponding reduction in the
unrecovered initial unit price. Because distributions of capital
surplus will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution after any
of these distributions are made, it may be easier for our
general partner to receive incentive distributions, for the
Series A subordinated units to convert into common units
and the Series B subordinated units to convert into
Series A subordinated units or common units. However, any
72
distribution of capital surplus cannot be applied to the payment
of the minimum quarterly distribution or any arrearages unless
and until the unrecovered initial unit price is reduced to zero.
Once we distribute capital surplus on a unit issued in this
offering in an aggregate amount equal to the initial unit price,
our partnership agreement specifies that the minimum quarterly
distribution and the target distribution levels will be reduced
to zero. Our partnership agreement specifies that we then make
all future distributions from distributable cash flow, with
50.0% being paid to the holders of units and 50.0% to our
general partner. The percentage interest shown for our general
partner include its 2.0% general partner interest and assume our
general partner has maintained its 2.0% general partner
interest and our general partner has not transferred the
incentive distribution rights.
Adjustment
to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution
Levels
In addition to adjusting the minimum quarterly distribution and
target distribution levels to reflect a distribution of capital
surplus, if we combine our common units into fewer common units
or subdivide our common units into a greater number of common
units, our partnership agreement specifies that the following
items will be proportionately adjusted:
|
|
|
|
|
the minimum quarterly distribution;
|
|
|
|
the target distribution levels;
|
|
|
|
the unrecovered initial unit price; and
|
|
|
|
the number of Series A subordinated units and Series B
subordinated units.
|
For example, if a
two-for-one
split of the common units should occur, the minimum quarterly
distribution, the target distribution levels and the unrecovered
initial unit price would each be reduced to 50% of its initial
level, and each Series A subordinated unit and
Series B subordinated unit would convert into two
Series A subordinated units and two Series B
subordinated units, respectively. Our partnership agreement
provides that we do not make any adjustment by reason of the
issuance of additional units for cash or property.
In addition, if legislation is enacted or if existing law is
modified or interpreted by a governmental taxing authority, so
that we become taxable as a corporation or otherwise subject to
taxation as an entity for federal, state or local income tax
purposes, our partnership agreement specifies that the minimum
quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels for
each quarter may be reduced by multiplying each distribution
level by a fraction, the numerator of which is available cash
for that quarter and the denominator of which is the sum of
available cash for that quarter plus our general partners
estimate of our aggregate liability for the quarter for such
income taxes payable by reason of such legislation or
interpretation. To the extent that the actual tax liability
differs from the estimated tax liability for any quarter, the
difference will be accounted for in subsequent quarters.
Distributions
of Cash Upon Liquidation
General. If we dissolve in accordance with the
partnership agreement, we will sell or otherwise dispose of our
assets in a process called liquidation. We will first apply the
proceeds of liquidation to the payment of our creditors. We will
distribute any remaining proceeds to the unitholders and the
general partner, in accordance with their capital account
balances, as adjusted to reflect any gain or loss upon the sale
or other disposition of our assets in liquidation.
The allocations of gain and loss upon liquidation are intended,
to the extent possible, to entitle the holders of outstanding
common units to a preference over the holders of outstanding
subordinated units upon our liquidation, to the extent required
to permit common unitholders to receive their unrecovered
initial unit price plus the minimum quarterly distribution for
the quarter during which liquidation occurs plus any unpaid
arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly distribution on
the common units. However, there may not be sufficient gain upon
our liquidation to enable the holders of common units to fully
recover all of these amounts, even though there may be cash
available for distribution to the holders of subordinated units.
Any
73
further net gain recognized upon liquidation will be allocated
in a manner that takes into account the incentive distribution
rights of our general partner.
The Series B subordinated units will not be entitled to
distributions. After conversion of the Series B
subordinated units, special allocations of income, gain, loss,
deduction, unrealized gain, and unrealized loss among the
partners will be utilized to create economic uniformity among
the common units into which the Series B subordinated units
convert and the common units held by public unitholders.
Manner of Adjustments for Gain. The manner of
the adjustment for gain is set forth in the partnership
agreement. If our liquidation occurs before the end of the
subordination period, we will generally allocate any gain to the
partners in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first, to our general partner and the holders of units
who have negative balances in their capital accounts to the
extent of and in proportion to those negative balances;
|
|
|
|
second, 98.0% to the common unitholders, pro rata, and
2.0% to our general partner, until the capital account for each
common unit is equal to the sum of: (1) the unrecovered
initial unit price; (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly
distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation
occurs; and (3) any unpaid arrearages in payment of the
minimum quarterly distribution;
|
|
|
|
third, 98.0% to the Series A subordinated
unitholders, pro rata, and 2.0% to our general partner, until
the capital account for each Series A subordinated unit is
equal to the sum of: (1) the unrecovered initial unit
price; and (2) the amount of the minimum quarterly
distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs;
|
|
|
|
fourth, 85.0% to all common unitholders and Series A
subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general
partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per
unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the first
target distribution per unit over the minimum quarterly
distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less
(2) the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of
available cash from distributable cash flow in excess of the
minimum quarterly distribution per unit that we distributed
85.0% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 15.0% to our general
partner for each quarter of our existence;
|
|
|
|
fifth, 75.0% to all common unitholders and Series A
subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general
partner, until we allocate under this paragraph an amount per
unit equal to: (1) the sum of the excess of the second
target distribution per unit over the first target distribution
per unit for each quarter of our existence; less (2) the
cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of available
cash from distributable cash flow in excess of the first target
distribution per unit that we distributed 75.0% to the
unitholders, pro rata, and 25.0% to our general partner for each
quarter of our existence; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter, 50.0% to all common unitholders and
Series A subordinated unitholders, pro rata, and 50.0% to
our general partner.
|
The percentage interests set forth above for our general partner
include its 2.0% general partner interest and assume our general
partner has not transferred the incentive distribution rights.
If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination
period, the distinction between common units and subordinated
units will disappear, so that clause (3) of the second
bullet point above and all of the third bullet point above will
no longer be applicable.
We may make special allocations of gain among the partners in a
manner to create economic uniformity among the common units into
which the Series A subordinated units and Series B subordinated
units convert and the common units held by public unitholders.
74
Manner of Adjustments for Losses. If our
liquidation occurs before the end of the subordination period,
we will generally allocate any loss to our general partner and
the unitholders in the following manner:
|
|
|
|
|
first, 98.0% to holders of Series A subordinated
units in proportion to the positive balances in their capital
accounts and 2.0% to our general partner, until the capital
accounts of the Series A subordinated unitholders have been
reduced to zero;
|
|
|
|
second, 98.0% to the holders of common units in
proportion to the positive balances in their capital accounts
and 2.0% to our general partner, until the capital accounts of
the common unitholders have been reduced to zero; and
|
|
|
|
thereafter, 100.0% to our general partner.
|
If the liquidation occurs after the end of the subordination
period, the distinction between common units and Series A
subordinated units will disappear, so that all of the first
bullet point above will no longer be applicable.
We may make special allocations of loss among the partners in a
manner to create economic uniformity among the common units into
which the Series A subordinated units and Series B subordinated
units convert and the common units held by public unitholders.
Adjustments to Capital Accounts. Our
partnership agreement requires that we make adjustments to
capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units. In this
regard, our partnership agreement specifies that we allocate any
unrealized and, for tax purposes, unrecognized gain or loss
resulting from the adjustments to the unitholders and the
general partner in the same manner as we allocate gain or loss
upon liquidation. In the event that we make positive adjustments
to the capital accounts upon the issuance of additional units,
our partnership agreement requires that we generally allocate
any later negative adjustments to the capital accounts resulting
from the issuance of additional units or upon our liquidation in
a manner which results, to the extent possible, in the
partners capital account balances equaling the amount
which they would have been if no earlier positive adjustments to
the capital accounts had been made.
75
SELECTED
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The selected financial and operating data below was derived from
our audited consolidated balance sheets as of December 31,
2009 and 2008, and the audited consolidated statements of
operations, changes in members capital and cash flows for
the periods of September 3, 2009 to December 31, 2009,
January 1, 2009 to September 2, 2009, and the years
ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 included elsewhere in this
prospectus. The selected historical financial and operating data
below for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was
derived from our audited consolidated balance sheet as of
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 and the consolidated statements
of operations, changes in members capital and cash flows
for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 not included in
this prospectus.
On September 3, 2009, PAA became our sole owner by
acquiring Vulcan Capitals 50% interest in us (the
PAA Ownership Transaction) in exchange for
$220 million, including contingent cash consideration of
$40 million. At the time of the transaction, the entity had
approximately $450 million of outstanding project finance debt.
Although we continued as the same legal entity after the
transaction, pursuant to applicable accounting principles, all
of our assets and liabilities were adjusted to fair value as a
result of this transaction. This change in value resulted in a
new cost basis for accounting (fair value push down accounting).
Accordingly, the selected financial and operating data presented
below are presented for two periods, Predecessor and Successor,
which relate to the accounting periods preceding and succeeding
the PAA Ownership Transaction. The Predecessor and Successor
periods have been separated by a vertical line to highlight the
fact that the financial and operating information for such
periods was prepared under two different cost bases of
accounting.
The selected historical financial and operating data should be
read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements,
including the notes thereto, and Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
|
August 18,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
|
September 3,
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
September 2,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2005(1)
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands except for /Mcf numbers)
|
|
Statement of operations data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
|
$
|
6,580
|
|
|
|
$
|
30,831
|
|
|
|
$
|
36,945
|
|
|
|
$
|
49,177
|
|
|
|
$
|
46,929
|
|
|
|
$
|
25,251
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Storage related costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
|
3,847
|
|
|
|
|
8,934
|
|
|
|
|
8,792
|
|
|
|
|
7,003
|
|
Operating costs (except those shown below)
|
|
|
|
1,180
|
|
|
|
|
3,658
|
|
|
|
|
3,947
|
|
|
|
|
4,059
|
|
|
|
|
4,820
|
|
|
|
|
3,257
|
|
Fuel expense
|
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
|
|
1,140
|
|
|
|
|
2,320
|
|
|
|
|
1,816
|
|
|
|
|
578
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
866
|
|
|
|
|
3,402
|
|
|
|
|
3,755
|
|
|
|
|
3,874
|
|
|
|
|
3,562
|
|
|
|
|
4,083
|
|
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
|
|
|
|
1,223
|
|
|
|
|
3,986
|
|
|
|
|
4,520
|
|
|
|
|
6,245
|
|
|
|
|
8,054
|
|
|
|
|
3,578
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
|
3,680
|
|
|
|
|
11,759
|
|
|
|
|
17,209
|
|
|
|
|
25,432
|
|
|
|
|
27,044
|
|
|
|
|
18,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
|
2,900
|
|
|
|
|
19,072
|
|
|
|
|
19,736
|
|
|
|
|
23,745
|
|
|
|
|
19,885
|
|
|
|
|
6,752
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
(1,684
|
)
|
|
|
|
(8,389
|
)
|
|
|
|
(7,108
|
)
|
|
|
|
(4,941
|
)
|
|
|
|
(4,352
|
)
|
|
|
|
(4,262
|
)
|
Interest income and other income (expense), net
|
|
|
|
480
|
|
|
|
|
2,030
|
|
|
|
|
5,378
|
|
|
|
|
1,669
|
|
|
|
|
458
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(887
|
)
|
|
|
|
(473
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
$
|
1,696
|
|
|
|
$
|
12,713
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,006
|
|
|
|
$
|
19,586
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,518
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,488
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance sheet data (at end of period):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
$
|
332,002
|
|
|
|
$
|
518,092
|
|
|
|
$
|
674,765
|
|
|
|
$
|
811,436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
900,407
|
|
Long-term debt(2)
|
|
|
|
85,500
|
|
|
|
|
227,300
|
|
|
|
|
352,713
|
|
|
|
|
415,263
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
450,523
|
|
Total debt(2)
|
|
|
|
85,500
|
|
|
|
|
227,300
|
|
|
|
|
355,163
|
|
|
|
|
417,713
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
450,523
|
|
Members capital
|
|
|
|
226,696
|
|
|
|
|
264,109
|
|
|
|
|
294,717
|
|
|
|
|
363,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
432,744
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
|
August 18,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
|
September 3,
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
September 2,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2005(1)
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
($ in thousands except for /Mcf numbers)
|
|
Other financial data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA(3)
|
|
|
$
|
4,603
|
|
|
|
$
|
27,395
|
|
|
|
$
|
29,663
|
|
|
|
$
|
31,001
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,701
|
|
|
|
$
|
12,165
|
(4)
|
Distributable cash flow(3)
|
|
|
$
|
2,919
|
|
|
|
$
|
19,006
|
|
|
|
$
|
22,156
|
|
|
|
$
|
25,577
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,965
|
|
|
|
$
|
7,375
|
|
Maintenance capital expenditures
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
377
|
|
|
|
$
|
384
|
|
|
|
$
|
320
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
|
|
|
$
|
5,351
|
|
|
|
$
|
13,973
|
|
|
|
$
|
22,343
|
|
|
|
$
|
21,818
|
|
|
|
$
|
22,603
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,265
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
|
|
|
$
|
(264,189
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(206,612
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(177,280
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(118,890
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(58,561
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(9,656
|
)
|
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
|
|
|
$
|
309,278
|
|
|
|
$
|
158,771
|
|
|
|
$
|
145,743
|
|
|
|
$
|
122,344
|
|
|
|
$
|
23,636
|
|
|
|
$
|
(22,813
|
)
|
Operating data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average monthly working capacity (Bcf)(5)(6)
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
Average monthly Firm Storage Services revenue/Mcf
|
|
|
$
|
0.08
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.09
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
Average monthly Hub Services revenue/Mcf
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA/Mcf
|
|
|
$
|
0.23
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.11
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.72
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Our business consists of the acquisition, development, operation
and commercial management of natural gas storage facilities. In
September 2005, we entered the gas storage business through the
acquisition of the Bluewater facility in the
start-up
phase and certain land and development rights of Pine Prairie in
the permitting phase. The assets we acquired constituted only a
small portion of the sellers total assets and detailed,
segregated financial information regarding these assets for the
eight months ended August 31, 2005 was not maintained and
cannot be provided without unreasonable effort and expense. Due
to the significant growth and development of our business since
September 2005, the age of this information and its limited
comparability to more current period information, we believe
that the omission of financial information for this eight month
period of 2005 is immaterial and unnecessary with respect to an
understanding of our financial results and condition or any
related trends or business prospects. |
|
(2) |
|
At December 31, 2009, the long-term debt and total debt
balances consist of an intercompany note payable to PAA. |
|
(3) |
|
Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow are defined in
Summary Summary Historical Financial and
Operating Data Non-GAAP and Segment Financial
Measures. |
|
(4) |
|
The successor period includes total expenses of approximately
$1 million associated with increased personnel costs,
including added staffing, and accelerated audit and other costs
related to our increased acquisition activities and our efforts
to become a publicly traded entity as well as increased overhead
allocations from PAA. |
|
(5) |
|
Includes up to 3 Bcf of storage capacity under lease from
third parties. |
|
(6) |
|
Calculated as the sum of the capacity at the end of each month
divided by the number of months in the period. |
77
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion of financial
condition and results of operations in conjunction with our
historical consolidated financial statements included elsewhere
in this prospectus. Among other things, those historical
financial statements include more detailed information regarding
the basis of presentation for the following discussion. In
addition, you should read Forward-Looking Statements
and Risk Factors for information regarding certain
risks inherent in our business.
Overview
We are a fee-based, growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership
formed by Plains All American to own, operate and grow the
natural gas storage business that PAA acquired in 2005 and has
continuously operated since that time. Our business consists of
the acquisition, development, operation and commercial
management of natural gas storage facilities. We currently own
and operate two natural gas storage facilities located in
Louisiana and Michigan that have an aggregate working gas
storage capacity of 40 Bcf and an aggregate peak injection
and withdrawal capacity of 1.7 Bcf per day and 3.2 Bcf
per day, respectively.
Our operating assets include the Pine Prairie facility, which is
a recently constructed, high-deliverability salt-cavern natural
gas storage complex located in Evangeline Parish, Louisiana, and
the Bluewater facility, which is a depleted reservoir natural
gas storage complex located approximately 50 miles from
Detroit in St. Clair County, Michigan. Pine Prairie has a total
current working gas storage capacity of 14 Bcf in two salt
caverns, and Bluewater has total working gas storage capacity of
approximately 26 Bcf in two depleted reservoirs.
Activities
Impacting Our Historical and Anticipated Growth
Our gas storage facilities have been expanded, are undergoing
current expansion or present additional organic growth
opportunities for future expansion. These ongoing expansion
activities have affected operating and financial results since
2005 and are expected to affect our future results. We have
budgeted approximately $260 million for all of our planned
organic growth capital expenditures through 2012,
$95 million of which we plan to spend in 2010,
$85 million of which we plan to spend in 2011 and
$80 million of which we plan to spend in 2012. A
description of our historical and planned expansion activities
is set forth below.
|
|
|
|
|
Pine Prairie. Since we acquired the
development rights and assets of Pine Prairie in 2005, we have
developed and placed into service two salt caverns with an
aggregate working gas storage capacity of 14 Bcf. Our first
storage cavern (5 Bcf) went into service in October 2008
and the second storage cavern (9 Bcf) went into service in
March 2009. Our current expansion plans include the addition of
31 Bcf of working gas storage capacity at our Pine Prairie
facility, 28 Bcf of which we expect to place into service
by mid-2012, including 10 Bcf of new capacity that is
substantially complete and that we currently expect to place
into service during the second quarter of 2010. We have received
all applicable federal, state and local approvals required to
construct these expansions (including FERC and Louisiana
Department of Natural Resources) and, when complete, we expect
to have five salt caverns in service and 45 Bcf of working
gas storage capacity at Pine Prairie. We have also constructed a
pipeline header system, which includes an aggregate of
74 miles of
24-inch
diameter pipe located within a
20-mile
radius of Pine Prairie, that connects directly to eight
large-diameter interstate pipelines through nine interconnects
that service both conventional and unconventional natural gas
production in Texas and Louisiana, including production from
existing and emerging shale plays, as well as Gulf of Mexico
production and LNG imports. In connection with our current plan
to expand Pine Prairie to five caverns, we are in the process of
adding approximately 56,250 horsepower of compression to
supplement the approximately 32,000 horsepower already in place.
Pine Prairie also has a solution mining facility (used to create
salt-dome storage caverns) that is capable of leaching at an
aggregate rate of up to 8,000 gallons of water per minute. Our
total estimated capital cost for all of our existing facilities
at Pine Prairie and the planned expansions to take our working
gas storage capacity to 45 Bcf is expected to be
approximately $735 million, excluding capitalized interest,
approximately $504 million
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
of which had been spent as of December 31, 2009. Subject to
market demand, project execution, sufficient pipeline capacity,
available financing and receipt of future permits, we have the
property rights and operational capacity to expand our Pine
Prairie facility significantly beyond our current permitted
capacity of 48 Bcf. Taking these considerations into
account, with certain infrastructure modifications, we currently
estimate that Pine Prairie could support in excess of 15 salt
caverns and an aggregate storage capacity of over 150 Bcf.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bluewater. We acquired the Bluewater facility
in 2005 at the same time we acquired the development rights and
assets of Pine Prairie. At the time we acquired Bluewater, it
had an aggregate working gas storage capacity of 20 Bcf.
Since the acquisition, we have completed various expansion
activities that enabled us to raise the maximum operating
pressure of the Bluewater facility, which in turn increased the
total storage capacity of the initial Bluewater facility to
23 Bcf. During 2006, we acquired the nearby Kimball
depleted reservoir storage facility and integrated it with our
extensive pipeline header system at Bluewater, which provided an
additional 3 Bcf of storage capacity and enhanced our
operating flexibility. During 2010, we intend to commence
drilling of an additional well within the main portion of the
larger reservoir, which we believe will create additional
natural gas storage capacity by allowing removal of liquids from
the reservoir that could not be produced from existing well
bores. Any liquid hydrocarbons recovered will be sold to
generate additional revenue, and any water produced will be
removed from the reservoir. The project also involves
re-configuring our compression to optimize our existing
injection and deliverability capacity. We expect the total cost
of the project to be approximately $9 million, including
incremental base gas requirements. Although we can give no
assurance that the project will be successful, we currently
estimate that the project will increase the Bluewater
facilitys total storage capacity by approximately
2 Bcf ratably over a
10-year
period beginning in 2011.
|
Factors
That Impact Our Business
We believe that the high percentage of our earnings derived from
fixed-capacity reservation fees under multi-year contracts with
a diverse portfolio of customers stabilizes our baseline cash
flow profile, and substantially mitigates the risk to us of
significant negative cash flow fluctuations caused by changing
supply and demand conditions and other market factors. We do not
take title to the natural gas that we store for our customers,
but we are entitled to retain a small portion of the natural gas
scheduled for injection by our customers to compensate us for
the natural gas we use as fuel to run our facilities. Except for
(i) the base gas we purchase and use in our facilities and
which we consider a long-term asset, and (ii) volume and
pricing variations related to fuel retained from our customers,
our current and planned business strategies are designed to
minimize our exposure to fluctuations in the outright price of
natural gas.
We believe key factors that influence our business are
(i) the long-term demand for natural gas in our markets and
the overall balance in our markets between the supply of and
demand for natural gas on a seasonal, monthly, daily or other
basis, which factors determine the amount of volatility in
natural gas prices and drive the month to month differentials in
the forward curve for natural gas prices, (ii) the needs of
our customers and the competitiveness of our service offerings
with respect to price, reliability and flexibility, and
(iii) government regulation of natural gas storage systems.
These key factors, discussed in more detail below, play an
important role in how we evaluate our operations and implement
our long-term strategies.
Natural
Gas Supply and Demand Dynamics
To effectively manage our business, we monitor our market areas
for both short-term and long-term changes in natural gas supply
and demand and the relative adequacy of existing and planned
pipeline and storage infrastructure to meet these changing
needs. In general, to the extent the overall demand for natural
gas increases and such growth includes higher demand from
seasonal or weather-sensitive end-users (such as gas-fired power
generators and residential and commercial consumers), demand for
natural gas storage services should also grow. In addition, any
factors that contribute to more frequent and severe imbalances
between the supply of and demand for natural gas, whether caused
by supply or demand fluctuations, should increase volatility,
inter-month differentials in gas prices and the need for and
value of storage services. Our storage
79
services allow our customers to manage volatility in natural gas
supply and demand, as well as price, throughout our markets. As
changes in natural gas supply and demand dynamics take place, we
will attempt to adjust our service offerings in terms of price,
term, operating flexibility and other factors to meet the needs
of our customers, in each case subject to any regulatory
constraints or limitations provided in our FERC-approved tariffs.
Customers
and Competition
We store natural gas and provide other storage services for a
broad mix of customers, including LDCs, electric utilities,
pipelines, direct industrial users, electric power generators,
marketers, producers, LNG importers and affiliates of such
entities. Our Pine Prairie and Bluewater facilities are located
in two different markets. Bluewater is located in the Midwestern
U.S. and its function and value is generally related to
supply and demand imbalances resulting from seasonal factors.
Pine Prairie is a multi-turn, high-performance facility located
in the Gulf Coast that provides seasonal-related services as
well as a variety of other services. Collectively, these
facilities are strategically positioned relative to several
major market hubs and have significant connectivity that enable
them to serve a variety of major producing regions, LNG
importers and the primary consumer and industrial markets in the
Gulf Coast, Midwest, Northeast and Southeast regions of the
U.S. as well as eastern Ontario, Canada.
In general, the mix of services we provide to our customers
varies depending on market conditions, expectations for future
market conditions and the overall competitiveness of our service
offerings. The storage markets in which we operate are very
competitive and we compete with other storage operators on the
basis of rates, terms of service, types of service, supply and
market access, and flexibility and reliability of service. We
continuously monitor the evolving needs of our customers,
current and forecasted market conditions and the competitiveness
of our service offerings in order to maintain the proper balance
between optimizing near-term earnings and cash flow and
positioning the business for sustainable long-term growth.
Regulation
Government regulation of natural gas storage can have a
significant impact on our business. The rates and terms and
conditions for the interstate storage services provided by our
Pine Prairie and Bluewater facilities are set forth in
FERC-approved tariffs, which currently permit both Pine Prairie
and Bluewater to charge market-based rates. Market-based rate
authority allows Pine Prairie and Bluewater to negotiate rates
with individual customers based on market demand. The right to
charge market-based rates may be challenged by a party filing a
complaint with the FERC or by the FERC on its own initiative.
Any successful complaint or protest against our rates could have
an adverse impact on our revenues associated with providing
storage services. Other federal and state regulation can impact
our operations, cost structure and profitability, which could in
turn impact our financial performance and our ability to make
distributions to our unitholders. As a result, we closely
monitor regulatory developments affecting our business. For more
information, see Business Regulation.
80
How We
Evaluate Our Operations
We evaluate our business performance on the basis of the
following key measures:
|
|
|
|
|
revenues derived from both firm storage services and hub
services;
|
|
|
|
our operating and general and administrative expenses;
|
|
|
|
our Adjusted EBITDA; and
|
|
|
|
our distributable cash flow.
|
We do not utilize depreciation, depletion and amortization
expense in our key measures, because we focus our performance
management on cash flow generation and our assets have long
useful lives.
In our period to period comparisons of our revenues and expenses
set forth below, we analyze the following revenue and expenses
components:
Revenues
Firm storage reservation fees. Firm storage
services include (i) storage services pursuant to which
customers receive the assured or firm right to store
gas in our facilities over a multi-year period and
(ii) seasonal park and loan services pursuant
to which customers receive the firm right to store
gas in (park), or borrow gas from (loan), our facilities on a
seasonal basis. Under our firm storage contracts, our customers
are obligated to pay us fixed monthly capacity reservation fees,
which are owed to us regardless of the actual storage capacity
utilized. At Pine Prairie, our firm storage contracts typically
have terms of 3 to 5 years, while at Bluewater terms
generally range from 1 to 3 years.
Firm storage cycling fees and
fuel-in-kind. We
also typically collect a cycling fee based on the
volume of natural gas nominated for injection and/or withdrawal
and retain a small portion of natural gas nominated for
injection as compensation for our fuel use.
Hub services. We collect fees from
(i) interruptible storage services pursuant to
which customers receive only limited assurances regarding the
availability of capacity in our storage facilities and pay fees
based on their actual utilization of our assets,
(ii) non-seasonal park and loan services and
(iii) wheeling and balancing services pursuant
to which customers pay fees for the right to move a volume of
gas through our facilities from one interconnection point to
another and true up their deliveries of gas to, or takeaways of
gas from our facilities. We may also retain a small portion of
natural gas nominated for injection as compensation for our fuel
use.
Other revenues. We also generate revenues
through the sale of crude oil and liquids produced in
conjunction with the operation of our Bluewater facility, net of
royalties and taxes. Additionally, we periodically sell any
fuel-in-kind
volumes in excess of actual volumes needed as fuel for our
facilities and reflect any gain or loss on such sales in other
revenues.
81
Expenses
Storage related costs. These consist of fees
incurred to lease third-party storage and pipeline capacity and
costs associated with loan services for customers.
Fuel expense. Natural gas constitutes the
primary fuel for our compressors, which are used to inject
natural gas into our storage facilities and to boost the
pressures for certain pipeline deliveries or transfers.
Fuel-related expenses may fluctuate materially from period to
period due to variations in both the volume and value of natural
gas consumed in our operations, with volumes being driven
primarily by the volumes of natural gas injected into or wheeled
through our facilities. We measure our fuel consumption using
meters located at our central facilities. We charge fuel expense
for the estimated volume consumed based on the weighted average
price of fuel collected.
General and Administrative Expense. Excluding
fuel-related expenses, our operating and general and
administrative expenses typically do not materially vary based
on the amount of natural gas we store. The timing of certain
expenditures during a year generally fluctuate with
customers demands, which change depending on market
conditions and whether we are in the injection or withdrawal
season for natural gas. On a system-wide basis, natural gas is
typically injected into storage between April and October when
natural gas prices are generally lower and withdrawn during the
winter months of November through March when natural gas prices
are typically higher. Fluctuations in operating costs may occur
due to the timing of planned maintenance activities as well as
fluctuations in the level of project development and acquisition
activity during a given period of time. Regulatory compliance
can also impact our maintenance requirements and affect the
timing and amount of our costs and expenditures.
Adjusted
EBITDA and Distributable Cash Flow
Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow are supplemental
financial measures that are used by management and external
users of our consolidated financial statements, such as industry
analysts, investors, lenders and rating agencies.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as earnings before interest expense,
taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization, equity
compensation plan charges, gains and losses from derivative
activities and selected items that are generally unusual or
non-recurring.
Adjusted EBITDA may be used to assess:
|
|
|
|
|
our operating performance as compared to other publicly traded
partnerships in the midstream energy industry, without regard to
financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our assets to generate sufficient cash flow to
make distributions to our unitholders; and
|
|
|
|
the viability of acquisitions and capital expenditure projects
and the returns on investment of various investment
opportunities.
|
We define distributable cash flow as net income adjusted for
(i) any gain or loss from the sale of assets not in the
ordinary course of business, (ii) any gain or loss as a
result of a change in accounting principles, (iii) any
non-cash gains or items of income and any non-cash losses or
expenses, including
mark-to-market
activity associated with hedging and with non-cash revaluation
and/or fair
valuation of assets or liabilities, (iv) any
acquisition-related expenses associated with (a) successful
acquisitions or (b) all other acquisitions until the
earlier to occur of the abandonment of such acquisition or one
year and (v) earnings or losses from unconsolidated
subsidiaries except to the extent of actual cash distributions
received; plus depreciation, depletion and amortization expense;
and less maintenance capital expenditures.
Distributable cash flow may be used to assess our ability to
generate sufficient cash flow to make distributions of the
minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding units
as well as to satisfy the tests necessary for the conversion of
our Series B subordinated units into Series A subordinated units
or common units and the conversion of our Series A subordinated
units into common units.
82
The GAAP measure most directly comparable to Adjusted EBITDA and
distributable cash flow is net income. The supplemental measures
of Adjusted EBITDA and distributable cash flow should not be
considered as alternatives to GAAP net income. These measures
have important limitations as an analytical tool because they
exclude some but not all items that affect net income. You
should not consider Adjusted EBITDA or distributable cash flow
in isolation or as a substitute for net income, cash from
operations or any other measure of financial performance or
liquidity presented in accordance with GAAP. Because Adjusted
EBITDA and distributable cash flow may be defined differently by
other companies in our industry, our definition of Adjusted
EBITDA and distributable cash flow may not be comparable to
similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby
diminishing its utility. For a reconciliation of these measures
to their most directly comparable financial measure calculated
and presented in accordance with GAAP, please see
Summary Summary Historical Financial and
Operating Data Non-GAAP and Segment Financial
Measures.
Management compensates for the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA
and distributable cash flow as analytical tools by reviewing the
comparable GAAP measure, understanding the differences between
such measures and net income, and incorporating this knowledge
into its decision-making processes. We believe that investors
benefit from having access to the same financial measures that
our management uses in evaluating our operating results.
Results
of Operations
PAA
Ownership Transaction and Basis of Presentation
On September 3, 2009, PAA became our sole owner by
acquiring Vulcan Capitals 50% interest in us (PAA
Ownership Transaction) in exchange for $220 million,
including contingent cash consideration of $40 million,
which we expect to be paid, and the obligation to pay 100% of
our outstanding project finance debt of approximately
$450 million. Although we continued as the same legal
entity after the transaction, pursuant to applicable accounting
principles, all of our assets and liabilities were adjusted to
fair value as a result of the transaction. This change in value
resulted in a new cost basis for accounting (fair value push
down accounting). Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated
financial statements are presented for two periods, Predecessor
and Successor, which relate to the accounting periods preceding
and succeeding the PAA Ownership Transaction. The Predecessor
and Successor periods have been separated by a vertical line on
the face of our consolidated financial statements to highlight
the fact that the financial information for such periods has
been prepared under two different historical-cost bases of
accounting. We have prepared our discussion of the results of
operations by comparing the results of operations of the
Predecessor for the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2008
to the Predecessor period of January 1, 2009 to
September 2, 2009. A comparative discussion of the results
of operations of the Successor period of September 3, 2009
to December 31, 2009 has not been provided due to the lack
of a comparable 2008 operating period for Predecessor; however,
we have prepared a brief discussion of the factors that
materially affected our operating
83
results in the Successor period. The following table includes
our operating results for these periods (dollar amounts in
thousands, except per Mcf amounts).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
|
September 3,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
through
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
September 2,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Firm storage services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reservation fees
|
|
|
$
|
28,542
|
|
|
|
$
|
37,674
|
|
|
|
$
|
39,616
|
|
|
|
$
|
22,919
|
|
Cycling fees and
fuel-in-kind
|
|
|
|
2,815
|
|
|
|
|
5,197
|
|
|
|
|
3,033
|
|
|
|
|
1,053
|
|
Hub Services
|
|
|
|
4,802
|
|
|
|
|
1,417
|
|
|
|
|
2,988
|
|
|
|
|
1,637
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
786
|
|
|
|
|
4,889
|
|
|
|
|
1,292
|
|
|
|
|
(358
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
|
|
36,945
|
|
|
|
|
49,177
|
|
|
|
|
46,929
|
|
|
|
|
25,251
|
|
Storage related costs
|
|
|
|
(3,847
|
)
|
|
|
|
(8,934
|
)
|
|
|
|
(8,792
|
)
|
|
|
|
(7,003
|
)
|
Operating costs (except those shown below)
|
|
|
|
(3,947
|
)
|
|
|
|
(4,059
|
)
|
|
|
|
(4,820
|
)
|
|
|
|
(3,257
|
)
|
Fuel expense
|
|
|
|
(1,140
|
)
|
|
|
|
(2,320
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1,816
|
)
|
|
|
|
(578
|
)
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
|
(3,755
|
)
|
|
|
|
(3,874
|
)
|
|
|
|
(3,562
|
)
|
|
|
|
(4,083
|
)
|
Interest income and other income (expense), net
|
|
|
|
5,378
|
|
|
|
|
1,669
|
|
|
|
|
458
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Equity compensation expense
|
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
|
|
(110
|
)
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
|
1,467
|
|
Mark-to-market
of open derivative positions
|
|
|
|
(524
|
)
|
|
|
|
(548
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
|
|
29,663
|
|
|
|
|
31,001
|
|
|
|
|
28,701
|
|
|
|
|
12,165
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconciliation to net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
|
|
|
|
(4,520
|
)
|
|
|
|
(6,245
|
)
|
|
|
|
(8,054
|
)
|
|
|
|
(3,578
|
)
|
Interest expense(1)
|
|
|
|
(7,108
|
)
|
|
|
|
(4,941
|
)
|
|
|
|
(4,352
|
)
|
|
|
|
(4,262
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(887
|
)
|
|
|
|
(473
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity compensation expense
|
|
|
|
(553
|
)
|
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
(304
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1,467
|
)
|
Mark-to-market
of open derivative positions
|
|
|
|
524
|
|
|
|
|
548
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(370
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
$
|
18,006
|
|
|
|
$
|
19,586
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,518
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,488
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average monthly working capacity (Bcf)
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
Average monthly Firm Storage Services revenue/Mcf
|
|
|
$
|
0.10
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.13
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.14
|
|
Average monthly Hub Services revenue/Mcf
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.02
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.01
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA/Mcf
|
|
|
$
|
1.14
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.11
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.72
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.28
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Interest expense is net of capitalized interest of
$18.6 million, $19.0 million, $10.2 million and
$5.4 million for the periods presented, respectively. |
Successor
Period of 2009
Because the PAA Ownership Transaction did not impact our
operations, there were no significant changes in the underlying
trends affecting our results of operations. The following
discussion compares our operating results between the period
beginning January 1, 2009 and ending September 2, 2009
(the 2009 Predecessor period) and the period
beginning September 3, 2009 and ending December 31,
2009 (the 2009 Successor
84
period), as well as discusses certain factors that
materially affected our operating results in the Successor
period.
Revenues, volumes and storage related
costs. During the 2009 Successor period, our
average monthly working capacity was approximately 43 Bcf,
which was an increase over the 40 Bcf average monthly
working capacity for the 2009 Predecessor period. This increase
was primarily as a result of the commencement of operations of
our second cavern at the Pine Prairie facility in April 2009.
The increased storage capacity resulted in higher average
monthly revenue and storage and transportation related costs. In
addition, our average monthly revenues increased as we expanded
our services through loans and increased third-party storage and
transportation related activities. These increased activities
also resulted in higher costs during the 2009 Successor period.
Operating costs and general and administrative
expenses. Average monthly field operating costs
and general and administrative costs increased during the 2009
Successor period. The increase is primarily related to the
continued expansion of our business and growth in personnel
costs, including staff additions as we prepared for becoming a
publicly traded entity and increased acquisition evaluation
activity, a portion of which is reflected in increased
allocations from PAA subsequent to the PAA Ownership Transaction.
Depreciation, depletion and
amortization. Average monthly depreciation,
depletion and amortization expense was impacted in the 2009
Successor period by (i) the change in the cost basis of our
property and equipment resulting from the fair value push down
accounting and additional assets being placed into service,
offset by (ii) an increase in the estimate of the useful
lives of our facilities and related property and equipment
resulting from the valuation assessment conducted in
coordination with the fair value push down accounting
adjustments. (see Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial
Statements). On an annual basis, depreciation decreased
approximately $2.7 million as a result of the change in the
depreciable lives. This was partially offset by an increase in
annual depreciation of approximately $2.3 million resulting
from the increase in the fair values as a result of the PAA
Ownership Transaction.
Interest expense. In conjunction with the PAA
Ownership Transaction, we entered into an intercompany note
payable to PAA and used the proceeds therefrom to repay
outstanding project finance debt and terminate our outstanding
credit facilities. See Liquidity and Capital
Resources. Our average debt outstanding under the note
payable, primarily associated with financing the construction of
our Pine Prairie facility, increased during the 2009 Successor
period to an average of approximately $442 million. In
addition, we capitalized interest of approximately
$5.4 million, which is a lower percentage of overall
interest than we have capitalized in prior periods, due to lower
balances of construction in progress as we have commenced
operations of our first two caverns at our Pine Prairie
facility. The increased average debt balances, higher average
interest rate and lower capitalized interest resulted in an
increase in average monthly interest expense during the 2009
Successor period.
Income tax expense. Income tax expense
consists of the Michigan state income tax, which was effective
January 1, 2008. This tax is an apportionment tax and the
consolidation of our operations by PAA effectively diluted the
activity apportioned to Michigan resulting in a significant
decrease in income tax expense for the 2009 Successor period.
Interest income and other income (expense),
net. Interest income and other income (expense),
net has historically been comprised primarily of interest income
related to our cash balances, which were required to be
maintained under the terms of our Pine Prairie revolving credit
facility. Following the termination of the credit facilities, we
no longer carry significant cash balances and do not expect a
material amount of interest income.
Predecessor
Periods of 2009, 2008 and 2007
Revenues, Volumes and Storage Related
Costs. As noted in the table above, our total
revenue and storage related costs decreased for the 2009
Predecessor period compared to the year ended December 31,
2008 (the 2008 period). The primary reason for the
decreases is that the 2009 Predecessor period was
85
approximately eight months and is being compared to a
twelve-month period. This was partially offset in both cases by
the second Pine Prairie facility cavern being placed into
operation in April 2009. Total revenue and related storage and
transportation costs for the 2008 period increased as compared
to the year ended December 31, 2007 (the 2007
period). Significant additional variances related to these
periods are discussed below:
|
|
|
|
|
Firm storage reservation fees Firm storage
reservation fee revenues increased for the 2009 Predecessor
period as compared to the 2008 period, primarily due to the
second Pine Prairie facility cavern being placed into operation,
resulting in approximately $12.2 million in revenues for
the 2009 Predecessor period. This more than offset the decrease
in firm storage reservation fees caused by the shorter 2009
Predecessor period. Firm storage revenues increased for the 2008
period as compared to the 2007 period as we sold additional firm
storage capacity and entered into fewer seasonal parks, which
allowed us to capture the market premium that our customers were
placing on firm storage services. This increase in firm storage
reservation fees was partially offset by decreases in our hub
services as discussed below. Firm storage reservation fees were
also positively impacted by the commencement of operations at
our first cavern at our Pine Prairie facility, which contributed
approximately $1.4 million of additional revenue during the 2008
period. Revenues from firm storage reservation fees were also
positively impacted by loan and
third-party
transportation activities together with increases in storage
leased from third parties for both the Predecessor 2009 period
and the 2008 period. See Storage related
costs below.
|
|
|
|
Firm storage cycling fees and
fuel-in-kind
Firm storage cycling fees and fuel-in-kind
revenues decreased in the Predecessor 2009 period as compared to
the 2008 period primarily due to a decrease in the period over
period average natural gas price of approximately 56% in the
2009 Predecessor period as well as the shorter 2009 Predecessor
period, which was partially offset by increased volumes
collected primarily due to the second Pine Prairie facility
cavern being placed into operation. These revenues increased in
the 2008 period as compared to the 2007 period primarily due to
an increase in the period over period average natural gas prices
of approximately 25%, combined with an increase in volumes
collected.
|
|
|
|
Hub services Hub services increased
approximately $1.6 million in the 2009 Predecessor period
as compared to the 2008 period. This increase was primarily
related to an increased amount of wheeling and balancing
services through the utilization of transportation capacity
during the 2009 Predecessor period. See
Storage related costs below. These
increases offset the impact caused by the shorter 2009
Predecessor period as compared to the 2008 period. Hub services
decreased approximately $3.4 million in the 2008 period as
compared to the 2007 period. The decrease was primarily due to
an increase in the amount of firm storage capacity that we sold
resulting in less capacity available for non seasonal parks. See
Firm storage reservation fees above.
|
|
|
|
Other Other revenue for each of the periods
was comprised primarily of crude oil sales. The decrease in the
2009 Predecessor period as compared to the 2008 period was
primarily related to lower average prices realized in the 2009
Predecessor period. The increase in the 2008 period over the
2007 period was primarily related to higher average prices and
increased volumes sold. In addition, the 2008 period includes a
financial derivative gain of approximately $1.1 million
from natural gas storage related futures position.
|
|
|
|
Storage related costs We increased the amount
of storage and transportation capacity leased from third parties
in both the 2009 Predecessor period and the 2008 period as
compared to the applicable prior period. In addition, we
experienced higher costs as a result of increased loan
transactions in each period. The increased costs were partially
offset by the shorter 2009 Predecessor period.
|
Other Costs and Expenses. The significant
variances are discussed further below:
|
|
|
|
|
Operating costs Field operating costs
increased in the Predecessor 2009 period and 2008 period as
compared to the applicable prior periods. The increases in these
periods are primarily related to our
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
continued expansion of the Pine Prairie facility and related
growth in personnel costs. The increase in costs in the 2009
Predecessor period was partially offset by the shorter 2009
Predecessor period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fuel expense Fuel expense was relatively flat
in the Predecessor 2009 period as compared to the 2008 period as
an increase in volumes used was offset by a decrease in the
average price of natural gas. Fuel expense increased in the 2008
period as compared to the 2007 period as both volumes and the
average price of natural gas increased.
|
|
|
|
General and administrative expenses General
and administrative expenses decreased in the 2009 Predecessor
period as compared to the 2008 period primarily as a result of
the shorter Predecessor 2009 period. That decrease was partially
offset by increased costs primarily related to the continued
expansion of our business and growth in personnel costs. General
and administrative expenses were relatively flat for the 2008
period as compared to the 2007 period.
|
|
|
|
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense
increased in both the Predecessor 2009 and 2008 periods as
compared to the applicable prior periods. The respective
increases related primarily to an increased amount of
depreciable assets stemming from our internal growth projects.
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense includes
amortization of debt issue costs and intangibles of
$2.2 million, $1.4 million and $0.9 million in
the Predecessor 2009, 2008 and 2007 periods, respectively.
|
|
|
|
Interest expense Interest expense decreased
in the Predecessor 2009 period as compared to the 2008 period
primarily because of the shorter Predecessor 2009 period, but
also because of lower average interest rates. That decrease was
partially offset by a higher average debt balance for the
Predecessor 2009 period and a lower percentage of capitalized
interest. The amount of interest capitalized decreased from
approximately $19 million for the 2008 period to
approximately $10 million for the Predecessor 2009 period.
The decrease resulted from lower levels of capitalized interest
expense as a result of the commencement of operations on caverns
one and two of our Pine Prairie facility. Interest expense
decreased for the 2008 period from the 2007 period primarily due
to lower average interest rates and slightly higher capitalized
interest compared to approximately $18.6 million for the
2007 period. The decrease was partially offset by increased
average debt balances during the 2008 period.
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense Income tax expense
consists of the Michigan state income tax, which was effective
January 1, 2008. This tax is an apportionment tax and the
commencement of operations at our Pine Prairie facility
effectively diluted the activity apportioned to Michigan
resulting in a decrease in expense for the Predecessor 2009
period as compared to the 2008 period. Because this tax was not
effective until January 1, 2008, we recognized no such tax
expense in the 2007 period.
|
|
|
|
Interest Income and Other Income (Expense),
Net. Interest income and other income (expense),
net is comprised primarily of interest income and decreased for
the Predecessor 2009 and 2008 periods as compared to the
applicable prior periods primarily due to a decrease in our
average cash balances. The year over year decreases in interest
income were also impacted by lower average interest rates for
the Predecessor 2009 and 2008 periods as compared to the
applicable prior periods.
|
Future
Trends and Outlook
We expect our business to continue to be affected by the key
trends described below. We base our expectations on assumptions
made by us and information currently available to us. To the
extent our underlying assumptions about or interpretations of
available information prove to be incorrect, our actual results
will vary, and may vary materially, from our expected results.
Benefits from Organic Growth Projects. We
expect that our results from operations for the year ending
December 31, 2010 and thereafter will benefit from
increased revenues associated with our ongoing expansion
projects. At our Pine Prairie facility, we are nearing
completion of a third storage cavern that we expect will have
10 Bcf of working gas capacity that we expect to place into
service during the second quarter of 2010. In addition, as part
of our current development plan, our expansion plans include an
additional 21 Bcf of working gas storage capacity,
18 Bcf of which we expect to place into service by
mid-2012. We have received
87
regulatory approval for these expansions, and when completed as
designed, we will have five salt caverns in service and
45 Bcf of working gas storage capacity at Pine Prairie. At
Bluewater, we are pursuing a liquids removal project that is
targeted to increase Bluewaters total storage capacity by
approximately 2 Bcf ratably over a
10-year
period beginning in 2011.
Growing Natural Gas Demand. Publications by
the EIA and other industry sources forecast continued growth of
long-term demand for natural gas, as well as a continuation of
the historical trend of growth in natural gas demand from
seasonal and weather-sensitive consumption sectors. The various
factors supporting these forecasts include (i) expectations
of continued growth in the U.S. gross domestic product,
which exerts a significant influence on long-term growth in
natural gas demand, (ii) an increased likelihood that
regulatory and legislative initiatives regarding
U.S. carbon policy will drive greater demand for cleaner
burning fuels like natural gas, (iii) increasing acceptance
of the view that fossil fuels will continue to provide the vast
majority of total energy used in the U.S. for the
foreseeable future and that natural gas is a clean and abundant
domestic fuel source, and (iv) continued growth in
electricity generation from intermittent renewable energy
sources, primarily wind and solar energy, for which natural-gas
fired generation is a logical
back-up
power supply source.
Natural Gas Supply. For the foreseeable future
we believe there will be ample supplies of natural gas from a
combination of domestic production, pipeline imports and
waterborne imports of LNG. We also believe, however, that it is
difficult to predict the extent to which domestic production
from unconventional shale resources and LNG imports will
increase or decrease, and that this source of supply
uncertainty adds an element of volatility to natural gas
markets that will drive greater demand for storage services,
especially from well-positioned facilities that can provide
customers with access to both LNG imports and shale production.
Market Volatility. Our business can be
positively or negatively affected by the widening or narrowing
of seasonal spreads, extended periods of significant or little
volatility and economic expansions or downturns.
Barriers to Entry. Although competition within
the storage industry is robust, significant barriers to entry
exist in the natural gas storage business. These barriers
include significant costs and execution risk, a lengthy
permitting and development cycle, financing challenges, shortage
of personnel with the requisite expertise and the finite number
of storage sites suitable for development.
Supply of Storage Capacity. An important
factor in determining the value of storage and therefore the
rates we are able to charge for new contracts or contract
renewals is whether a surplus or shortfall of storage capacity
exists relative to the overall demand for storage services in a
given market area. In general, on a relative basis, storage
values will be lower in markets that are oversupplied with
storage than in markets where storage capacity is in short
supply. The extent to which markets are oversupplied or
undersupplied will fluctuate in response to significant
variations in natural gas supply and demand. We believe that the
current market for storage capacity is undersupplied. However,
future market conditions will be determined both by the future
demand for storage as well as the net amount of storage capacity
added in future years.
Commercial Management Activities. Similar to
the business model successfully employed by PAA, and without
altering our basic commercial strategy of committing a high
percentage of our storage capacity under multi-year firm storage
contracts at attractive rates, we intend to establish a
dedicated commercial marketing group that will capture
short-term market opportunities by utilizing a portion of our
owned or leased storage capacity for our own account and
engaging in related commercial marketing activities. Consistent
with PAAs experience marketing crude oil and refined
products, we anticipate that having a dedicated commercial
marketing group that has a consistent presence in our markets
will enhance our ability to properly price our storage and hub
service offerings and will increase our cash flow by
capitalizing on volatility and inefficiencies in the natural gas
markets. We will conduct these commercial activities within
pre-defined risk parameters, and our general policy will be
(i) to purchase natural gas only in situations where we
have a market for such gas, (ii) to utilize physical
natural gas inventory and financial derivatives to manage and
optimize seasonal and spread risks inherent in our operations
and commercial management activities and to structure our
transactions so that commodity price fluctuations will not have
a material adverse impact on our cash flow and (iii) not to
acquire or hold natural gas, futures contracts or other
derivative products for the purpose of speculating on outright
commodity price changes.
88
Maintenance Capital Expenditures. Maintenance
capital expenditures reduce our distributable cash flow and
consist of expenditures for the replacement of partially or
fully depreciated assets in order to maintain the service
capability, level of production,
and/or
functionality of our existing assets. Examples of maintenance
capital expenditures include capital expenditures associated
with maintaining the storage capacity of our facilities as well
as ongoing maintenance or replacement costs for the various
injection, withdrawal and related equipment associated with
those facilities. Our maintenance capital expenditures are not
significant because our storage facilities and related equipment
are relatively new. We would expect maintenance capital
expenditures to increase periodically as we undertake scheduled
maintenance on our caverns and related equipment. Although these
periodic costs may increase our maintenance capital expenditures
from time to time, we do not expect these increases to
materially impact our operating results or distributable cash
flow.
Operating Costs and Inflation. High levels of
natural gas exploration, development and production activities
across the U.S. can result in increased competition for
personnel and equipment. This can cause an increase in the
prices we pay for labor, supplies and property, plant and
equipment. An increase in the general level of prices in the
economy could have a similar effect. We will attempt to recover
any increased costs from our customers, but there may be a delay
in doing so or we may be unable to recover all these costs. To
the extent we are unable to procure necessary supplies or
recover higher costs, our operating results will be negatively
impacted.
Increased Costs as a Result of Being a Public
Entity. As a result of being a publicly traded
limited partnership, we will incur incremental general and
administrative expenses that are not reflected in our historical
financial statements. These costs include costs associated with
annual and quarterly reports to unitholders, tax return and
Schedule K-1
preparation and distribution, independent auditor fees,
Sarbanes-Oxley compliance, New York Stock Exchange listing,
investor relations activities, registrar and transfer agent
fees, director and officer liability insurance costs and
director compensation. We expect our incremental general and
administrative expenses associated with being a publicly traded
limited partnership to total approximately $2.6 million per
year.
Ongoing Acquisition Activities. Consistent
with our business strategy, we are continuously engaged in
discussions with potential sellers regarding the possible
purchase of natural gas storage assets. Such acquisition efforts
involve our participation in processes that have been made
public, involve a number of potential buyers and are commonly
referred to as auction processes, as well as
situations where we believe we are the only party or one of a
very limited number of potential buyers in negotiations with the
potential seller. These acquisition efforts often involve assets
which, if acquired, would have a material effect on our
financial condition and results of operations.
In connection with our acquisition activities, we routinely
incur evaluation and due diligence costs, which are expensed as
incurred. In addition to the in-house costs of our personnel and
ancillary overhead expenditures allocated to us by our general
partner for time devoted to evaluating acquisition opportunities
(which can be substantial), we also budget approximately
$250,000 per year associated with third party evaluation or due
diligence costs for transactions that are assumed not to be
consummated.
Working with PAA, we are currently involved in discussions and,
in certain cases, negotiations, with a number of potential
sellers regarding the purchase of natural gas storage assets.
Certain of these discussions are more advanced than others, but
past experience has demonstrated that any of these discussions
and negotiations could advance or terminate in a short period of
time. Because of the current increased level of activity,
however third party expenses may exceed our typical budgeted
levels in the near term. Additionally, certain of the
opportunities under evaluation are of a size that would likely
involve PAAs assistance with respect to financing or
jointly purchasing such assets. See Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Liquidity and Capital Resources
Potential PAA Financial Support. We can give
no assurance that our current or future acquisition efforts will
be successful or that any such acquisition will be completed on
terms considered favorable to us. See Risk
Factors If we do not complete expansion projects or
make and integrate acquisitions, our future growth may be
limited.
89
Please read Business Our Business
Strategy, Business Our Financial
Strategy, Business Our Competitive
Strengths, Business Our Relationship
with Plains All American Pipeline, L.P., Natural Gas
Storage Industry Overview and Risk
Factors.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Overview. Our ability to finance our
operations, including funding capital expenditures, making
acquisitions, making cash distributions and satisfying any
indebtedness obligations, will depend on our ability to generate
cash in the future. Our ability to generate cash remains subject
to a number of factors, some of which extend beyond our control.
See Risk Factors for further discussion regarding
such risks that may affect our liquidity and capital resources.
Prior to September 3, 2009, our activities were conducted
in a joint venture arrangement. Accordingly, cash flow from
operations, borrowings under our credit facilities and
contributions from equity owners were historically our primary
sources of liquidity. On September 3, 2009, PAA became our
sole owner by acquiring Vulcans 50% interest in us. In
conjunction with that transaction, we entered into a note
payable to PAA for approximately $421 million. The proceeds
of the note payable were used to repay amounts borrowed under
our credit facilities and related interest rate swaps. The
credit facilities were terminated following their repayment. The
note payable accrues interest at a rate of 6.5%. The proceeds of
this offering, as well as anticipated borrowings under our
expected credit facility, will be utilized to reduce the amount
outstanding under this note payable to approximately
$ million.
Currently, our sources of liquidity include cash generated from
operations and funding from PAA. Subsequent to this offering, we
expect our sources of liquidity to include:
|
|
|
|
|
cash generated from operations;
|
|
|
|
borrowings under a newly established credit facility with a
group of banks;
|
|
|
|
issuances of additional partnership units; and
|
|
|
|
debt offerings.
|
We believe that cash generated from these sources will be
sufficient to meet our short-term working capital requirements,
long-term capital expenditure requirements, and quarterly cash
distributions to unitholders.
To maintain our targeted credit profile, we generally intend to
fund approximately 60% of the capital required for expansion
projects with equity and cash flow in excess of distributions.
In connection with the closing of this offering, we expect to
enter into a new $400 million revolving credit facility. We
believe we will be able to fund up to the first
$250 million of acquisitions or expansion projects
primarily through borrowings under this credit facility or
through other sources and remain in compliance with our targeted
credit profile.
Working Capital. Working capital, defined as
the amount by which current assets exceed current liabilities,
is an indication of our liquidity and potential need for
short-term funding. Our working capital requirements are driven
primarily by changes in accounts receivable and accounts
payable. These changes are primarily affected by factors such as
credit extended to, and the timing of collections from, our
customers and our level of spending for maintenance and
expansion activity. We had a working capital balance of
approximately $29 million as of December 31, 2008. As
of December 31, 2009, we had a working capital deficit of
approximately $4 million, primarily as a result of
PAAs election to fund our capital requirements through the
intercompany note with PAA following the PAA Ownership
Transaction.
90
Historical cash flow information. The
following table reflects cash flows for the applicable periods
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
|
September 3,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 through
|
|
|
|
2009 through
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
September 2,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Net cash provided by (used in):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating activities
|
|
$
|
22,343
|
|
|
$
|
21,818
|
|
|
$
|
22,603
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,265
|
|
Investing activities
|
|
$
|
(177,280
|
)
|
|
$
|
(118,890
|
)
|
|
$
|
(58,561
|
)
|
|
|
$
|
(9,656
|
)
|
Financing activities
|
|
$
|
145,743
|
|
|
$
|
122,344
|
|
|
$
|
23,636
|
|
|
|
$
|
(22,813
|
)
|
Operating Activities. The primary drivers of
cash flow from our operations are (i) the collection of
amounts related to the storage of natural gas, and (ii) the
payment of amounts related to expenses, principally storage and
transportation related costs, field operating costs and general
and administrative expenses. Cash flow from operations increased
for the Predecessor 2009 period as compared to the 2008 period
primarily due to increased storage activity resulting from the
commencement of activities at our Pine Prairie facility in late
2008 and early 2009. These increases were offset by the shorter
time period in the 2009 period. In addition, 2008 operating
activities were negatively affected by approximately
$3.2 million for a payment made to the Industrial
Development Board No. 1 of the Parish of Evangeline, State
of Louisiana, Inc. with respect to a tax abatement for our Pine
Prairie facility (see Note 8 to our Consolidated Financial
Statements for further discussion). Operating cash flows for the
2008 period decreased from the prior year primarily as a result
of the payment to the Parish, which was partially offset by
increased storage activity in the 2008 period as compared to the
prior year.
Investing and Financing Activities. Our
investing activities for each of the periods listed above
primarily relate to the continued expansion of our Pine Prairie
facility and the acquisition of the related base gas required to
operate the facility. See Activities Impacting
Our Historical and Anticipated Growth above. To fund these
expenditures we made borrowings under our previous credit
facilities and term loan agreements and received capital
contributions from our equity owners.
Distributions to our unitholders and general
partner. Our partnership agreement requires us to
distribute all of our available cash quarterly. Generally, our
available cash is our cash on hand at the end of the quarter
after the payment of our expenses and the establishment of cash
reserves and cash on hand resulting from borrowings, including
working capital borrowings, made after the end of the quarter.
We anticipate paying a minimum quarterly distribution of
$ per common unit and
Series A subordinated unit per complete quarter, which
equates to $ million per
quarter, or $ million per
year, based on the number of common units, Series A
subordinated and the general partner interest expected to be
outstanding immediately after completion of this offering. We do
not have a legal obligation to pay this distribution unless and
until a quarterly distribution is declared. See Our Cash
Distribution Policy and Restrictions On Distributions for
further information.
Capital Requirements. Our expansion plans
include an additional 31 Bcf of working gas storage
capacity at our Pine Prairie facility, of which 10 Bcf is
substantially complete and expected to be in service during the
second quarter of 2010. At Bluewater, we are pursuing a liquids
removal project targeted to increase Bluewaters total
storage capacity by approximately 2 Bcf ratably over a
10-year period beginning in 2011. We currently forecast capital
expenditures for 2010 of approximately $95 million,
primarily related to the Pine Prairie expansion and purchases of
related base gas required to operate the facility. We expect to
fund our capital expenditures with cash generated from
operations and borrowings under our credit facility.
New Credit Facility. In connection with the
closing of this offering, we expect to enter into a new
$400 million revolving credit facility, with an expected
maturity date 3 years from the closing of this offering.
The credit facility will be available to fund working capital
and our expansion projects, make acquisitions and for general
partnership purposes. We expect that we will incur approximately
$200 million of borrowings under our credit facility at the
closing of this offering. As a result, we expect to have
approximately $200 million of remaining capacity
immediately after the closing, subject to compliance with any
applicable
91
covenants under such facility. We also expect to have an
accordion feature that would allow us to increase the available
borrowings under the facility by up to $200 million,
subject to our lenders agreeing to satisfy the increased
commitment amounts under our new facility.
This new credit facility is likely to restrict our ability to,
among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
incur additional debt;
|
|
|
|
make distributions on or redeem or repurchase units;
|
|
|
|
make certain investments and acquisitions;
|
|
|
|
incur or permit certain liens to exist;
|
|
|
|
enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates;
|
|
|
|
merge, consolidate or amalgamate with another company; and
|
|
|
|
transfer or otherwise dispose of assets.
|
Furthermore, our credit facility may contain covenants requiring
us to maintain certain financial ratios.
Restrictions due to PAAs
indebtedness. Under the terms of PAAs
indebtedness, we are considered a subsidiary of PAA and,
although we are not contractually bound by and are not liable
for PAAs debt under its debt instruments, we are subject
to and indirectly affected by certain restrictions and covenants
contained in them. As a result, our ability to take certain
actions, including incurring certain types of indebtedness, may
be prohibited or affected and result in our not obtaining the
most advantageous financing terms or prevent us from engaging in
certain transactions that might otherwise be considered
beneficial. For example, the amount of secured indebtedness that
PAA and certain of its subsidiaries, including us, may incur
without having to secure certain PAA notes on an equal and
ratable basis is limited. Additionally, if we or any of our
subsidiaries were to guarantee indebtedness for borrowed money
of PAA or any other subsidiary of PAA (including if one of our
own subsidiaries guarantees any of our debt), the entity
providing such guarantee would also be required to guarantee
PAAs outstanding debt. Although we and PAA believe that
the restrictions in PAAs debt instruments will not have a
material impact on our operations or access to credit, no
assurance can be given to that effect and PAAs and our
ability to comply with any restrictions in PAAs debt
instruments may be affected by events beyond its and our control.
Potential
PAA Financial Support
PAA may elect, but is not obligated, to provide financial
support to us under certain circumstances, such as in connection
with an acquisition or expansion capital project. Our
partnership agreement contains provisions designed to facilitate
this process and reduce concerns regarding conflicts of interest
by describing certain transactions which, by definition, will be
deemed fair to our unitholders. For example, our partnership
agreement contains provisions designed to facilitate PAAs
ability to provide us with financial support while reducing
concerns regarding conflicts of interest by defining certain
potential financing transactions between PAA and us as fair to
our unitholders. In that regard, the following forms of
potential PAA financial support will be deemed fair to our
unitholders, and will not constitute a breach of any duty by our
general partner, if consummated on terms not less favorable than
those described below:
|
|
|
|
|
We may issue common units to PAA at a price per common unit of
no less than 95% of the trailing
20-day
average closing price per common unit; provided, however, we may
redeem any such common units (assuming PAAs agreement) at
a price per common unit no greater than 95% of the trailing
20-day
average closing price per common unit.
|
|
|
|
We may borrow funds from PAA on terms that include a tenor of no
more than three years and a fixed rate of interest that is no
more than (i) 100 basis points higher than the fixed rate
of interest incurred by PAA on any senior notes or other
financial instruments issued by PAA to fund such loan to us or
(ii) in the event no such notes or other financial
instruments have been issued by PAA to fund such loan to us,
100 basis points higher than the weighted average of
PAAs outstanding senior note issues.
|
92
We have no obligation to seek financing from PAA on the terms
described above or to accept such financing if offered to us. In
addition, PAA will have no obligation to provide financial
support under these or any other circumstances. We would
anticipate that PAA would provide such support to us only if
permitted under the relevant provisions of its debt instruments
at the time. The existence of these provisions will not preclude
other forms of financial support from PAA, including financial
support on significantly less favorable terms under
circumstances in which such support appears to be in our best
interests.
Off-balance
Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.
Contingencies
For a discussion of contingencies that may impact us, see
Note 8 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.
Commitments
Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary
course of doing business we lease storage and transportation
capacity from third parties. We also incur debt and interest
payments. The following table includes our best estimate of the
amount and timing of the payments due under our contractual
obligations as of December 31, 2009 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Long-term debt and interest payments(1)
|
|
$
|
651,415
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
651,415
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Leases storage, transportation, other
|
|
|
51,118
|
|
|
|
16,103
|
|
|
|
11,822
|
|
|
|
10,522
|
|
|
|
6,228
|
|
|
|
4,448
|
|
|
|
1,995
|
|
Purchase obligations
|
|
|
41,718
|
|
|
|
23,512
|
|
|
|
1,556
|
|
|
|
1,800
|
|
|
|
1,800
|
|
|
|
1,800
|
|
|
|
11,250
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
1,097
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
808
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
745,348
|
|
|
$
|
39,615
|
|
|
$
|
14,186
|
|
|
$
|
12,467
|
|
|
$
|
8,165
|
|
|
$
|
657,667
|
|
|
$
|
13,248
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes intercompany loan of $451 million and interest of
6.5% for 5 years. |
Upon the consummation of this offering, we expect to incur
long-term debt under our new credit facility of
$200 million, which will be used, together with the net
proceeds of this offering, to repay intercompany indebtedness
owed to PAA. We expect the interest rate under our new credit
facility to be
approximately %
. Additionally, in connection with the closing of this offering,
we will enter into an omnibus agreement with PAA pursuant to
which, among other things, PAAs general partner will
provide to us certain general and administrative services and
employees. Pursuant to the omnibus agreement, we will be
obligated to reimburse PAAs general partner for all
reasonable costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with
the performance of these services and for PAAs provision
of employees.
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
From time to time, we may utilize derivative instruments to
manage our exposure to interest rates, future purchases of base
gas and to economically hedge the intrinsic value of our natural
gas storage facilities.
Commodity
Price Risk
We generate a relatively small amount of revenue through the
sale of crude oil and liquids incrementally produced from our
Bluewater facility and we periodically sell any
fuel-in-kind
volumes in excess of actual volumes needed for our facilities.
We may also purchase fuel in excess of our
fuel-in-kind
volumes to the extent such volumes are needed to operate our
facilities.
93
We also intend to establish a dedicated commercial marketing
group that will capture short-term market opportunities by
utilizing a portion of our owned or leased storage capacity for
our own account and engaging in related commercial marketing
activities. We will conduct these commercial activities within
pre-defined risk parameters, and our general policy will be
(i) to purchase natural gas only in situations where we
have a market for such gas, (ii) utilize physical natural
gas inventory and financial derivatives to manage and optimize
seasonal and spread risks inherent in our operations and
commercial management activities and to structure our
transactions so that price fluctuations will not have a material
adverse impact on our cash flow, and (iii) not to acquire
or hold natural gas, futures contracts or other derivative
products for the purpose of speculating on outright commodity
price changes.
Revenues generated from these activities will be subject to the
pricing of hydrocarbons, which has been volatile and
unpredictable in the past. While we expect this volatility to
continue in the future, we consider our exposure to commodity
price risk not to be material based on the amount of revenues
associated with these activities compared to our overall
revenues and the fact that the balance of our revenues is
fee-based.
Interest
Rate Risk
Interest rates in recent years have been low compared to rates
over the last 50 years. If interest rates were to rise, our
financing costs would increase accordingly. Although increased
borrowing costs could limit our ability to raise funds in the
capital markets, we expect our competitors would be similarly
affected.
Prior to the PAA Ownership Transaction, amounts outstanding
under our credit facilities accrued interest at floating rates,
which were hedged with interest rate swaps. In conjunction with
the PAA Ownership Transaction, we entered into a note payable to
PAA for approximately $421 million. The proceeds of the
note payable were used to repay amounts borrowed under our
then-existing credit facilities and related interest rate swaps.
The note payable to PAA accrues interest at a fixed rate of
6.5%. At the closing of this offering, the note payable to PAA
will be repaid and we will incur approximately $200 million
of borrowings under a new credit facility, which will bear
interest at floating rates. We intend to enter into interest
rate swaps to fix the interest rate of borrowings under the new
credit facility. If we fail to do so, to the extent the interest
rate on borrowings under our new credit facility increases or
decreases by 1%, interest on amounts outstanding will increase
or decrease, respectively, by approximately $2 million.
Critical
Accounting Policies and Estimates
Critical
Accounting Policies
We have adopted various accounting policies to prepare our
consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP. These
critical accounting policies are discussed in Note 2 to our
Consolidated Financial Statements.
Critical
Accounting Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP
requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets and liabilities, as well as the
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of
the financial statements. Such estimates and assumptions also
affect the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Although we believe these estimates are
reasonable, actual results could differ from these estimates.
The critical accounting estimates that we have identified are
discussed below.
Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities Acquired and
Identification of Associated Goodwill and Intangible
Assets. In accordance with FASB guidance
regarding business combinations, with each acquisition, we
allocate the cost of the acquired entity to the assets and
liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values at the
date of acquisition. If the initial accounting for the business
combination is incomplete when the combination occurs, an
estimated provision will be recognized. This provision will be
adjusted as if the amount was recognized when the combination
occurred if material. We also expense the transaction costs as
incurred in connection with each acquisition. In addition, we
are required to recognize intangible assets
94
separately from goodwill. Intangible assets with finite lives
are amortized over their estimated useful lives as determined by
management. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives
are not amortized but instead are periodically assessed for
impairment.
Impairment testing entails estimating future net cash flows
relating to the asset, based on managements estimate of
market conditions including pricing, demand, competition,
operating costs and other factors. Determining the fair value of
assets and liabilities acquired, as well as intangible assets
that relate to such items as customer relationships, contracts,
and industry expertise involves professional judgment and is
ultimately based on acquisition models and managements
assessment of the value of the assets acquired and, to the
extent available, third-party assessments. Uncertainties
associated with these estimates include assumptions regarding
natural gas supply and demand, volatility and pricing of natural
gas, economic obsolescence factors in the area and potential
future sources of cash flow. Although the resolution of these
uncertainties has not historically had a material impact on our
results of operations or financial condition, we cannot provide
assurance that actual amounts will not vary significantly from
estimated amounts. We perform our goodwill impairment test
annually (as of June 30) and when events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be
recoverable.
We did not have any goodwill impairments in 2009, 2008 or 2007.
See Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for a
discussion of goodwill.
Property, Plant and Equipment and Depreciation
Expense. We compute depreciation using the
straight-line method based on estimated useful lives. We
periodically evaluate the estimated useful lives of our
property, plant and equipment and revised our estimates in
September 2009. Please read Note 2 to our Consolidated
Financial Statements.
We also evaluate our property, plant and equipment for
impairment when events or circumstances indicate that the
carrying value of these assets may not be recoverable. The
impairment evaluation is highly dependent on the underlying
assumptions of related cash flows. We consider the fair value
estimate used to calculate impairment of property, plant and
equipment a critical accounting estimate. In determining the
existence of an impairment in carrying value, we make a number
of subjective assumptions as to:
|
|
|
|
|
whether there is an indication of impairment;
|
|
|
|
the grouping of assets;
|
|
|
|
the intention of holding versus selling
an asset;
|
|
|
|
the forecast of undiscounted expected future cash flow over the
assets estimated useful life; and
|
|
|
|
if an impairment exists, the fair value of the asset or asset
group.
|
No impairments have been recorded since our inception.
Accruals and Contingent Liabilities. We record
accruals or liabilities including, but not limited to, insurance
claims, asset retirement obligations, taxes and potential legal
claims. Accruals are made when our assessment indicates that it
is probable that a liability has occurred and the amount of
liability can be reasonably estimated. Such accruals may include
estimates and are based on all known facts at the time and our
assessment of the ultimate outcome. Among the many uncertainties
that impact our estimates are the necessary regulatory
requirements for operating gas storage facilities, costs of
medical care associated with workers compensation and
employee health insurance claims, and the possibility of legal
claims. Our estimates for contingent liability accruals are
increased or decreased as additional information is obtained or
resolution is achieved. Presently, there are no material
accruals in these areas. Although the resolution of these
uncertainties has not historically had a material impact on our
results of operations or financial condition, we cannot provide
assurance that actual amounts will not vary significantly from
estimated amounts.
Equity Compensation Plan Accruals. We accrue
compensation expense for outstanding equity awards granted under
a Long-Term Incentive Plan (collectively, our equity
compensation plans). Under generally accepted accounting
principles, we are required to estimate the fair value of our
outstanding equity awards and recognize that fair value as
compensation expense over the service period. For equity awards
that contain a
95
performance condition, the fair value of the equity award is
recognized as compensation expense only if the attainment of the
performance condition is considered probable.
For equity compensation awards prior to this offering, the total
compensation expense initially allocated to us by PAA over the
service period is determined by multiplying PAAs unit
price by the number of equity awards that are expected to vest,
plus our share of associated employment taxes. Uncertainties
associated with these accruals include the actual unit price at
time of vesting, whether or not a performance condition will be
attained and the continued employment of personnel with
outstanding equity awards.
We anticipate that, in connection with the closing of this
offering, the board of directors of our general partner will
grant awards to our key employees and our outside directors
pursuant to the Long-Term Incentive Plan. Certain of our key
employees hold grants under PAAs Long-Term Incentive Plan.
It is our intent to replace such grants with grants of
equivalent value under our Long-Term Incentive Plan.
We recognized total compensation expense of approximately
$1.5 million, $0.3 million, $(0.1) million and
$0.6 million in the 2009 Successor period, 2009 Predecessor
period, and the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007,
respectively, related to equity awards granted under the various
equity compensation plans, which are allocated to us by PAA. We
cannot provide assurance that the actual fair value of our
equity compensation awards will not vary significantly from
estimated amounts. See Note 6 to our Consolidated Financial
Statements.
Mark-to-Market
Accrual. In situations where we are required to
mark-to-market
derivatives pursuant to FASB guidance, the estimates of gains or
losses at a particular period end do not reflect the end results
of particular transactions, and will most likely not reflect the
actual gain or loss at the conclusion of a transaction. We
reflect estimates for these items based on our internal records
and information from third parties. For our derivatives that are
not exchange traded, the estimates we use are based on
indicative broker quotations or an internal valuation model. Our
valuation models utilize market-observable inputs such as price,
volatility, correlation and other factors and may not be
reflective of the price at which they can be settled due to the
lack of a liquid market. Although the resolution of these
uncertainties has not historically had a material impact on our
results of operations or financial condition, we cannot provide
assurance that actual amounts will not vary significantly from
estimated amounts.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
For a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements that will
impact us, see Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial
Statements.
96
NATURAL
GAS STORAGE INDUSTRY
Introduction
Natural gas storage facilities represent a critical component of
the North American natural gas transmission and distribution
system. These facilities provide an essential reliability
cushion against unexpected disruptions in supply, transportation
or markets and allow for the warehousing of gas to meet expected
seasonal, monthly and daily variability in demand. The diagram
below illustrates the position and function of natural gas
storage within the natural gas market chain.
We believe that changes in natural gas markets over the last
25 years have contributed to a growing demand for natural
gas storage services provided by independent storage operators
like us, particularly with respect to strategically-located,
high-performance facilities. Factors contributing to this
growing market include (a) a major shift in the manner in
which natural gas sales, transportation and storage are
regulated; (b) changes in the manner of sale of natural
gas, including the development of a futures market and a cash
spot market; (c) changes in the composition of natural gas
consumption and political and environmental pressures that
appear to directionally support increased consumption of natural
gas; and (d) the dynamic and evolving profile of various
sources of natural gas supply. The overview below provides
additional information regarding the current and potential
demand for storage as well as the various types of natural gas
storage facilities, the services they provide and other related
information.
Overview
Historical Context. The current market
environment for natural gas storage has evolved significantly
since the 1970s as the market for natural gas has become less
regulated. During this time period, various developments have
contributed to the emergence of an open and less regulated
market for natural gas sales and natural gas storage, including:
|
|
|
|
|
interstate pipelines and intrastate utilities were required to
unbundle their merchant, transportation and storage
services, allowing storage services to be provided by
non-pipeline service providers at market-based rates
(as opposed to traditional
cost-of-service
based rates);
|
|
|
|
take-or-pay
contracts were eliminated through a combination of
regulation and litigation. Under
take-or-pay
arrangements, purchasers would pay for a minimum quantity of
natural gas during a contract year even if the actual amount of
gas received by the purchaser was less than the stated
|
97
|
|
|
|
|
minimum. These contracts permitted purchasers to effectively
dictate sellers production schedules, directing the
producers as to when to turn on or turn off their contracted
wells. Excess production capacity of sellers represented
significant in situ natural gas storage capacity and
deliverability that was utilized by purchasers to meet seasonal
or other peak demand requirements. The elimination of these
contractual arrangements afforded sellers the ability to produce
natural gas on a year-round basis and contract directly with
end-users;
|
|
|
|
|
|
a spot market for natural gas developed and the NYMEX introduced
the natural gas futures contract in April 1990; and
|
|
|
|
primarily as a result of continuous production and direct
competition among gas sellers, natural gas prices fell and
consumption increased. According to the Energy Information
Administration (EIA), natural gas consumption
increased an average of 1% annually from 1990 to 2008.
|
Over this same time period, the purpose and use of natural gas
storage has evolved, expanding from a service that was used
almost exclusively by local distribution companies and pipelines
to balance seasonal or other demand variations, as well as to
balance system loads and facilitate pipeline movements, into a
service that is used by a wider variety of customers. These
expanded services developed for multiple commercial purposes,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
to ensure fuel availability for peak loads by gas-fired power
generation;
|
|
|
|
to reduce the impact of supply interruptions in the Gulf of
Mexico resulting from hurricanes and other severe weather;
|
|
|
|
to accommodate increased balancing requirements associated with
erratic and rapidly declining initial production profiles of new
wells in developing shale resource plays or wells that needed to
produce continuously without regard to current market demand or
price in order to optimize recovery;
|
|
|
|
to contribute to the commercial optimization activities of
natural gas suppliers and consumers or financial arbitrage and
risk management activities of commodity traders and other market
participants;
|
|
|
|
to facilitate storage and distribution of intermittent LNG
cargoes; and
|
|
|
|
to manage the variability of solar and wind power generation by
providing a
back-up fuel
source to support gas-fired power generating facilities.
|
As a result of the increased consumption of natural gas over the
last two decades, the changes in domestic production capacity
and the increased demand for natural gas storage services from a
wide variety of market participants, natural gas storage
currently plays a critical role in maintaining the reliability
and availability of gas supplies in North America.
Storage Services. Storage operators compete
for customers based on geographical location, which determines
connectivity to pipelines and proximity to supply sources and
end-users, as well as operating reliability and flexibility,
price, available capacity and service offerings. Services
provided by storage operators typically include firm
storage services and hub services.
|
|
|
|
|
Firm Storage Services. Customers pay a fixed
monthly capacity reservation fee in exchange for an assured or
firm right to store, inject or withdraw specified
volumes for specified periods of time. Capacity reservation fees
are payable without regard to the amount of storage capacity
actually utilized. Firm storage customers also typically pay
cycling fees based on the volume of natural gas
nominated for injection and/or withdrawal on any given day.
|
|
|
|
Hub Services. Hub services include
(i) interruptible storage services pursuant to
which customers receive only limited assurances regarding the
future availability of capacity in a storage facility and pay
fees based on their actual utilization of storage capacity and
services, (ii) park and loan services, pursuant
to which customers pay fees for the right to store gas in
(park), or borrow gas from (loan), a storage facility and
(iii) wheeling and balancing services pursuant
to which customers pay fees for the right to move a volume of
gas through a storage facility from one interconnection point to
another and true up their deliveries of gas to, or takeaways of
gas from, a storage facility.
|
98
From the storage operators perspective, having a diverse
customer group that requires a variety of storage services is
important to maximizing asset utilization and capturing
incremental revenue opportunities while minimizing costs.
Types of Storage Facilities. Natural gas is
typically stored underground in depleted reservoirs, aquifers or
salt caverns. In any non-salt cavern underground storage
facility, there is a certain amount of natural gas that may
never be extracted, referred to as physically unrecoverable, or
permanent, natural gas. In addition to this permanent gas,
underground storage facilities contain what is known as base
gas, or cushion gas. This is the volume of gas that is injected
into a storage facility to maintain adequate pressure and
deliverability rates, especially throughout the withdrawal
season. In general, working gas is the volume of natural gas in
a storage facility at a given point in time that exceeds the
amount of base gas and, if applicable, physically unrecoverable
gas. Assuming adequate operating pressures, working gas is the
amount of gas that can be extracted during the normal operation
of the facility. References to the capacity of a storage
facility typically refer to its working gas capacity.
We estimate that depleted natural gas or oil reservoirs comprise
approximately 80% of total working gas storage capacity in the
United States. Depleted reservoir facilities are prevalent in
the producing regions of the United States, primarily the
Northeast, Midwest, Gulf Coast and West Coast regions. Aquifer
storage facilities are primarily located in the Midwest. Most
salt-cavern storage facilities have been developed in salt-dome
formations located along the Gulf Coast, with more limited
development in bedded salt formations located in Northeastern,
Midwestern and Southwestern states. We estimate that natural
aquifers and salt caverns each comprise approximately 10% of
total working gas storage capacity in the United States.
The key distinguishing operational characteristics of any given
storage facility, aside from its overall capacity, are its peak
injection and withdrawal rates, which dictate the number of
times during a given year that a facility is capable of being
turned or cycled (i.e., completely
filled with injections of working gas and then completely
emptied by withdrawals) and its connectivity to different
pipelines and/or markets. Higher peak injection and withdrawal
rates and access to multiple markets provide storage users with
greater commercial and operational flexibility and, accordingly,
command higher storage rates. Salt caverns are voided
underground spaces and natural gas can be freely injected into
and withdrawn from such caverns with the aid of compression.
Conversely, depleted reservoirs and aquifers store natural gas
within pore spaces in rock formations and the ability of natural
gas to move into and out of the facility is limited by the
permeability of the applicable formations, even with the aid of
compression. As a result, salt caverns generally have
significantly higher peak injection and withdrawal rates, and
can be cycled more times per year, than depleted reservoirs and
aquifers.
Other important characteristics of storage facilities include
the overall cost of developing the facility, including base gas
requirements and geological risk.
|
|
|
|
|
Cost to Develop. The primary categories of
cost associated with the development of natural gas storage
facilities are (i) real and personal property acquisition
costs, (ii) equipment purchase costs, (iii) costs
associated with construction, and (iv) the cost of
acquiring base gas, which is required to maintain operating
pressures and allow for working gas withdrawals. With respect to
construction and other non-base gas costs, depleted reservoir
facilities are usually the least expensive to develop as
portions of existing pipeline and facility infrastructure
related to prior production operations can often be used in
connection with the development and operation of a depleted
reservoir facility, reducing
up-front
infrastructure costs. In terms of base gas costs, which
represent an additional
up-front
investment cost for a storage facility operator, salt caverns
typically require the lowest levels of base gas at approximately
20 to 30% of total gas capacity. By comparison, depleted
reservoirs typically require approximately 50% base gas and
aquifers may require up to 80% base gas.
|
|
|
|
Geological Risks. A critical attribute of any
underground gas storage facility is the integrity of the
geological structure in which the natural gas is stored. The
geology of depleted reservoirs is typically well understood and
the risk of gas leaks is relatively low given their prior
natural use for storing hydrocarbons. The risk of gas leaks from
salt caverns is also relatively low given that the walls of a
properly constructed salt cavern provide a non-porous seal that
reduces the likelihood of gas leaks.
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
Aquifers typically have a higher level of geological risk
because they have not previously been used to store hydrocarbons.
|
Barriers to Entry. Although competition within
the storage industry is robust, there are significant barriers
to entering the natural gas storage business. These barriers
include:
|
|
|
|
|
Costs and Execution Risk. The costs of
developing and constructing an underground storage facility are
significant and highly variable, depending on drilling costs,
subsurface issues, raw water availability, brine disposal
arrangements, compression requirements, costs of establishing
interconnects and other factors. In addition, the creation of
all three types of storage facilities involves significant
execution risk with respect to drilling and completing wells and
related
sub-surface
activities.
|
|
|
|
Time Commitment. The length of time required
to permit and develop a new project and place it into service
can be long and unpredictable, generally ranging from two to
four years or more, depending on the type of facility, location,
permitting issues, subsurface issues and other factors.
|
|
|
|
Financing. The magnitude and uncertainty of
capital costs, length of the permitting and development cycle
and scheduling uncertainties associated with gas storage
development present significant project financing challenges. In
recent years, the tightening of credit markets has led to a
reduction in the amount of capital available for natural gas
storage projects.
|
|
|
|
Finite Number of Sites. Finding and developing
new gas storage facilities, or acquiring existing facilities, is
extremely competitive given that there are a finite number of
sites that possess the requisite characteristics in terms of
proximity to pipelines and load centers, operational
flexibility, geological characteristics and overall risk/return
profile.
|
|
|
|
Required Expertise. Specialized expertise is
required to identify market areas that require or will support
additional storage capacity. In addition, acquiring, developing
and operating natural gas storage facilities involves
identifying, assessing and managing significant geological and
other risks that require specialized industry knowledge and
experience, including in the areas of reservoir engineering and
geology, cavern or reservoir development and construction, and
gas compression, handling, treating and transportation. Because
there is significant market demand for this combination of skill
sets and individuals with such skills sets are in short supply,
finding and retaining management and operational personnel is
highly competitive.
|
Drivers of Demand for Storage. The long-term
demand for storage services in the United States is driven
primarily by the long-term demand for natural gas and the
overall lack of balance between the supply of and demand for
natural gas on a seasonal, monthly, daily or other basis. In
general, to the extent the overall demand for natural gas
increases and such growth includes higher demand from seasonal
or weather-sensitive end-users (such as gas-fired power
generators and residential and commercial consumers), demand for
natural gas storage services should also grow. In addition, any
factors that contribute to more frequent and severe imbalances
between the supply of and demand for natural gas, whether caused
by supply or demand fluctuations, should increase the need for
and value of storage services.
Natural Gas Demand. According to the EIA, as
shown in the chart below, during the period from 1998 through
2008, natural gas consumption increased by 4.3% overall from an
average of approximately 62.5 Bcf per day in 1998 to an
average of approximately 65.3 Bcf per day in 2008. Although
the change in consumption levels during this period was variable
on a
year-to-year
basis, growth was highest in the seasonal and weather-sensitive
power generation and commercial/residential sectors, where
consumption grew by approximately 45.1% and 6.3%, respectively.
The growth in these sectors was partially offset by an
approximate 20.4% decline in gas consumption in the less
seasonal industrial sector.
100
Percentage
Change In Consumption 1998-2008
|
|
|
|
|
Residential & Commercial
|
|
|
6.3
|
%
|
Industrial
|
|
|
−20.4
|
%
|
Electric Power
|
|
|
45.1
|
%
|
Total Consumption
|
|
|
4.3
|
%
|
Source: derived from EIA data
Despite the increased use of natural-gas fired generation during
the summer cooling months and the recent trend of warmer
winters, the seasonality of natural gas consumption has remained
strong. According to EIA data, during the last decade,
consumption during the winter months averaged approximately 40%
more than consumption during the summer months. This seasonal
trend is reflected in the chart below, which shows annual U.S.
natural gas consumption by sector for the period January 2004 to
July 2009.
Annual
U.S. Natural Gas Consumption by Sector
|
|
|
|
|
Note: Supply includes lower 48 state production, net
pipeline imports and LNG imports. |
|
|
Source:
Derived from EIA data
|
Updated
November 6, 2009
|
101
Looking forward, publications by the EIA and other industry
sources forecast that long-term demand for natural gas will
continue to grow and that the historical trend of growth in
natural gas demand from seasonal and weather-sensitive
consumption sectors will also continue. Among the various
factors that we believe support these forecasts are
(i) expectations of continued growth in the U.S. gross
domestic product, which has a significant influence on long-term
growth in natural gas demand, (ii) an increased likelihood
that regulatory and legislative initiatives regarding
U.S. carbon policy will drive greater demand for cleaner
burning fuels like natural gas, (iii) increasing acceptance
of the view that fossil fuels will continue to provide the vast
majority of total energy used in the U.S. for the
foreseeable future and that natural gas is a clean and abundant
domestic fuel source that can lead to greater energy
independence for the U.S. by reducing its dependence on
imported petroleum, and (iv) continued growth in
electricity generation from intermittent renewable energy
sources, primarily wind and solar energy, for which natural-gas
fired generation is a logical
back-up
power supply source.
Natural Gas Supply. The extent to which
natural gas supplies are available on a seasonal or shorter-term
basis to meet the demand for natural gas consumption directly
impacts the demand for storage; however, storage capacity is
required in both an oversupplied and an undersupplied natural
gas market. In market conditions where there is insufficient
domestic production and import supply to meet demand, natural
gas must be withdrawn from storage to balance the market.
Conversely, in market conditions where there is excess domestic
production and import supply relative to demand, natural gas
must be injected into storage to balance the market or domestic
production and imports must be reduced.
For the foreseeable future, we believe there will be ample
supplies of natural gas from a combination of domestic
production, pipeline imports and waterborne imports of LNG. We
also believe, however, that it is difficult to predict the
extent to which domestic production from unconventional shale
resources and LNG imports will increase or decrease and that
this source of supply uncertainty adds an element of
volatility to natural gas markets that will drive greater demand
for storage services, especially from well-positioned,
high-performance facilities that can provide customers with
access to both LNG imports and shale production.
|
|
|
|
|
Near-Term Domestic Production Growth. For the
majority of the last decade, domestic production has been
relatively flat and has failed to keep pace with domestic
consumption. Over the past few years, however, domestic
production has been growing, primarily due to increases in
production from developing shale resource plays. According to
EIA data, during the two-year period from January 1, 2007
through December 31, 2008 domestic production of natural
gas increased by an average of approximately 5% per annum and
estimates of proved natural gas reserves increased by an average
of approximately 7.5% per annum, in each case largely due to
continued development of shale resources. Beginning in 2007,
leasing and development activities increased in a number of new
shale resource plays, which in 2009 caused the EIA to
significantly increase its outlook for domestic natural gas
production. Notably, the typical production profile for shale
production is short lived with initial high levels of production
and steep declines thereafter. For this reason, and because
producing gas from shale formations is generally more complex
and expensive than conventional onshore production, it is
difficult to predict future shale resource production levels
with certainty.
|
|
|
|
LNG Supplies. In addition to the emergence of
domestic shale plays as a significant supply source, over the
past several years, the U.S. has developed significant
infrastructure for the import of LNG. In recent years, U.S. and
Canadian LNG imports have averaged an aggregate of approximately
1 to 3 Bcf per day, while the total LNG import capacity of
U.S. and Canadian infrastructure is approximately 15 Bcf
per day. In addition, total worldwide liquefaction capacity for
LNG has been increasing over the last several years and
additional capacity is scheduled to come online over the next
few years.
|
|
|
|
Supply Variability and Uncertainty. We believe
this source of supply uncertainty and potential
variability related to both domestic production and LNG imports
will continue for the foreseeable future, and will contribute to
the volatility of natural gas markets and support continued
demand for storage capacity, especially high-deliverability
storage that provides customers with greater flexibility to
access both domestic production from shale resources and LNG
imports.
|
102
Supply of Storage Capacity. An important
factor in determining the value of storage is whether there is a
surplus or shortfall of storage capacity relative to the overall
demand for storage services in a given market area. In general,
on a relative basis, storage values will be lower in markets
that are oversupplied with storage than in markets where storage
capacity is in short supply. The extent to which markets are
oversupplied or undersupplied will fluctuate in response to
significant variations in natural gas supply and demand.
The EIA reports two measures of aggregate peak storage capacity
for the U.S.: working gas design capacity and demonstrated
non-coincidental peak storage capacity. Working gas design
capacity is a measure based on the design capabilities of all
U.S. storage facilities whereas demonstrated peak capacity
is based on the non-coincidental peak storage volumes for each
of these facilities over the last five years (i.e., the sum of
maximum volumes stored at each facility at any time within the
five-year period). According to the EIA, the aggregate peak
working gas capacity of the U.S. underground natural gas
storage market is approximately 4.3 Tcf using the design
capacity methodology and 3.9 Tcf using the non-coincidental peak
storage methodology. A comparison of actual peak storage
inventory levels to working gas design capacity and demonstrated
non-coincidental peak storage capacity since 2005 suggests that
since 2005, peak storage utilization as a percentage of peak
storage capacity has increased using both EIA measures of
aggregate peak storage capacity. Utilization has increased from
82% to 89% using the working gas design capacity measure and
from 91% to 98% using the demonstrated non-coincidental peak
storage capacity measure. While both measures have merits, we
believe the non-coincidental peak storage measure is a better
directional indicator of true useable storage capacity due to
the fact that working gas design capacity is based on
design parameters and does not take into account
operational, logistical and other practical constraints. The
graph below illustrates the relationship between actual peak
storage inventory levels and non-coincidental peak storage
levels between 2005 and 2009 based on EIA data, and also
reflects the 3.87 Tcf record level of working gas stored in
underground storage facilities on November 27, 2009.
U.S.
Working Gas Capacity (Non-Coincidental Peak
Levels and Design Capacity) vs. Peak Storage Inventory Levels
(2005-2009)
Source: derived from EIA data
Although the above chart suggests that storage is high and the
current market for storage capacity may be approaching an
undersupplied state, future market conditions will be determined
both by the future demand for storage as well as the net amount
of storage capacity that is added in future years. From a
storage operators perspective, an over-build
of storage capacity would reduce storage values by putting
downward
103
pressure on the rates that storage providers are able to charge
for new contracts on uncontracted capacity and renewal contracts
with existing customers whose contracts are approaching
expiration. Conversely, a continuation of an undersupplied
storage market would imply higher values and rates for new
contracts and renewals of expiring contracts.
Following the FERCs change in policies and practices with
respect to natural gas storage in the late 1990s and early
2000s, there has been a significant increase in the number of
permits requested and issued for new storage facilities. For
example, according to FERC data, since 2000, permits have been
issued by the FERC for new interstate gas storage facilities or
expansions in the Gulf Coast (excluding intrastate facilities
and FERC pre-filings for additional storage capacity)
representing aggregate additional working gas capacity of
approximately 576 Bcf. However, through September 2009,
based on available FERC filings and other public data, we
estimate that only approximately 147 Bcf, or 26%, of such
permitted capacity has been placed in service, which leaves
approximately 429 Bcf of permitted Gulf Coast capacity that
has not yet been placed in service.
While it is difficult to predict when, and how much of, such
permitted but not yet in service capacity will
ultimately be placed in service, based on our review of FERC
filings and other publicly available data, a significant number
of these Gulf Coast projects have experienced delays and some of
them have been abandoned. These delays and abandonments are due
to a variety of factors, including geological issues, permitting
delays, financing issues, landowner and public relations issues,
construction issues and operating challenges.
We believe that these types of challenges will continue to
affect storage capacity development in the U.S. and will
result in a number of new projects being placed in service later
than initially forecast or at lesser volumes of working capacity
than the backlog of permitted projects indicates. As a result,
we believe there will continue to be market demand for the
services we provide.
104
BUSINESS
Overview
We are a fee-based, growth-oriented Delaware limited partnership
formed by Plains All American to own, operate and grow the
natural gas storage business that PAA acquired in 2005 and has
continuously operated since that time. Our business consists of
the acquisition, development, operation and commercial
management of natural gas storage facilities. We currently own
and operate two natural gas storage facilities located in
Louisiana and Michigan that have an aggregate working gas
storage capacity of 40 Bcf and an aggregate peak injection
and withdrawal capacity of 1.7 Bcf per day and 3.2 Bcf
per day, respectively. We also lease storage capacity and
pipeline transportation capacity from third parties from time to
time in order to increase our operational flexibility and
enhance the services we offer our customers. As of
December 31, 2009, we had 3 Bcf of storage capacity
under lease from third parties and had secured the right to
379 MMcf per day of firm transportation service on various
pipelines. Substantially all of our revenues are derived from
the provision of firm storage services under multi-year,
fee-based contracts.
Our business has expanded rapidly since its inception in 2005,
primarily through organic growth initiatives. We have grown our
storage capacity from 20 Bcf as of December 31, 2005
to 40 Bcf as of December 31, 2009, and we expect this
growth to continue at a rapid pace as we complete our planned
expansions over the next several years. Our expansion plans
include an additional 31 Bcf of working gas storage
capacity, 28 Bcf of which we expect to place into service
by mid-2012, including 10 Bcf of new capacity that is
substantially complete and that we currently expect to place
into service during the second quarter of 2010. Our target is to
increase our total capacity to 68 Bcf by mid-2012,
representing a 70% increase in storage capacity from year-end
2009 levels. Through our current assets and proposed expansions,
we believe we are well-positioned to benefit from the
anticipated long-term growth in demand for natural gas storage
capacity and services in North America.
Our
Assets
We own 100% of the Pine Prairie facility, which is a recently
constructed, high-deliverability salt-cavern natural gas storage
complex located in Evangeline Parish, Louisiana, and 100% of the
Bluewater facility, which is a depleted reservoir natural gas
storage complex located approximately 50 miles from Detroit
in St. Clair County, Michigan. The following table contains
certain information regarding our Pine Prairie and Bluewater
storage facilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working Gas
|
|
|
Peak Injection
|
|
|
Peak Withdrawal
|
|
|
Compression
|
|
Facility Name and Type
|
|
Capacity (Bcf)
|
|
|
Rate (Bcf/d)
|
|
|
Rate (Bcf/d)
|
|
|
(Horsepower)
|
|
|
Pine Prairie (salt-cavern)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing facility
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
32,000
|
|
Planned expansion
|
|
|
31
|
(1)
|
|
|
1.2
|
(2)
|
|
|
0.8
|
(2)
|
|
|
56,250
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal:
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
|
|
88,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bluewater (depleted reservoir)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing facility
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
13,350
|
|
Planned expansion
|
|
|
2
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal:
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
13,350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total (both facilities)
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
2.9
|
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
101,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
We expect to place 10 Bcf into service in the second
quarter of 2010, 18 Bcf by mid-2012 and the final
3 Bcf will be added ratably through 2016. |
|
(2) |
|
We expect to complete these expansions of peak injection and
withdrawal capabilities by mid-2011. |
105
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Of this aggregate expected increase in compression, 16,000
horsepower is on location with installation targeted for
April 2010. With respect to the remaining compression
capacity, we expect 23,000 horsepower to be in place by
mid-2011, and an additional 17,250 horsepower to be in place by
mid-2012. |
|
(4) |
|
We expect to place this expansion in working gas capacity into
service ratably over a 10-year period beginning in 2011 in
connection with a planned liquids removal project. |
Pine Prairie. As a strategically-located,
high-deliverability storage facility, Pine Prairie has attracted
a diverse group of customers whose storage needs include both
traditional seasonal storage services and short-term storage
services. Pine Prairie is strategically positioned relative to
several major market hubs, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the Henry Hub, which is the delivery point for NYMEX natural gas
futures contracts and is located approximately 50 miles to
the southeast of Pine Prairie;
|
|
|
|
the Carthage Hub in east Texas, which is located approximately
150 miles northwest of Pine Prairie; and
|
|
|
|
the Perryville Hub in north Louisiana, which is located
approximately 130 miles north of Pine Prairie.
|
Pine Prairies pipeline header system, which includes an
aggregate of 74 miles of
24-inch
diameter pipe located within a
20-mile
radius of Pine Prairie, is directly connected to eight
large-diameter interstate pipelines through nine interconnects
that service both conventional and unconventional natural gas
production in Texas and Louisiana, including production from
existing and emerging shale plays, as well as Gulf of Mexico
production and LNG imports. These interconnects also provide
direct or indirect access to each of the market hubs described
above and to consumer and industrial markets in the Gulf Coast,
Midwest, Northeast and Southeast regions of the United States.
This interconnectivity, combined with existing compression
capacity and approximately 50 MMcf per day of leased
third-party pipeline transportation capacity as of
December 31, 2009, gives Pine Prairie the operational
flexibility to receive from and deliver to multiple pipelines
simultaneously.
Pine Prairie has a total current working gas storage capacity of
14 Bcf in two caverns, and planned expansions that will
increase Pine Prairies total capacity to 42 Bcf by
mid-2012 and 45 Bcf by mid-2015 (see table above), making
it one of the largest high-deliverability salt-cavern natural
gas storage facilities in North America. Subject to market
demand, project execution, sufficient pipeline capacity,
available financing and receipt of future permits, we have the
property rights and operational capacity to expand our Pine
Prairie facility significantly beyond our current permitted
capacity of 48 Bcf. Taking these considerations into
account and with certain infrastructure modifications, we
currently estimate that Pine Prairie could support in excess of
15 salt caverns and an aggregate storage capacity of over
150 Bcf.
Bluewater. Bluewater is located in the State
of Michigan, which contains more natural gas storage capacity
than any other state in the U.S., and primarily services
seasonal storage needs throughout the Midwestern and
Northeastern portions of the U.S. and the Southeastern portion
of Canada. Accordingly, Bluewaters customers consist
primarily of pipelines, utilities and marketers seeking seasonal
storage services. Bluewaters
30-mile,
20-inch
diameter pipeline header system is supported by 13,350
horsepower of compression and is connected to three interstate
and three intrastate natural gas pipelines that provide access
to the major market hubs of Chicago, Illinois and Dawn, Ontario,
which supply natural gas to eastern Ontario and the northeastern
United States. These interconnects also provide access to
natural gas utilities that serve local markets in Michigan and
Ontario.
As indicated in the table above, Bluewater has total working gas
storage capacity of approximately 26 Bcf in two depleted
reservoirs and we expect to increase Bluewaters working
gas capacity by 2 Bcf ratably over a 10-year period
beginning in 2011 as a result of a planned liquids removal
project. Bluewater also leases third-party storage capacity and
pipeline transportation capacity from time to time to increase
its operational flexibility and enhance its service offerings.
As of December 31, 2009, we had leased approximately
3 Bcf of additional capacity at third-party natural gas
storage facilities as well as 329 MMcf per day of related
pipeline transportation capacity.
106
Our
Operations
We provide natural gas storage services to a broad mix of
customers, including local gas distribution companies, or LDCs,
electric utilities, pipelines, direct industrial users, electric
power generators, marketers, producers, LNG importers and
affiliates of such entities. Our storage rates are regulated
under Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, or FERC, rate-making
policies, which currently permit our facilities to charge
market-based rates for our services.
We generate revenue almost exclusively through the provision of
fee-based gas storage services to our customers. For the year
ended December 31, 2009, approximately 99% of our total
revenue was derived from fee-based storage activities, with the
remaining approximately 1% primarily attributable to the sale of
liquid hydrocarbons incidentally produced in connection with the
operation of our depleted reservoir storage facilities at
Bluewater as well as other fuel and derivative related net gains
and losses. Our revenues from fee-based gas storage services are
derived from both firm storage services and
hub services.
|
|
|
|
|
Firm Storage Services. Firm storage services
include (i) storage services pursuant to which customers receive
the assured or firm right to store gas in our
facilities over a multi-year period and (ii) seasonal park
and loan services pursuant to which customers receive the
firm right to store gas in (park), or borrow gas
from (loan), our facilities on a seasonal basis. Under our firm
storage contracts, our customers are obligated to pay us fixed
monthly capacity reservation fees, which are owed to us
regardless of the actual storage capacity utilized. At Pine
Prairie, our firm storage contracts typically have terms of 3 to
5 years, while at Bluewater terms generally range from 1 to
3 years. Effective as of April 1, 2010, the weighted
average remaining tenor of our existing portfolio of firm
storage contracts will be approximately 3.9 years at Pine
Prairie and approximately 2.2 years at Bluewater. Under our
firm storage contracts, we also typically collect a
cycling fee based on the volume of natural gas
nominated for injection and/or withdrawal and retain a small
portion of natural gas nominated for injection as compensation
for our fuel use. For the year ended December 31, 2009,
approximately 92% of our total revenue was derived from firm
storage services.
|
|
|
|
Hub Services. We also generate revenue from
the provision of hub services at our facilities. Hub
services include (i) interruptible storage
services pursuant to which customers receive only limited
assurances regarding the availability of capacity in our storage
facilities and pay fees based on their actual utilization of our
assets, (ii) non-seasonal park and loan
services and (iii) wheeling and balancing
services pursuant to which customers pay fees for the right to
move a volume of gas through our facilities from one
interconnection point to another and true up their deliveries of
gas to, or takeaways of gas from, our facilities. For the year
ended December 31, 2009, approximately 7% of our total
revenue was derived from hub services.
|
We believe that the high percentage of our baseline cash flow
derived from fixed-capacity reservation fees under multi-year
contracts with a diverse portfolio of customers stabilizes our
cash flow profile and substantially mitigates the risk to us of
significant negative cash flow fluctuations caused by changing
supply and demand conditions and other market factors. For
additional information about our contracts, please read
Business Contracts.
Our
Business Strategy
Our principal business strategy is to capitalize on the
anticipated long-term growth in demand for natural gas storage
services in North America by owning and operating high-quality
natural gas storage facilities and providing our current and
future customers reliable, competitive and flexible natural gas
storage and related services. In executing this strategy, we
intend to expand the scope and scale of our business, grow our
earnings and cash flow and increase the amount of cash
distributions we make to our unitholders over time. Our plan for
executing this strategy includes the following key components:
|
|
|
|
|
Optimizing our existing natural gas storage
facilities. We are constantly seeking to optimize
the performance and profitability of our existing natural gas
storage facilities. Our primary commercial objective is to
generate a significant portion of our revenues by committing a
high percentage of our
|
107
|
|
|
|
|
storage capacity under multi-year firm storage contracts at
attractive rates. Effective as of April 1, 2010,
approximately 93% of our owned and leased total working gas
capacity, which includes the 10 Bcf of additional capacity
expected to be placed into service during the second quarter of
2010, was committed under our existing portfolio of firm storage
contracts with a weighted average remaining tenor of
approximately 3.9 years at Pine Prairie and approximately 2.2
years at Bluewater. We also provide our customers with a variety
of hub services that are designed to accommodate customer needs,
maximize the utilization of our assets and optimize our earnings
and cash flow. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
If firm storage customers are not utilizing all of their firm
capacity, we can offer such capacity to other customers on a
short-term, interruptible basis, earning fees to the extent our
capacity is actually utilized.
|
|
|
|
We offer various hub services, pursuant to which we
earn fees for (i) allowing customers to park
their gas in our facilities on a short-term basis,
(ii) loaning gas to customers for relatively short periods
of time and (iii) providing wheeling and balancing services
to customers through the use of our header system.
|
Operationally, we seek to optimize our profitability by
executing various initiatives that increase our efficiency,
reliability and flexibility. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
Daily we manage the gas flows through our facilities to reduce
our overall costs and optimize our use of compression. This is
accomplished by aggregating and offsetting customer nominations
to reduce required physical flows, scheduling our wheeling
services to take advantage of pressure differentials across our
system and sequencing our gas movements to increase the
efficiency of compressor usage.
|
|
|
|
In 2009 we installed
back-up
generators that enable us to run our gas handling facility and
pipeline interconnects at Pine Prairie in the event of a power
interruption.
|
|
|
|
Subject to receipt of applicable approvals, our planned
expansion to five caverns at Pine Prairie will include electric
compression, which will diversify our existing portfolio of
natural-gas fired compression and provide us with the
flexibility to run more efficiently.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Organically expanding our existing natural gas storage
facilities. Our existing assets enable us to
expand our storage capacity on what we believe to be attractive
economic terms. Our current expansion plans include the addition
of 31 Bcf of working gas storage capacity at our Pine
Prairie facility, 28 Bcf of which we expect to place into
service by mid-2012, including 10 Bcf of new capacity that
is substantially complete and that we currently expect to place
into service during the second quarter of 2010. We have received
all applicable federal, state and local approvals required to
construct these expansions (including FERC and Louisiana
Department of Natural Resources) and, when complete, we will
have five salt caverns in service and 45 Bcf of working gas
storage capacity at Pine Prairie. Subject to market demand,
project execution, sufficient pipeline capacity, available
financing and receipt of future permits, we have the property
rights and operational capacity to expand our Pine Prairie
facility significantly beyond our current permitted capacity of
48 Bcf. Taking these considerations into account and with
certain infrastructure modifications, we currently estimate that
Pine Prairie could support in excess of 15 salt caverns and an
aggregate storage capacity of over 150 Bcf. In addition, we
are currently pursuing a liquids removal project to expand our
storage capacity at our Bluewater facility by 2 Bcf ratably over
a 10-year
period beginning in 2011.
|
|
|
|
Pursuing strategic and accretive acquisition or development
projects. We continually evaluate opportunities
to acquire or develop new natural gas storage facilities in our
existing and new markets. In general, we are seeking acquisition
or development opportunities that will be accretive (or result
in an increase in distributable cash flow on a per unit basis)
and that will add natural gas storage assets or facilities that
either complement our existing assets or strategically enhance
our overall business by facilitating our entry into a desirable
new market, diversifying our customer base or positioning us for
future growth. Working with PAA, we are currently involved in
discussions and, in certain cases, negotiations, with a number
of potential sellers regarding the purchase of natural gas
storage assets. Although there can be no assurances that viable
acquisition or development opportunities will continue
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
to be available to us or that we will ultimately be able to
consummate any of the transactions currently being considered,
we believe the combination of strong long-term fundamentals for
natural gas demand and storage services coupled with the
fragmented nature of the gas storage business creates an
environment that will continue to provide a variety of
acquisition
and/or
development opportunities for us to consider. In addition, over
time and working in conjunction with PAA, we intend to evaluate
opportunities to acquire or develop other natural gas-related
assets or businesses that complement our natural gas storage
business and allow us to leverage our asset base and industry
experience.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Leasing storage capacity and transportation services from
third parties to enhance operational
flexibility. In order to supplement our owned
storage capacity, increase our operating flexibility, enhance
the services that we are capable of offering to our customers
and optimize the commercial performance of our assets, we
periodically lease storage
and/or
transportation capacity from third parties. As of
December 31, 2009, we had 3 Bcf of storage capacity
under lease from third parties and had secured the right to
379 MMcf per day of firm transportation service on various
pipelines.
|
|
|
|
Utilizing a portion of our owned and leased storage capacity
to enhance our commercial management
activities. Similar to the business model
successfully employed by PAA, and without altering our basic
commercial strategy of committing a high percentage of our
storage capacity under multi-year firm storage contracts at
attractive rates, we intend to establish a dedicated commercial
marketing group that will capture short-term market
opportunities by utilizing a portion of our owned or leased
storage capacity for our own account and engaging in related
commercial marketing activities. Consistent with PAAs
experience marketing crude oil and refined products, we
anticipate that having a dedicated commercial marketing group
that has a consistent presence in our markets will enhance our
ability to properly price our storage and hub service offerings
and will increase our earnings by capitalizing on volatility and
inefficiencies in the natural gas markets. We will conduct these
commercial activities within pre-defined risk parameters, and
our general policy will be (i) to purchase natural gas only
in situations where we have a market for such gas, (ii) to
utilize physical natural gas inventory and financial derivatives
to manage and optimize seasonal and spread risks inherent in our
operations and commercial management activities and to structure
our transactions so that commodity price fluctuations will not
have a material adverse impact on our cash flow and
(iii) not to acquire or hold natural gas, futures contracts
or other derivative products for the purpose of speculating on
outright commodity price changes.
|
Our
Financial Strategy
Important factors to successfully grow our business will be our
ability to maintain a competitive cost of capital and sufficient
access to the capital markets. These factors will be
significantly influenced by our ability to grow our distribution
to unitholders, maintain a solid credit profile and ultimately
achieve and maintain an investment-grade credit rating.
Targeted Credit Profile. We have targeted a
general credit profile that has the following attributes:
|
|
|
|
|
a long-term
debt-to-total
capitalization ratio of 40% or less;
|
|
|
|
an average long-term
debt-to-Adjusted
EBITDA multiple of approximately 3.5x (Adjusted EBITDA is
earnings before interest expense, taxes, depreciation, depletion
and amortization, equity compensation plan charges, gains and
losses from derivative activities and selected items that are
generally unusual or non-recurring); and
|
|
|
|
an average Adjusted
EBITDA-to-interest
coverage multiple of approximately 3.3x or better.
|
When considered together with what we believe to be the
relatively low risk profile of our business, we believe this
credit profile is consistent with an investment grade credit
rating. In combination with our intent to maintain a high
percentage of storage capacity under multi-year contracts, this
credit profile should also provide flexibility if storage
markets become oversupplied and position us to take advantage of
attractive acquisition opportunities.
109
In order for us to maintain our targeted credit profile, we
generally intend to fund approximately 60% of the capital
required for expansion and acquisition projects through a
combination of equity capital and cash flow in excess of
distributions. In connection with the closing of this offering,
we expect to enter into a new $400 million revolving credit
facility. We believe we will be able to fund up to the first
$250 million of acquisitions or expansion projects
primarily through borrowings under this credit facility or other
sources and remain in compliance with our targeted credit
profile.
From time to time, we may be outside the parameters of our
targeted credit profile due to timing issues related to the
initial funding of certain capital expenditures or acquisitions
with debt or delays in realizing increases in Adjusted EBITDA,
synergies or other benefits from expansion
and/or
acquisition projects.
Credit Rating. We have not applied for a
credit rating from any credit rating agency, nor to our
knowledge has any such credit rating been assigned.
Additionally, we do not currently intend to apply for a credit
rating until such time as we expect to access the public debt
capital markets. If and when we seek a credit rating, our credit
rating may be positively or negatively impacted by the leverage
and credit rating of PAA. In addition, while we believe our
targeted credit profile is consistent with an investment grade
rating, we can provide no assurance in this regard. See
Risk Factors The credit and risk profile of
our general partner and its owner, PAA, could adversely affect
our credit ratings and risk profile, which could increase our
borrowing costs or hinder our ability to raise capital.
As of January 1, 2010, the senior unsecured ratings of PAA
with Standard & Poors Ratings Services and
Moodys Investors Service were BBB-, stable outlook, and
Baa3, stable outlook, respectively.
Our
Competitive Strengths
We believe that the following competitive strengths will
position us to successfully execute our principal business
strategy:
|
|
|
|
|
Our natural gas storage assets are strategically located and
operationally flexible. Our Pine Prairie facility
is strategically positioned relative to several major market
hubs, including the Henry Hub, the Carthage Hub, and the
Perryville Hub and is located approximately 80 miles inland
from the Gulf Coast shoreline, a feature that minimizes Pine
Prairies exposure to operational disruptions from
hurricanes or other severe weather affecting the Gulf of Mexico
region. Pine Prairies pipeline header system, which
includes an aggregate of 74 miles of
24-inch
diameter pipe located within a
20-mile
radius of Pine Prairie, is directly connected to eight
large-diameter interstate pipelines through nine interconnects
that enable it to serve a variety of major producing regions,
LNG importers and the primary consumer and industrial markets in
the Gulf Coast, Midwest, Northeast and Southeast. This
interconnectivity, combined with existing compression capacity
and approximately 50 MMcf per day of leased third-party
pipeline transportation capacity as of December 31, 2009,
gives Pine Prairie the operational flexibility to receive from
and deliver to multiple pipelines simultaneously.
|
Pine Prairies operational flexibility enables it to
partially fill or deplete, or cycle, its storage
caverns multiple times per year. This allows Pine Prairie to
offer a premium service of cycling or
turning contracted storage volume up to twelve times
per year, providing Pine Prairie customers with additional
operating and financial flexibility. The significant operational
flexibility of the Pine Prairie facility also creates more
opportunities for us to provide our customers with hub services,
such as interruptible storage, park and loan, balancing and
wheeling services.
Our Bluewater natural gas storage complex is strategically
positioned to access the major market hubs of Chicago, Illinois
and Dawn, Ontario, which supply natural gas to eastern Ontario
and the northeastern United States. Bluewaters
30-mile
pipeline header system connects the facility to three interstate
and three intrastate natural gas pipelines and provide access to
natural gas utilities that serve local markets in Michigan and
Ontario.
Collectively, our facilities have aggregate peak injection and
withdrawal capacity of 1.7 Bcf per day and 3.2 Bcf per
day, respectively. Upon the completion of current expansion
activities, these
110
capabilities will increase to 2.9 Bcf per day of peak rate
injection capability and 4.0 Bcf per day of peak rate
withdrawal capability.
|
|
|
|
|
Our business generates relatively stable and predictable cash
flow. Given the high percentage of our cash flow
that is derived from fixed-capacity reservation fees under
multi-year contracts with a diverse portfolio of customers, our
baseline cash flow profile is relatively stable and predictable,
which we believe significantly mitigates the risk to us of
negative cash flow fluctuations caused by changing supply and
demand conditions and other market factors. For the twelve-month
period that ended on December 31, 2009,
approximately 92% of our total revenue was derived from the
provision of firm storage services, and effective as of
April 1, 2010, the weighted average remaining life of our
existing portfolio of firm storage contracts will be
approximately 3.9 years at our Pine Prairie facility and
approximately 2.2 years at our Bluewater facility. In
addition, we do not take title to the natural gas that we store
for our customers and, accordingly, are not exposed to commodity
price fluctuations on the gas that is stored in our facilities
by our customers. Except for the base gas we purchase and use in
our facilities, which we consider to be a long-term asset, and
volume and pricing variations related to small amounts of
natural gas we are entitled to retain from our customers as
compensation for our fuel costs, our current and planned
business strategies are designed to minimize our exposure to
fluctuations in the outright price of natural gas.
|
|
|
|
Our Pine Prairie storage facility has the ability to be
significantly expanded at competitive costs and with a
relatively high degree of schedule certainty. We
own and/or
lease 320 acres of land on the salt dome that underlies
Pine Prairie. Our existing facilities and planned expansions
through 2012 to five caverns will utilize only approximately 120
of these acres. Subject to market demand, project execution,
sufficient pipeline capacity, available financing and receipt of
future permits, we have the property rights and operational
capacity to expand our Pine Prairie facility significantly
beyond our current permitted capacity of 48 Bcf. Taking
these considerations into account and with certain
infrastructure modifications, we currently estimate that Pine
Prairie could support in excess of 15 salt caverns and an
aggregate storage capacity of over 150 Bcf. In addition,
because our existing infrastructure at Pine Prairie has been
specifically designed to facilitate future expansion, we expect
it to both reduce our overall capital costs per additional Bcf
of storage capacity and shorten the length and enhance the
predictability of our development cycle. Some of the specific
aspects of our Pine Prairie facility that will facilitate
incremental expansion are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pine Prairie has been specifically designed solely for natural
gas storage development, and we have customized the design and
layout of the caverns so that (i) there is ample spacing
between caverns and (ii) the caverns are optimally shaped
for natural gas storage.
|
|
|
|
Pine Prairie has a solution mining facility (used to create
salt-dome storage caverns) that is capable of leaching at an
aggregate rate of 8,000 gallons of water per minute, a rate that
we believe to be one of the highest leaching rates in North
America and significantly higher than the rates at many
competing facilities. This solution mining facility and
supporting infrastructure provide us with the capability to
simultaneously conduct leaching operations on new caverns,
remove water from a recently completed cavern (called
dewatering)
and/or
conduct fill/dewater operations on existing caverns (a process
used to expand the capacity of an existing cavern through
incremental leaching), subject to a maximum fluid handling
capacity of 8,000 gallons per minute. For approximately six
months during 2009, all three of these activities were conducted
simultaneously on three cavern wells, achieving water handling
rates of approximately 7,500 gallons per minute for extended
periods of time.
|
|
|
|
The pipeline header system, pipeline interconnects and gas
treating facilities at Pine Prairie are complete and have been
designed to accommodate larger-scale future expansion. The
pipeline header system, which includes an aggregate of
74 miles of
24-inch
diameter pipe located within a
20-mile
radius of Pine Prairie, can move volumes of gas through our
facility at peak rates that comfortably exceed both our current
peak gas storage withdrawal rate of 2.4 Bcf per day and our
withdrawal rate of 3.2 Bcf per day after our planned
expansions are completed.
|
111
We believe these features of our Pine Prairie facility, together
with the significant hands-on experience that has been gained by
our personnel while developing the first three caverns at Pine
Prairie, provide us with the capability to (i) develop
expansion capacity at costs that are competitive with or
superior to expansion costs at existing competitor facilities
and substantially lower than greenfield development projects and
(ii) place new caverns in service for existing and
potential customers faster and with a higher degree of certainty
regarding the projected in service dates.
|
|
|
|
|
We have the evaluation, integration and engineering skill
sets in-house that are necessary to successfully pursue
acquisition and expansion opportunities. We
possess the in-house capabilities and expertise necessary to
develop, construct, own, acquire and operate both depleted
reservoir and salt-cavern storage capacity. We have been
involved in substantially all aspects of the natural gas storage
business since 2005 and our operational and management team has
extensive energy industry and acquisition experience. In
addition, from 1998 to 2009, PAA has (i) successfully
acquired and integrated over $6 billion of acquisitions in
over 50 separate transactions involving midstream energy assets,
and (ii) executed over 100 organic growth and expansion
projects with total capital expenditures of over
$2.4 billion. We believe that the experience and skill sets
of our collective management team provide us with a competitive
advantage that enables us to appropriately identify, assess and
evaluate the risks and opportunities that are likely to arise
during the development and operational phases of potential gas
storage acquisition and expansion opportunities.
|
|
|
|
We have the financial flexibility to pursue acquisition and
expansion opportunities. At the closing of this
offering, we expect to have approximately $200 million of
borrowing capacity available to us under our revolving credit
facility. We believe our borrowing capacity and our ability to
access private and public debt and equity capital should provide
us with the financial flexibility necessary to execute our
growth and expansion strategy. Additionally, PAA may elect, but
is not obligated, to provide us with financial support in
connection with acquisitions or expansion capital projects in
certain circumstances.
|
|
|
|
Our general partner has an experienced executive management
team with specialized knowledge of natural gas storage and
markets and whose interests are aligned with those of our
unitholders. Our general partner has an executive
management team that has extensive experience managing,
operating, building, acquiring and integrating energy assets,
including natural gas storage assets and other midstream energy
assets. On average, the members of our general partners
executive management team have in excess of 20 years of
energy industry experience. In addition, our general
partners executive management team includes a President
and three Vice Presidents who are exclusively dedicated to and
focused on the operation, management, development and expansion
of our natural gas storage business. Through their indirect and
direct interests in us, our general partner and PAA, our general
partners executive management team has a significant,
vested interest in our continued success. We believe the
experience of our general partners executive management
team and the experience and market presence of PAA, combined
with our relationships with participants across the natural gas
supply chain, provide us with extensive operational and
commercial understanding of the physical North American natural
gas market.
|
We believe these competitive strengths will aid our efforts to
expand our presence in the natural gas storage sector.
Our
Relationship with Plains All American Pipeline, L.P.
We believe one of our strengths is our relationship with Plains
All American Pipeline, L.P., the fourth largest publicly traded
master limited partnership as measured by equity market
capitalization, which was approximately $7.5 billion as of
January 20, 2010. Plains All Americans common units
trade on the New York Stock Exchange, or NYSE, under the ticker
symbol PAA. In addition to its participation in the
natural gas storage business through our partnership, PAA is
engaged in the transportation, storage, terminalling and
marketing of crude oil, refined products and liquefied petroleum
gas and other natural gas-related petroleum products. PAAs
assets include approximately 17,000 miles of pipelines,
85 million barrels of storage capacity,
112
and a significant fleet of trucks, trailers, tugs, barges and
railcars. Through its transportation, storage and commercial
activities, PAA physically handles approximately 3 million
barrels per day of petroleum products.
PAA and its predecessors have been active participants in the
hydrocarbon storage industry since the early 1990s. PAA has a
long history of successfully expanding its energy infrastructure
businesses through a combination of organic growth projects and
complementary acquisitions. Since its initial public offering in
1998, PAA has grown its asset base from approximately
$600 million to over $12 billion and increased the
annualized distribution on its limited partner units by over
100%, from $1.80 per unit as of PAAs initial public
offering to $3.71 per unit for the distribution to be paid in
February 2010.
Our partnership will own all of the natural gas storage business
and assets formerly owned by PAA and PAA has stated that it
intends to utilize our partnership as the primary vehicle
through which it will participate in the natural gas storage
business. Upon completion of this offering, as the ultimate
owner of our 2.0% general partner interest, all of our incentive
distribution rights and an
approximate % limited partner
interest in us (including common units, Series A
subordinated units and Series B subordinated units), PAA
will have a significant economic stake in us and a commensurate
incentive to promote and support the successful execution of our
growth plan and strategy.
We will also enter into an omnibus agreement with PAA and
certain of its affiliates, pursuant to which we will agree upon
certain aspects of our relationship with them, including the
provision by PAAs general partner to us of certain general
and administrative services and employees, our agreement to
reimburse PAAs general partner for the cost of such
services and employees, certain indemnification obligations, the
use by us of the name Plains All American,
PAA and related marks, and other matters. Please
read Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions Agreements Governing the
Transactions Omnibus Agreement.
We believe PAAs significant presence in the energy sector,
its successful track record of growth and its significant
investment in, and sponsorship and support of, us will enhance
our ability to grow our business. While we believe this
relationship with PAA is a significant positive attribute, it
may also be a source of conflicts. For example, PAA is not
restricted in its ability to compete with us. Please read
Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary Duties.
Ongoing Acquisition Activities. Consistent
with our business strategy, we are continuously engaged in
discussions with potential sellers regarding the possible
purchase of natural gas storage assets. Such acquisition efforts
involve participation by us in processes that have been made
public, involve a number of potential buyers and are commonly
referred to as auction processes, as well as
situations where we believe we are the only party or one of a
very limited number of potential buyers in negotiations with the
potential seller. These acquisition efforts often involve assets
which, if acquired, would have a material effect on our
financial condition and results of operations.
In connection with our acquisition activities, we routinely
incur evaluation and due diligence costs, which are expensed as
incurred. In addition to the in-house costs of our personnel and
ancillary overhead expenditures allocated to us by our general
partner for time devoted to evaluating acquisition opportunities
which can be substantial, we also budget approximately $250,000
per year associated with third party evaluation or due diligence
costs for transactions that are assumed not to be consummated.
Working with PAA, we are currently involved in discussions and,
in certain cases, negotiations, with a number of potential
sellers regarding the purchase of natural gas storage assets.
Certain of these discussions are more advanced than others, but
past experience has demonstrated that any of these discussions
and negotiations could advance or terminate in a short period of
time. However, regardless of their outcome, because of the
current increased level of activity, third party expenses may
exceed our typical budgeted levels in the near term.
Additionally, certain of the opportunities under evaluation are
of a size that would likely involve PAAs assistance with
respect to financing or jointly purchasing such assets. See
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations Liquidity and
Capital Resources Potential PAA Financial
Support. We can give no assurance that our current or
future acquisition efforts will be successful or that any such
acquisition will be completed on terms considered favorable to
us. See
113
Risk Factors If we do not complete expansion
projects or make and integrate acquisitions, our future growth
may be limited.
Customers
Pine Prairie and Bluewater collectively provide storage services
to a broad mix of customers including LDCs, electric utilities,
pipelines, direct industrial users, electric power generators,
marketers, producers, LNG importers and affiliates of such
entities. LDCs use storage services for seasonal balancing, to
meet peak day deliveries and ensure reliability. Pipelines use
storage services to manage short-term operational balancing
requirements. Power generators, marketers and producers
generally use storage services for short-term balancing, to
manage risk and to take advantage of the pricing differential
between near-term and long-term natural gas. LNG importers use
storage to insure they have adequate storage capacity to
accommodate imported LNG cargoes.
As of December 31, 2009, Pine Prairie had 11 customers
with firm storage contracts and 45 customers with hub
services contracts and Bluewater had 30 customers with firm
storage contracts and 46 customers with hub services
contracts. For the year ended December 31, 2009, Iberdrola
Renewables, Inc. and Guardian Pipeline, LLC accounted for
approximately 17% and 13% of our revenues, respectively.
Contracts
Pine Prairie and Bluewater contract with their customers to
provide firm storage services and hub services. Under firm
storage contracts, in exchange for an assured amount of storage
capacity for an agreed period of time, customers pay a fixed
monthly capacity reservation fee that is payable regardless of
the actual amount of storage capacity utilized. Under these
contracts, Pine Prairie and Bluewater also typically collect a
cycling fee based on the volume of natural gas
nominated for injection and/or withdrawal and retain a small
portion of natural gas nominated by their customers for
injection as compensation for their fuel costs. The firm storage
contracts at Pine Prairie and Bluewater typically have terms of
3 to 5 years, and 1 to 3 years, respectively. Our
general contracting philosophy at both Pine Prairie and
Bluewater is to commit a high percentage of our available
working gas capacity to firm storage contracts at attractive
rates, while simultaneously contracting for hub services to
increase asset utilization and capture margin based on market
conditions. Effective as of April 1, 2010, the weighted
average remaining tenor of our existing portfolio of firm
storage contracts will be approximately 3.9 years at Pine
Prairie and approximately 2.2 years at Bluewater.
Despite an increase in the number of competitors in recent
years, especially in the markets served by our Pine Prairie
facility, we have been able to contract all of our available
storage capacity at acceptable rates. As an example, in June
2009 Pine Prairie concluded an open season pursuant to which it
requested non-binding bids for 2 Bcf of capacity starting
April 1, 2010. In response to such request, Pine Prairie
received 26 individual bids for an aggregate capacity of over
29 Bcf with initial contract terms ranging from 3 to
5 years. We also concluded an open season at Bluewater in
July of 2009 pursuant to which we requested nonbinding bids for
2.5 Bcf of capacity starting April 1, 2010. In
response to such request, Bluewater received 22 individual
bids for an aggregate capacity of 31 Bcf with initial
contract terms ranging generally from 1 to 5 years. We believe
our contracting success at Pine Prairie and Bluewater is due to
various positive attributes of such storage facilities,
including their favorable access to neighboring pipeline systems
and the flexibility and reliability of their service offerings.
Pine Prairie and Bluewater also contract with their customers to
provide hub services. Hub services include
(i) interruptible storage services pursuant to
which customers do not receive any assurances regarding the
availability of capacity in our storage facilities and pay fees
based on their actual utilization of our assets,
(ii) non-seasonal park and loan services,
pursuant to which customers pay fees for the right to store gas
in our facilities, and (iii) wheeling and
balancing services pursuant to which customers pay fees
for the right to move a volume of gas through our facilities
from one interconnection point to another and true up their
deliveries of gas to, or takeaways of gas from our facilities.
114
For the year ended December 31, 2009, approximately 92% of
our total revenues were derived from the provisions of firm
storage services and approximately 7% were derived from the
provision of hub services.
Competition
The principal elements of competition among storage facilities
are rates, terms of service, types of service, supply and market
access, and flexibility and reliability of service. An increase
in competition in our markets could arise from new ventures or
expanded operations from existing competitors.
Pine Prairie competes with several regional high-deliverability
storage facilities along the Gulf Coast as well as the storage
services offered by interstate and intrastate pipelines that
serve the same markets as Pine Prairie. Pine Prairies
regional competitors include the Egan storage facility owned by
Market Hub Partners, which is controlled by Spectra Energy
Corp., the Southern Pines storage facility owned by SGR
Holdings, the Bobcat storage facility owned by Haddington
Ventures and GE Capital, the Petal storage facility owned by
Enterprise Products Partners, L.P., the Jefferson Island storage
facility owned by AGL Resources and the Bay Gas storage facility
owned by Sempra Energy. We anticipate that growing demand for
natural gas storage along the Gulf Coast will be met with
increasing storage capacity, either through the expansion of
existing facilities or the construction of new storage
facilities. For example, we expect additional regional
competition from proposed storage facilities or expansions at
the Southern Pines storage facility, the Bobcat storage
facility, the Petal storage facility, the Perryville Gas Storage
facility owned by Cardinal Gas Storage Partners, the Leaf River
storage facility owned by NGS Energy, L.P. and the Mississippi
Hub storage facility owned by Sempra Energy.
Bluewater competes with several Midwest utility and pipeline
storage providers. Bluewaters main regional competitors
include DTE Energy, a Michigan gas and electric utility, ANR
Pipeline Company, a major interstate pipeline company that is a
subsidiary of TransCanada, and Union Gas Limited, a subsidiary
of Spectra Energy engaged in the natural gas storage,
transmission and distribution business. We anticipate growing
demand for natural gas storage in the markets served by
Bluewater as well as increased competition from existing
regional competitors.
Regulation
Our operations are subject to extensive laws and regulations. We
are subject to regulatory oversight by numerous federal, state,
and local regulatory agencies, many of which are authorized by
statute to issue, and have issued, rules and regulations binding
on the natural gas storage and pipeline industry, related
businesses and individual participants. The failure to comply
with such laws and regulations can result in substantial
penalties. The regulatory burden on our operations increases our
cost of doing business and, consequently, affects our
profitability. Except for certain exemptions that apply to
smaller companies, however, we do not believe that we are
affected by these laws and regulations in a significantly
different manner than are our competitors.
Following is a discussion of certain laws and regulations
affecting us. However, you should not rely on such discussion as
an exhaustive review of all regulatory considerations affecting
our operations.
Our natural gas storage assets are subject to several kinds of
regulation. Our historical and projected operating costs reflect
the recurring costs resulting from compliance with these
regulations, and we do not anticipate material expenditures in
excess of these amounts in the absence of future acquisitions or
changes in regulation, or discovery of existing but unknown
compliance issues. The following is a summary of the kinds of
regulation that may impact our operations.
Natural
Gas Storage Regulation
Interstate Regulation. Our natural gas storage
facilities, Pine Prairie and Bluewater, are both classified as
natural-gas companies under the NGA, and are
therefore subject to regulation by the FERC. The NGA requires
that tariff rates for gas storage facilities be just and
reasonable and non-discriminatory. The FERC has authority to
regulate rates and charges for natural gas transported and
stored in U.S. interstate commerce or
115
sold by a natural gas company in interstate commerce for resale.
The FERC has granted the Pine Prairie and Bluewater natural gas
storage facilities market-based rate authority. Market-based
rate authorization allows Pine Prairie and Bluewater to
negotiate rates with individual customers based on market
demand, which Pine Prairie and Bluewater then make public via
postings on their respective websites.
The FERC also has authority over the construction and operation
of U.S. pipeline transportation and storage facilities and
related facilities used in the transportation, storage and sale
of natural gas in interstate commerce, including the extension,
enlargement or abandonment of such facilities. In addition, the
FERCs authority extends to maintenance of accounts and
records, terms and conditions of service, depreciation and
amortization policies, acquisition and disposition of
facilities, initiation and discontinuation of services,
imposition of creditworthiness and credit support requirements
applicable to customers and relationships among pipelines and
storage companies and certain affiliates.
Standards of Conduct for Transmission
Providers. Historically, the FERCs
standards of conduct regulations (now vacated) generally
restricted access to U.S. interstate natural gas storage
customer data by marketing and other energy affiliates, and
placed certain conditions on services provided by
U.S. storage facility operators to their affiliated gas
marketing entities. The standards of conduct did not apply,
however, to natural gas storage providers authorized to charge
market-based rates that (i) were not interconnected with
the jurisdictional facilities of any affiliated interstate
natural gas pipeline and (ii) had no exclusive franchise
area, no captive ratepayers, and no market power. The FERC found
that Pine Prairie qualified for this exemption from the
standards of conduct in January 2006 and Bluewater qualified for
this exemption in October 2006.
In November 2006, the D.C. Circuit vacated the standards of
conduct regulations with respect to natural gas pipelines and
storage companies, and remanded the matter to the FERC.
Following a notice of proposed rulemaking, in October 2008, the
FERC issued revised Standards of Conduct for Transmission
Providers (Standards of Conduct). The Standards of
Conduct continue to exempt natural gas storage providers like
Pine Prairie and Bluewater. The FERC has since issued two Orders
on Rehearing and Clarification in October and November 2009.
However, requests for rehearing of the October 2009 order are
pending with the FERC. Accordingly, there may be further
modifications to the Standards of Conduct upon rehearing.
Natural Gas Price Transparency. In April 2007,
the FERC issued a notice of proposed rulemaking
(NOPR) regarding price transparency provisions of
the NGA and the EPAct 2005. In the notice, the FERC proposed to
revise its regulations to, among other things, require that
buyers and sellers of more than a de minimis volume of natural
gas report annual numbers and volumes of relevant transactions
to the FERC. In December 2007, the FERC issued Order
No. 704 implementing the annual reporting provisions of the
NOPR with minimal changes to the original proposal. The order
became effective in February 2008. Pine Prairie and Bluewater
are subject to these annual reporting requirements.
In November 2008, the FERC issued a final rule that requires
interstate pipelines and certain non-interstate facilities to
post certain daily capacity and volume information. The rule
extends to storage facilities (such as Bluewater) that provide
no-notice service. The rule has been appealed, but pending the
results of that appeal, Bluewater will be subject to a
requirement to post volumes with respect to no-notice service
flows at each receipt and delivery point.
Energy Policy Act of 2005. Under the EPAct
2005 and related regulations, it is unlawful in connection with
the purchase or sale of natural gas or transportation services
subject to FERC jurisdiction to use or employ any device, scheme
or artifice to defraud; to make any untrue statement of material
fact or omit to make any such statement necessary to make the
statements made not misleading; or to engage in any act or
practice that operates as a fraud or deceit upon any person.
EPAct 2005 also gives the FERC authority to impose civil
penalties for violations of the NGA up to $1,000,000 per day per
violation for violations occurring after August 8, 2005.
The anti-manipulation rule and enhanced civil penalty authority
reflect an expansion of FERCs NGA enforcement authority.
Other Proposed Regulation. Additional
proposals and proceedings that might affect the natural gas
industry are pending before Congress, the FERC, state
commissions and the courts. The natural gas industry
116
historically has been heavily regulated. Accordingly, we cannot
provide assurances that the less stringent and pro-competition
regulatory approach recently pursued by the FERC and Congress
will continue.
Environmental
Matters
General
Our natural gas storage operations are subject to stringent and
complex federal, state, and local laws and regulations governing
environmental protection, including air emissions, water
quality, wastewater discharges, and solid waste management. Such
laws and regulations generally require us to obtain and comply
with a wide variety of environmental registrations, licenses,
permits, and other approvals. These laws and regulations may
impose numerous obligations that are applicable to our
operations, including the acquisition of permits to conduct
certain activities, increases in operating expenses or
curtailment of certain operations to limit or prevent the
release of materials from our facilities, the incurrence of
capital expenditures associated with the installation of
pollution control equipment, and the imposition of substantial
liabilities for pollution resulting from our operations. Failure
to comply with these laws and regulations may trigger a variety
of administrative, civil, and criminal enforcement measures,
including the assessment of monetary penalties, the imposition
of remedial obligations, and the issuance of injunctions
limiting or preventing some or all of our operations.
We believe that we are in substantial compliance with existing
federal, state, and local environmental laws and regulations and
that such laws and regulations will not have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial position, or results of
operations. Nevertheless, the trend in environmental regulation
is to place more restrictions and limitations on activities that
may affect the environment. As a result, there can be no
assurance of the amount or timing of future expenditures for
environmental compliance or remediation, and actual future
expenditures may be different from the amounts we currently
anticipate. The following is a discussion of some of the
environmental laws and regulations that are applicable to our
natural gas storage operations.
Waste
management
Our operations generate hazardous and non-hazardous solid wastes
that are subject to the federal Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (RCRA) and comparable state laws and
regulations, which impose detailed requirements for the
handling, storage, treatment, and disposal of hazardous and
non-hazardous solid wastes. For instance, RCRA prohibits the
disposal of certain hazardous wastes on land without prior
treatment. RCRA also requires waste generators subject to land
disposal restrictions to provide notification of pre-treatment
requirements to disposal facilities receiving such wastes.
Generators of hazardous wastes must also comply with certain
standards for the accumulation and storage of hazardous wastes
and meet recordkeeping and reporting requirements applicable to
hazardous waste storage and disposal activities.
Site
remediation
The Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and
Liability Act (CERCLA, also known as
Superfund) and comparable state laws and regulations
impose liability without regard to fault or the
legality of the original conduct on certain classes
of persons responsible for the release of hazardous substances
into the environment. Such classes of persons include current
and prior owners or operators of the site where the release
occurred and companies that disposed of, or arranged for the
disposal of, hazardous substances found at offsite locations
such as landfills. The CERCLA also authorizes the EPA and, in
some instances, third parties, to respond to threats to public
health or the environment and seek recovery of response costs
from the class of responsible persons. Although natural gas is
not classified as a hazardous substance under CERCLA, we may
nonetheless handle hazardous substances within the meaning of
CERCLA or similar state statutes in the course of our ordinary
operations; as a result, we may be jointly and severally liable
under CERCLA for all or part of the costs required to clean up
sites where such hazardous substances have been released into
the environment, natural resource damages, and the cost of
certain health studies. Moreover, it is not uncommon for
neighboring landowners and other third parties to file claims
for personal injury and property damage allegedly caused by
hazardous substances or other pollutants released into the
environment.
117
Air
emissions
Our operations are subject to the federal Clean Air Act
(CAA) and comparable state laws and regulations.
These laws and regulations regulate the emission of air
pollutants from various industrial sources, including our
compressor stations, and also impose various monitoring and
reporting requirements. Such laws and regulations may require us
to obtain pre-approval for the construction or modification of
certain projects or facilities expected to significantly
increase air emissions, obtain and strictly comply with air
permits containing various emissions and operational
limitations,
and/or
utilize specific emission control technologies to limit our
emissions. To comply with, maintain, or obtain our air emissions
operating permits, we may be required to incur certain capital
expenditures in the future for the purchase and installation of
air pollution control equipment. For example, we may be required
to supplement or modify our air emission control equipment and
strategies due to changes in state implementation plans for
controlling air emissions or more stringent regulation of
hazardous air pollutants.
Water
discharges
The Clean Water Act (CWA) and analogous state laws
impose strict control of the discharge of pollutants, including
spills and leaks of oil and other substances, into waters of the
United States. The CWA prohibits the discharge of pollutants
into regulated waters, except in accordance with the terms of a
permit issued by the EPA or analogous state agency. The CWA also
regulates the discharge of storm water runoff from certain
industrial facilities. Accordingly, some states require
industrial facilities to obtain and maintain storm water
discharge permits, which require monitoring and sampling of
storm water runoff from such facilities.
Safe
Drinking Water Act
As part of our operations, we employ underground injection wells
to inject natural gas into our underground storage facilities.
Such operations are subject to the Safe Drinking Water Act
(SDWA) and analogous state laws, which regulate
drinking water quality in the United States, including above
ground and underground sources designated for actual or
potential drinking water use. In particular, to protect
underground sources of drinking water, the Underground Injection
Control (UIC) Program of the SDWA regulates the
construction, operation, maintenance, monitoring, testing, and
closure of underground injection wells. The UIC Program also
requires that all underground injection wells be authorized,
either under the general rules of the UIC Program or through
specific permits. In most jurisdictions, states have primary
enforcement authority over the implementation of the UIC
Program, including the issuance of permits.
Climate
Change
Recent scientific studies have suggested that emissions of
certain gases, commonly referred to as greenhouse
gases (GHGs), which include carbon dioxide and methane,
may be contributing to the warming of the Earths
atmosphere and other climatic changes. In response to such
studies, the U.S. Congress is actively considering
legislation to reduce anthropogenic GHG emissions. One bill
recently approved by the U.S. House of Representatives,
known as the American Clean Energy and Security Act of 2009, or
ACESA, would require an 80% reduction in GHG
emissions from sources within the United States between 2012 and
2050. The U.S. Senate is currently considering its own
climate change legislation, S. 1733, known as the Clean Energy
Jobs and American Power Act, which requires a similar reduction
in GHG emissions. Moreover, almost half of the states have taken
legal measures to reduce GHG emissions. Both the state programs
and proposed federal programs function primarily through the
development of GHG emission inventories
and/or a GHG
cap and trade program. Most of these cap and trade programs work
by requiring major sources of emissions (such as electric power
plants) or major fuel producers (such as refineries and gas
processing plants) to acquire and surrender emission allowances.
The number of government-issued allowances under the cap, and
correspondingly, the number of allowances available for trade,
are reduced each year until the overall goal of GHG emission
reductions is achieved.
118
Depending on the scope of any particular GHG program, either at
the state, regional, or federal level, we could be required to
obtain and surrender allowances for GHG emissions statutorily
attributed to our operations (e.g., emissions from compressor
stations or the injection and withdrawal of natural gas).
Although we would not be impacted to any greater degree than
other similarly situated natural gas storage companies, a
stringent GHG control program could have an adverse effect on
our cost of doing business and reduce demand for the natural gas
storage services we provide.
In addition, in December 2009, the EPA issued a final rule
declaring that six GHGs, including carbon dioxide and methane,
endanger both the public health and the public welfare of
current and future generations. The issuance of this
endangerment finding allows the EPA to begin
regulating GHG emissions under existing provisions of the CAA.
In late September and early October 2009, in anticipation of the
issuance of the endangerment finding, the EPA officially
proposed two sets of rules regarding possible future regulation
of GHG emissions under the CAA, one that would regulate GHG
emissions from motor vehicles and the other GHG emissions from
large stationary sources such as power plants or industrial
facilities. Although it may take EPA several years to adopt and
impose regulations limiting GHG emissions, any limitation on
such emissions from our equipment and operations could require
us to incur costs to reduce the GHG emissions associated with
our operations.
As part of the 2008 Consolidated Appropriations Act, the EPA was
also required to issue a rule requiring mandatory reporting of
GHG emissions above certain thresholds from all sectors of the
U.S. economy. The proposed rule included GHG reporting
requirements for oil and natural gas systems (Subpart
W), including underground natural gas storage facilities,
but the EPA received extensive comments to Subpart W relating to
the reporting of fugitive and vented methane emissions from the
oil and gas sector. As a result, when the final rule was
promulgated in October 2009, the EPA decided not to issue
Subpart W so that the agency could further consider alternative
data collection procedures and methodologies. We anticipate that
the EPA will re-issue a proposed rule regarding the reporting of
GHG emissions from oil and natural gas systems sometime in 2010.
Despite the delayed finalization of Subpart W, our compressors
at the Pine Prairie facility may be subject to GHG reporting
requirements under a separate section of the GHG reporting rule
regulating General Stationary Fuel Combustion Sources. Any GHG
reporting rule covering our facilities will require us to meet
additional recordkeeping and reporting requirements, but we do
not believe that any such future requirement will have a
material adverse affect on our business, financial position, or
results of operations.
Chemical
Facility Anti-Terrorism Standards
The Department of Homeland Security Appropriation Act of 2007
required the Department of Homeland Security, or DHS, to issue
regulations establishing risk-based performance standards for
the security of chemical and industrial facilities, including
oil and gas facilities, deemed to present high levels of
security risk. The DHS issued an interim final rule in
April 2007 regarding risk-based performance standards under the
act and, on November 20, 2007, issued Appendix A to
the interim rule, which established chemicals of interest and
their respective threshold quantities triggering compliance with
the interim rule. Covered facilities determined by the DHS to
pose a high level of security risk are required to prepare and
submit Security Vulnerability Assessments and Site Security
Plans, and comply with other regulatory requirements involving
inspections, audits, recordkeeping, and protection of
chemical-terrorism vulnerability information. While the DHS has
determined that Bluewater will not be a covered facility at this
time, it has not issued a determination for Pine Prairie;
however, we do not anticipate compliance costs associated with
the interim rule to have a material adverse affect on our
business, financial position, or results of operations.
Pipeline
Safety
As part of our natural gas storage operations, we own and
operate pipeline header systems connecting our natural gas
storage facilities to various interstate pipelines. As a result,
our pipeline operations are subject to regulation by the
Pipeline and Hazardous Materials Safety Administration
(PHMSA) pursuant to the Natural Gas Pipeline Safety
Act of 1968 (NGPSA). The NGPSA regulates safety
requirements in the design, installation, testing, construction,
operation and maintenance of gas pipeline facilities. The NGPSA
has since been amended by the Pipeline Safety Act of 1992
(PSA), the Pipeline Safety Improvement Act of 2002
119
(PSIA), and the Pipeline Inspection, Protection,
Enforcement, and Safety Act of 2006 (PIPES). These
amendments have imposed additional safety requirements on
pipeline operators such as the development of a written
qualification program for individuals performing covered tasks
on pipeline facilities and the implementation of pipeline
integrity management programs. These integrity management plans
require more frequent inspections and other preventative
measures to ensure pipeline safety in high consequence
areas, such as high population areas, areas unusually
sensitive to environmental damage, and commercially navigable
waterways. Accordingly, we will continue to focus on pipeline
integrity management for any of the pipelines we currently own
or acquire in the future, and significant additional expenses
could be incurred if new or more stringent pipeline safety
requirements are implemented. We believe that our operations are
in substantial compliance with all existing federal, state, and
local pipeline safety laws and regulations and that such laws
and regulations will not have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial position, or results of operations.
Occupational
Safety and Health
Our operations are subject to a number of federal and state laws
and regulations, including the federal Occupational Safety and
Health Act (OSHA) and comparable state statutes
designed to protect the health and safety of workers. The OSHA
hazard communication standard, the EPA community
right-to-know
regulations under Title III of the federal Superfund
Amendment and Reauthorization Act, and comparable state statutes
require that information be maintained concerning hazardous
materials used or produced in our operations and that such
information be provided to employees, state and local
governmental authorities, and the public. Our operations are
also subject to OSHA Process Safety Management regulations,
which are designed to prevent or minimize the consequences of
catastrophic releases of toxic, reactive, flammable or explosive
chemicals. These regulations apply to any process that involves
a chemical at or above specified thresholds or any process that
involves 10,000 pounds or more of a flammable liquid or gas in
one location. We believe that our operations are in substantial
compliance with all existing federal, state, and local
occupations health and safety laws and regulations and that such
laws and regulations will not have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial position, or results of operations.
Seasonality
Because a high percentage of our baseline cash flow is derived
from fixed-capacity reservation fees under multi-year contracts,
our revenues are not generally seasonal in nature, nor are they
typically affected by weather and price volatility. Weather
impacts natural gas demand for power generation and heating
purposes, which in turn influences the value of storage across
our systems. Peak demand for natural gas typically occurs during
the winter months, caused by the heating load, although certain
markets such as the Florida market peak in the summer months due
to cooling demands.
Title to
Properties and
Rights-of-Way
Our real property falls into two categories: (1) parcels
that we (or entities in which we own an interest) own in fee and
(2) parcels in which our interest derives from leases,
easements,
rights-of-way,
permits or licenses from landowners or governmental authorities
permitting the use of such land for our operations. Portions of
the land on which our facilities are located are owned by us (or
entities in which we own an interest) in fee title, and we
believe that we have satisfactory title to these lands. The
remainder of the land on which our major facilities are located
are held by us (or entities in which we own an interest)
pursuant to leases between us (or entities in which we own an
interest), as lessee, and the fee owner of the lands, as
lessors. We believe that we have satisfactory leasehold estates
to such lands. We have no knowledge of any material challenge to
the underlying fee title of any material lease, easement,
right-of-way,
permit or license held by us or to our title to any material
lease, easement,
right-of-way,
permit or license, and we believe that we have satisfactory
title to all of our material leases, easements,
rights-of-way,
permits and licenses.
In May 2006, in order to receive a substantial tax exemption
with respect to a portion of the Pine Prairie facility located
in Evangeline Parish, Louisiana, we sold a portion of the
facility located in the parish to the Industrial Development
Board No. 1 of the Parish of Evangeline State of Louisiana,
Inc. and entered into a
120
15 year agreement to lease back such leased portion of the
facility. Simultaneously with the execution of the lease, the
Industrial Development Board issued and sold $50 million in
bonds to us. Our rental obligations under the lease consist of
an amount equal to the annual interest payment due from the
Industrial Development Board on the bonds and the amount (if
any) required for repayment in full of the outstanding
indebtedness with respect to the bonds at the end of the lease
term. Additionally, we are required to pay an annual $15,000
administrative fee to the Industrial Development Board, as well
as reasonable fees, expenses and charges of the trustee in
connection with the bonds.
The lease has a
15-year
term, which commenced in January 2008, and is terminable by us
upon payment to the Industrial Development Board of the amount
required for repayment in full of its outstanding indebtedness
under the bonds. We also have an option to purchase the leased
properties at any time during the lease term for the sum of
$5,000 plus the amount required for the repayment in full of any
outstanding indebtedness under the bonds.
We are not subject to ad valorem property tax in the Parish of
Evangeline for the property included in this arrangement during
the term of the lease except for ad valorem tax on inventory. We
are required to make certain annual payments in lieu of ad
valorem property taxes, including (i) a fee not to exceed
$45,000 per annum with respect to a portion of our header system
known as the Chalk Line and (ii) beginning in
2010, an amount calculated as the difference between $500,000
and a three year average of ad valorem inventory tax revenues
applicable to natural gas stored in the facility for the prior
three consecutive calendar years.
The passive ownership of the facilities by the Industrial
Development Board will not result in any impact to the operation
of the Pine Prairie facility. In addition, the tax exemption
enables Pine Prairie to offer more competitively priced storage
services to respond to market forces.
Insurance
We share insurance coverage with PAA, for which we reimburse
PAAs general partner pursuant to the terms of the omnibus
agreement. To the extent PAA experiences covered losses under
the insurance policies, the limit of our coverage for potential
losses may be decreased. Our insurance program includes general
liability insurance, auto liability insurance, workers
compensation insurance, and property insurance in amounts which
management believes are reasonable and appropriate.
Employees
Plains All American GP LLC employs all of our personnel. We are
managed and operated by the directors and officers of our
general partner. We rely on an omnibus agreement with Plains All
American GP LLC to provide us with employees needed to carry out
our operations.
Legal
Proceedings
We are not a party to any legal proceeding other than legal
proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We
are also a party to various administrative and regulatory
proceedings that have arisen in the ordinary course of our
business. Please read Regulation Natural Gas
Storage Regulation.
121
MANAGEMENT
Partnership
Management and Governance
Our general partner will manage our operations and activities.
The directors of our general partner will oversee our
operations. Unitholders will not be entitled to elect our
general partner or the directors of our general partner and will
not participate in the management of our operations. As a
general partner, our general partner is liable for all of our
debts (to the extent not paid from our assets), except for
indebtedness or other obligations that are made specifically
non-recourse to it. Our general partner has the discretion to
incur indebtedness or other obligations on our behalf on a
non-recourse basis to the general partner and we expect that it
will do so.
The officers of our general partner will be employed by
PAAs general partner and will manage the
day-to-day
affairs of our business. Certain of our officers are dedicated
to managing our business, while other officers will have
responsibilities for both us and PAA. We will also utilize a
significant number of employees of PAAs general partner to
operate our business and provide us with general and
administrative services.
We will enter into an omnibus agreement with PAA and certain of
its affiliates, pursuant to which we will agree upon certain
aspects of our relationship with them, including the provision
by PAAs general partner to us of certain general and
administrative services and employees, our agreement to
reimburse PAAs general partner for the cost of such
services and employees, certain indemnification obligations, the
use by us of the name Plains All American,
PAA and related marks, and other matters. Please
read Certain Relationships and Related
Transactions Agreements Governing the
Transactions Omnibus Agreement. Additionally,
the omnibus agreement will not increase or decrease our general
partners fiduciary duties to us under our partnership
agreement. For more information on the fiduciary duties of our
general partner, please read Conflicts of Interest and
Fiduciary Duties Fiduciary Duties.
Directors
of our General Partner
PAA is the sole member of our general partner and will have the
right to elect all seven members to the board of directors of
our general partner. Subject to the transition described under
Our Board Committees Audit
Committee below, at least three of the members of our
general partners board of directors must be
independent (as defined in applicable NYSE and SEC
rules) and eligible to serve on the audit committee. At least
two of such directors must also meet the criteria for service on
a conflicts committee in accordance with our partnership
agreement.
In evaluating director candidates, PAA will assess whether a
candidate possesses the integrity, judgment, knowledge,
experience, skills and expertise that are likely to enhance the
boards ability to manage and direct the affairs and
business of the partnership, including, when applicable, to
enhance the ability of committees of the board to fulfill their
duties.
Our
Board Committees
Because we are a limited partnership, the listing standards of
the NYSE do not require that we or our general partner have a
majority of independent directors or a nominating or
compensation committee of the board of directors. We are,
however, required to have an audit committee of at least three
members, and all of its members are required to be independent
as defined by the NYSE.
Audit Committee. Upon completion of the
offering, we will have at least one director who satisfies the
applicable NYSE and SEC requirements for independence and
eligibility to serve on the audit committee. Within 90 days
of the closing of this offering, we will have a total of two
independent directors who meet the requirements for audit
committee service. Within one year of the closing of this
offering, we will have a total of three independent directors
who meet the requirements for audit committee service.
Pursuant to the NYSE listing standards, a director will be
considered independent if the board determines that he or she
does not have a material relationship with our general partner
or us (either directly or as a partner, unitholder or officer of
an organization that has a material relationship with our
general partner or us)
122
and otherwise meets the boards stated criteria for
independence. These three board members will serve as the
members of the audit committee.
In addition to these general independence requirements, as
required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the SEC has adopted
rules that direct national securities exchanges and associations
to prohibit the listing of securities of a public company if
members of its audit committee do not satisfy additional
independence requirements. In order to meet this standard, a
member of an audit committee may not receive any consulting fee,
advisory fee or other compensation from the public company other
than fees for service as a director or committee member, and may
not be considered an affiliate of the public company. Subject to
the transition period described above, the board of directors of
our general partner expects that all members of its audit and
conflicts committees will satisfy this heightened independence
requirement.
Further, SEC rules require that a public company disclose
whether or not its audit committee has an audit committee
financial expert as a member. An audit committee
financial expert is defined as a person who, based on his
or her experience, possesses the attributes outlined in such
rules. The board of directors of our general partner anticipates
that at least one of its independent directors will satisfy the
definition of audit committee financial expert.
Compensation Committee. Our general
partners board of directors intends to establish a
compensation committee. The compensation committee will
administer our Long-Term Incentive Plan and other equity and
executive compensation plans.
Conflicts Committee. Our partnership agreement
provides for the establishment or activation of a conflicts
committee, as circumstances warrant, to review conflicts of
interest between us and our general partner or between us and
PAA or its affiliates. Such a committee would consist of a
minimum of two members, none of whom can be officers or
employees of our general partner or directors, officers or
employees of its affiliates and each of whom must meet the
independence standards for service on an audit committee
established by the NYSE and the SEC. Any matters approved by the
conflicts committee will be conclusively deemed to be fair and
reasonable to us, approved by all of our partners, and not a
breach by our general partner of any duties owed to us or our
unitholders.
Directors
and Executive Officers of Our General Partner
The following table sets forth certain information with respect
to the executive officers and directors of our general partner.
Directors are appointed for a term of one year and hold office
until their successors have been elected or qualified or until
the earlier of their death, resignation, removal or
disqualification. Officers serve at the discretion of the board.
There are no family relationships among any of our directors or
executive officers. Some of our directors and executive officers
also serve as directors or executive officers of PAA.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Age (as of
|
|
|
Name
|
|
12/31/2009)
|
|
Position with Our General Partner
|
|
Greg L. Armstrong
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director
|
Harry N. Pefanis
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Vice Chairman and Director
|
Dean Liollio
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
President and Director
|
Al Swanson
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director
|
Richard McGee
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Vice President Legal and Business Development and
Secretary
|
Dan Noack
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
Vice President Operations
|
Richard Tomaski
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
Vice President Marketing
|
Tina L. Val
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
Vice President Accounting and Chief Accounting
Officer
|
Greg L. Armstrong has served as Chairman of the Board,
Chief Executive Officer and Director of our general partner
since January 2010 and as Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
Officer and Director of PAAs general partner since
PAAs formation in 1998. In addition, he was President,
Chief Executive Officer and director of Plains Resources Inc.
from 1992 to May 2001. He previously served Plains Resources as
President and Chief Operating Officer from October to December
1992; Executive Vice President and Chief
123
Financial Officer from June to October 1992; Senior Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer from 1991 to 1992; Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer from 1984 to 1991;
Corporate Secretary from 1981 to 1988; and Treasurer from 1984
to 1987. Mr. Armstrong is also a director of National
Oilwell Varco, Inc. Mr. Armstrong previously served as a
director of BreitBurn Energy Partners, L.P.
Harry N. Pefanis has served as Vice Chairman and Director
of our general partner since January 2010 and as President and
Chief Operating Officer of PAAs general partner since
PAAs formation in 1998. In addition, he was Executive Vice
President Midstream of Plains Resources from May
1998 to May 2001. He previously served Plains Resources as
Senior Vice President from February 1996 until May 1998; Vice
President Products Marketing from 1988 to February
1996; Manager of Products Marketing from 1987 to 1988; and
Special Assistant for Corporate Planning from 1983 to 1987.
Mr. Pefanis was also President of several former midstream
subsidiaries of Plains Resources until PAAs formation.
Dean Liollio has served as President and Director of our
general partner since January 2010. He has served as President
of PAAs natural gas storage business since November 2008.
Prior to joining PAAs natural gas storage business,
Mr. Liollio served as President, Chief Executive Officer
and Director of Energy South, Inc. from August 2006 until its
acquisition by Sempra in October 2008. He previously spent
23 years at Centerpoint Energy, most recently serving as
Division President and COO of Southern Gas Operations.
Al Swanson has served as Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Director of our general partner since
January 2010 and as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of PAAs general partner since November 2008. He
served as Senior Vice President Finance of
PAAs general partner from August 2008 until November 2008
and as Senior Vice President Finance and Treasurer
from August 2007 until August 2008. He also served as Vice
President Finance and Treasurer of PAAs
general partner from August 2005 to August 2007, as Vice
President and Treasurer from February 2004 to August 2005 and as
Treasurer from May 2001 to February 2004. In addition, he held
finance related positions at Plains Resources including
Treasurer from February 2001 to May 2001 and Director of
Treasury from November 2000 to February 2001. Prior to joining
Plains Resources, he served as Treasurer of Santa Fe Snyder
Corporation from 1999 to October 2000 and in various capacities
at Snyder Oil Corporation including Director of Corporate
Finance from 1998, Controller SOCO Offshore, Inc.
from 1997, and Accounting Manager from 1992. Mr. Swanson
began his career with Apache Corporation in 1986 serving in
internal audit and accounting.
Richard McGee has served as Vice President
Legal and Business Development of our general partner since
January 2010. He has served as Vice President of PAAs
natural gas storage business since September 2009. From January
1999 to July 2009, he was employed by Duke Energy, serving as
President of Duke Energy International from October 2001 through
July 2009 and serving as general counsel of Duke Energy Services
from January 1999 through September 2001. He previously spent
12 years at Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., where he was
a partner with a focus on acquisitions, divestitures and
development work for various clients in the energy industry.
Dan Noack has served as Vice President
Operations of our general partner since January 2010. He has
served as Vice President of Operations of PAAs natural gas
storage business since July 2008. Most recently, from January
2005 until June 2008, he served as storage manager for Energy
Transfer Partners responsible for their three storage assets and
76 Bcf of working gas capacity, and from January 2002 until
December 2004, he served as a storage consultant for
El Paso Field Services (GulfTerra) responsible for their
eight storage assets, 26 cavern wells, 23 Bcf of working
gas capacity and 40 MMbbls of liquid storage capacity.
Richard Tomaski has served as Vice President
Marketing of our general partner since January 2010. He has
served as Vice President of PAAs natural gas storage
business since September 2005. From April 2002 until September
2005, he served as Vice President of Sempra Energy Trading,
where he had responsibility for natural gas trading and gas
storage marketing at Bluewater and Pine Prairie. From August
1996 until April 2002, he served in several capacities with
Enron Corp. and Enron North America.
Tina L. Val has served as Vice President
Accounting and Chief Accounting Officer of our general partner
since January 2010 and as Vice President Accounting
and Chief Accounting Officer of PAAs general partner since
June 2003. She served as Controller from April 2000 until she
was elected to her current
124
position. From January 1998 to January 2000, Ms. Val served
as a consultant to Conoco de Venezuela S.A. She previously
served as Senior Financial Analyst for Plains Resources from
October 1994 to July 1997.
Each of the current members of the board of directors brings a
strong and unique background and set of skills to the board.
Most of the current members of our board of directors have
managed PAAs natural gas storage business since 2005 and
have extensive experience managing, operating, building,
acquiring and integrating energy assets, including natural gas
storage assets and other midstream energy assets.
Compensation
of Our Officers
We and our general partner were formed in January 2010.
Accordingly, our general partner has not accrued any obligations
with respect to management incentive or retirement benefits for
our directors and officers for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2009 or for any prior periods. Accordingly, we
are not presenting any compensation for historical periods.
Because the executive officers of our general partner are
employees of PAAs general partner, compensation will be
paid by PAAs general partner and reimbursed by us. The
officers of our general partner, as well as the employees of
PAAs general partner who provide services to us, may
participate in employee benefit plans and arrangements sponsored
by PAA, including plans that may be established in the future.
Our general partner has not entered into any employment
agreements with any of our officers. We anticipate that, in
connection with the closing of this offering, the board of
directors of our general partner will grant awards to our key
employees and our outside directors pursuant to the Long-Term
Incentive Plan described below; however, the board has not yet
made any determination as to the number of awards, the type of
awards or when the awards would be granted. Certain of our key
employees hold grants under PAAs long-term incentive plan.
It is our intent to replace such grants with grants of
equivalent value under our Long-Term Incentive Plan following
the closing of this offering.
Our
Long-Term Incentive Plan
Our general partner intends to adopt the PAA Natural Gas Storage
Long-Term Incentive Plan for the employees, directors and
consultants of our general partner and its affiliates, including
PAA, who perform services for us. The Long-Term Incentive Plan
will consist of restricted units, phantom units, unit options
and deferred common units. The Long-Term Incentive Plan will
limit the number of units that may be delivered pursuant to
awards under the plan
to
units. Units forfeited or withheld to satisfy tax withholding
obligations become available for delivery pursuant to other
awards. The Long-Term Incentive Plan will be administered by the
board of directors and compensation committee of our general
partner.
The board of directors of our general partner may terminate or
amend the Long-Term Incentive Plan at any time with respect to
any units for which a grant has not yet been made. Our board of
directors also has the right to alter or amend the Long-Term
Incentive Plan or any part of the Long-Term Incentive Plan from
time to time, including increasing the number of units that may
be granted, subject to unitholder approval as may be required by
the exchange upon which the common units are listed at that
time, if any. No change may be made in any outstanding grant
that would materially reduce the benefits of the participant
without the consent of the participant. The Long-Term Incentive
Plan will expire upon its termination by the board of directors
or, if earlier, when no units remain available under the
Long-Term Incentive Plan for awards. Upon termination of the
Long-Term Incentive Plan, awards then outstanding will continue
pursuant to the terms of their grants.
Restricted Units. A restricted unit is a
common unit that vests over a period of time and that during
such time is subject to forfeiture. In the future, the plan
administrator may determine to make grants of restricted units
under the Long-Term Incentive Plan to employees, directors and
consultants, containing such terms as the plan administrator
determines. The plan administrator will determine the period
over which restricted units will vest. The plan administrator,
in its discretion, may base its determination upon the
achievement of specified financial objectives or other events.
In addition, the restricted units may vest upon a change in
control, as defined in the relevant grant letter. Distributions
made on restricted units may be subjected to vesting provisions.
If a grantees employment, consulting arrangement or
membership on the
125
board of directors terminates for any reason, the grantees
restricted units will be automatically forfeited unless, and to
the extent, the plan administrator or the terms of the award
agreement provide otherwise.
Phantom Units. A phantom unit entitles the
grantee to receive a common unit upon the vesting of the phantom
unit or, in the discretion of the plan administrator, cash
equivalent to the value of a common unit. In the future, the
plan administrator may determine to make grants of phantom units
under the plan to employees, consultants and directors
containing such terms as the plan administrator determines. The
plan administrator will determine the period over which phantom
units granted to employees and members of our board will vest.
The plan administrator, in its discretion, may base its
determination upon the achievement of specified financial
objectives or other events. In addition, the phantom units may
vest upon a change in control, as defined in the relevant grant
letter. If a grantees employment, consulting arrangement
or membership on the board of directors terminates for any
reason, the grantees phantom units will be automatically
forfeited unless, and to the extent, the plan administrator or
the terms of the award agreement provide otherwise.
The plan administrator, in its discretion, may grant
distribution equivalent rights, which we refer to as DERs, with
respect to a phantom unit. DERs entitle the grantee to receive a
cash payment equal to the cash distributions made on a common
unit during the period the phantom unit is outstanding. The plan
administrator will establish whether the DERs are paid
currently, when the tandem phantom unit vests or on some other
basis.
We intend the grant of restricted units and issuance of any
common units upon vesting of the phantom units under the plan to
serve as a means of incentive compensation for performance and
not primarily as an opportunity to participate in the equity
appreciation of our common units. Therefore, plan participants
will not pay any consideration for the common units they
receive, and we will receive no remuneration for the units.
Deferred Common Units. The plan administrator
may determine to make grants of deferred common units to
non-employee directors of our general partner. A deferred common
unit represents one common unit, which vests immediately upon
issuance and is available to the holder upon termination or
retirement from the board of directors of our general partner.
Deferred common units awarded to directors receive all cash or
other distributions paid by us on account of our common units.
Common units to be delivered as restricted units, upon the
vesting of phantom units, or in connection with deferred common
units, may be newly issued common units, common units acquired
by us in the open market, common units acquired by us from any
other person, or any combination of the foregoing. If we issue
new common units upon vesting of the phantom units, the total
number of common units outstanding will increase.
Unit Options. The Long-Term Incentive Plan
also permits the grant of options covering common units and unit
appreciation rights. Unit options represent the right to
purchase a number of common units at a specified exercise price.
Unit appreciation rights represent the right to receive the
appreciation in the value of a number of common units over a
specified exercise price, either in cash or in common units as
determined by the plan administrator. Unit options and unit
appreciation rights may be granted to such eligible individuals
and with such terms as the plan administrator may determine that
are consistent with the plan; however, a unit option or unit
appreciation right must have an exercise price greater than or
equal to the fair market value of a common unit on the date of
grant.
U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of Awards Under the
Long-Term Incentive Plan. Generally, when
restricted units, phantom units, deferred common units or unit
options are granted, there are no income tax consequences for
the participant or us. Upon the payment to the participant of
common units
and/or cash
in respect of the award of phantom units or deferred common
units or the release of restrictions on restricted units,
including any distributions that have been made thereon, the
participant recognizes compensation equal to the fair market
value of the cash
and/or units
as of the date of delivery or release.
Class B
Units of Our General Partner
We expect our general partner to authorize the issuance to
members of our management team Class B units, each
representing a profits interest in our general partner. The
Class B units will be limited to
126
proportionate participation in cash distributions paid by our
general partner above specified quarterly distribution levels.
The cost of the obligations represented by the Class B
units will be borne solely by our general partner. We will not
be obligated to reimburse our general partner for such costs and
any distributions made on such Class B units will not
reduce the amount of cash available for distribution to our
unitholders. Under generally accepted accounting principles,
however, the Class B units represent an equity compensation
plan for our benefit. Accordingly, once the likelihood of
achievement of a performance threshold is considered probable,
we will record an expense related to the fair market value of
the associated interest at the date of grant, proportionate to
the relevant service period incurred through such date. Any
balance will be amortized over the remaining service period
through the achievement of such performance threshold. An
offsetting entry will be recorded to partners capital to
reflect a capital contribution from our general partner equal to
the amount recorded as expense in our financial statements.
Terms of each grant will vary, but are expected to include
performance benchmarks that encourage and reward the growth of
our partnership through acquisitions and other terms that
encourage retention.
Compensation
of Our Directors
The officers or employees of our general partner or of
PAAs general partner who also serve as directors of our
general partner will not receive additional compensation for
their service as a director of our general partner. Directors of
our general partner who are not officers or employees of our
general partner or of PAAs general partner will receive
compensation as set by our general partners board of
directors upon recommendation from our general partners
compensation committee. In addition, non-employee directors will
be reimbursed for
out-of-pocket
expenses in connection with attending meetings of the board of
directors or its committees.
Each director will be indemnified for his actions associated
with being a director to the fullest extent permitted under
Delaware law.
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
Our general partners board of directors intends to
establish a compensation committee, but has yet to do so.
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
All of our executive officers and other personnel necessary for
our business to function will be employed and compensated by
PAAs general partner, subject to reimbursement by us. We
and our general partner were formed in January 2010, therefore,
we incurred no cost or liability with respect to compensation of
our executive officers, nor has our general partner accrued any
liabilities for management incentive or retirement benefits for
our executive officers for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2009 or for any prior periods.
Responsibility and authority for compensation-related decisions
for executive officers dedicated to our business will reside
with the compensation committee of our general partner.
Responsibility and authority for compensation-related decisions
for executive officers with responsibilities to both us and PAA
will reside with the compensation committee of PAAs
general partner. Our officers will manage our business as part
of the service provided by PAA under the omnibus agreement, and
the compensation for all of our executive officers will be
indirectly paid by us through reimbursements to PAA. Our general
partners compensation committee will also be responsible
for the future administration of our LTIP and for compensation
of our general partners non-employee directors.
We expect that the future compensation of our executive officers
will be structured in a manner similar to that of PAA. PAA
employs a compensation philosophy that emphasizes
pay-for-performance (primarily the ability to increase
sustainable quarterly distributions to unitholders), both on an
individual and entity level, and places the majority of each
executive officers compensation at risk. PAA believes its
pay-for-performance
approach aligns the interests of its executive officers with
that of its unitholders, and at the same time enables
127
PAA to maintain a lower level of base overhead in the event its
operating and financial performance fails to meet expectations.
PAA designs its executive compensation to attract and retain
individuals with the background and skills necessary to
successfully execute its business model in a demanding
environment, to motivate those individuals to reach near-term
and long-term goals in a way that aligns their interest with
that of its unitholders, and to reward success in reaching such
goals. PAA uses three primary elements of compensation to
fulfill that design salary, cash bonus and long-term
equity incentive awards. Cash bonuses and equity incentives (as
opposed to salary) represent the performance driven elements.
They are also flexible in application and can be tailored to
meet PAAs objectives. The determination of specific
individuals cash bonuses reflects their relative
contribution to achieving or exceeding annual goals, and the
determination of specific individuals long-term incentive
awards is based on their expected contribution in respect of
longer term performance objectives. PAA does not maintain a
defined benefit or pension plan for its executive officers,
because it believes such plans primarily reward longevity rather
than performance. PAA provides a basic benefits package
generally to all employees, which includes a 401(k) plan and
health, disability and life insurance. Employees provided to us
under the omnibus agreement will enjoy the same basic benefits.
In instances considered necessary for the execution of their job
responsibilities, PAA also reimburses certain of its executive
officers and other employees for club dues and similar expenses.
128
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our
units that, upon the consummation of this offering and the
related transactions and assuming that underwriters do not
exercise their option to purchase up
to
additional common units, will be owned by:
|
|
|
|
|
each person or group of persons known by us to be a beneficial
owner of 5% or more of the then outstanding units;
|
|
|
|
each member of and nominee to the board of directors of our
general partner;
|
|
|
|
each executive officer of our general partner; and
|
|
|
|
all directors and officers of our general partner as a group.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
|
Series B
|
|
|
of Series B
|
|
|
Total Common
|
|
|
|
Common
|
|
|
of Common
|
|
|
Subordinated
|
|
|
Subordinated
|
|
|
Subordinated
|
|
|
Subordinated
|
|
|
and Subordinated
|
|
|
|
Units to be
|
|
|
Units to be
|
|
|
Units to be
|
|
|
Units to be
|
|
|
Units to be
|
|
|
Units to be
|
|
|
Units to be
|
|
Name and Address of
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
Beneficial Owner(1)
|
|
Owned(2)
|
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Plains All American Pipeline, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
Greg L. Armstrong
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
Harry N. Pefanis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
Dean Liollio
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
Al Swanson
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
Richard McGee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
Dan Noack
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
Richard Tomaski
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
Tina L. Val
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
All directors and executive officers of our general partner as a
group (8 persons)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Less than 1% |
|
(1) |
|
Unless otherwise indicated, the address for all beneficial
owners in this table is 333 Clay Street, Suite 1100,
Houston, Texas 77002. |
|
(2) |
|
Does not include common units that may be purchased in the
directed unit program. See Underwriting. |
The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2009,
the number of common units of Plains All American Pipeline, L.P.
owned by each of the executive officers and directors of our
general partner and all directors and executive officers of our
general partner as a group. As of December 31, 2009, there
were 136,135,988 common units of Plains All American Pipeline,
L.P. issued and outstanding.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PAA Common Units Owned Directly
|
|
|
Percentage of PAA Common
|
|
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)
|
|
or Indirectly(2)
|
|
|
Units Beneficially Owned
|
|
|
Greg L. Armstrong
|
|
|
347,490
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Harry N. Pefanis
|
|
|
221,118
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Dean Liollio
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Al Swanson
|
|
|
15,803
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Richard McGee
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dan Noack
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Richard Tomaski
|
|
|
3,400
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Tina L. Val
|
|
|
15,543
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
All directors and executive officers of our general partner as a
group (8 persons)
|
|
|
613,354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Less than 1% |
|
(1) |
|
Unless otherwise indicated, the address for all beneficial
owners in this table is 333 Clay Street, Suite 1100,
Houston, Texas 77002. |
|
(2) |
|
Does not include unvested phantom units under PAAs
Long-Term Incentive Plans, none of which will vest within
60 days after December 31, 2009. |
129
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
After this offering, PAA will
own
common units, Series A
subordinated units
and
Series B subordinated units, representing an
aggregate % limited partner
interest in us. In addition, PAA will own our general partner,
which will own a 2.0% general partner interest in us and all of
our incentive distribution rights.
Distributions
and Payments to Our General Partner and Its Affiliates
The following table summarizes the distributions and payments to
be made by us to our general partner and its affiliates in
connection with our formation, ongoing operation and any
liquidation of the partnership, assuming that the underwriters
do not exercise their option to purchase additional common
units. These distributions and payments were determined by and
among affiliated entities.
|
|
|
Formation stage |
|
|
The aggregate consideration received by PAA for the contribution
of the assets and liabilities to us |
|
common
units;
|
|
|
Series A
subordinated units;
|
|
|
Series B
subordinated units;
|
|
|
2.0% general partner interest; and
|
|
|
our incentive distribution rights.
|
|
Operational stage |
|
|
Distributions of available cash to our general partner and its
affiliates |
|
We will generally make cash distributions 98.0% to our
unitholders pro rata, including PAA as the holder of common
units
and
Series A subordinated units, and 2.0% to our general
partner, assuming it makes any capital contributions necessary
to maintain its 2.0% interest in us. In addition, if
distributions exceed the minimum quarterly distribution and
other higher target distribution levels, our general partner
will be entitled to increasing percentages of the distributions,
up to 50% of the distributions above the highest target
distribution level, including the general partners 2%
general partner interest. |
|
|
|
Assuming we have sufficient available cash to pay the full
minimum quarterly distribution on all of our outstanding common
units and Series A subordinated units for four quarters,
our general partner would receive an annual distribution of
approximately $ million on
its general partner interest and PAA would receive an annual
distribution of approximately
$ million on its common units
and Series A subordinated units. |
|
|
|
If our general partner elects to reset the target distribution
levels, it will be entitled to receive common units. The
Series B subordinated units are not entitled to cash
distributions unless and until they convert to Series A
subordinated units or common units. |
|
Payments to our general partner and its affiliates |
|
Our general partner does not receive a management fee or other
compensation for the management of our partnership. Our general
partner and its affiliates are reimbursed, however, for all
direct and indirect expenses incurred on our behalf. Our general
partner determines the amount of these expenses. In addition, we
will reimburse PAA for the provision of various general and
administrative |
130
|
|
|
|
|
services for our benefit pursuant to the omnibus agreement and
the costs and expenses of employees provided to us. Please read
Agreements Governing the
Transaction Omnibus Agreement below. |
|
Withdrawal or removal of our general partner |
|
If our general partner withdraws or is removed, its general
partner interest and its incentive distribution rights will
either be sold to the new general partner for cash or converted
into common units, in each case for an amount equal to the fair
market value of those interests. Please read The
Partnership Agreement Withdrawal or Removal of Our
General Partner. |
|
Liquidation stage |
|
|
Liquidation |
|
Upon our liquidation, our partners, including our general
partner, will be entitled to receive liquidating distributions
according to their respective capital account balances. |
Agreements
Governing the Transactions
We and other parties have or will enter into the various
documents and agreements that will affect the offering
transactions, including the vesting of assets in, and the
assumption of liabilities by, us and our subsidiaries, and the
application of the proceeds of this offering. These agreements
have been negotiated among affiliated parties. All of the
transaction expenses incurred in connection with these
transactions, including the expenses associated with
transferring assets into our subsidiaries, will be paid from the
proceeds of this offering.
Omnibus
Agreement
Concurrently with the closing of our initial public offering, we
will enter into an omnibus agreement with PAA and certain of its
affiliates, pursuant to which we will agree upon certain aspects
of our relationship with them, including, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
the provision by PAAs general partner to us of certain
general and administrative services and our agreement to
reimburse PAAs general partner for such services;
|
|
|
|
the provision by PAAs general partner of such employees as
may be necessary to operate and manage our business, and our
agreement to reimburse PAAs general partner for the
expenses associated with such employees;
|
|
|
|
certain indemnification obligations; and
|
|
|
|
our use of the name Plains All American,
PAA and related marks.
|
PAAs indemnification obligations will include certain
liabilities relating to:
|
|
|
|
|
for a period of three years after the closing of this offering,
environmental liabilities, including (i) any violation or
correction of violation of environmental laws associated with
our assets, where a correction of violation would include
assessment, investigation, monitoring, remediation, or other
similar action and (ii) any event, omission or condition
associated with the ownership of our assets (including presence
of hazardous materials), including (A) the cost and expense
of any assessment, investigation, monitoring, remediation or
other similar action and (B) the cost and expense of any
environmental or toxic tort litigation, provided that
(i) the aggregate amount payable to us pursuant to this
bullet point does not exceed $15 million and
(ii) amounts are only payable to us pursuant to this bullet
point after liabilities relating to this bullet point have
exceeded $250,000;
|
131
|
|
|
|
|
until 60 days after the applicable statute of limitations,
any of our federal, state and local income tax liabilities
attributable to the ownership and operation of our assets and
the assets of our subsidiaries prior to the closing of this
offering;
|
|
|
|
for a period of three years after the closing of this offering,
the failure to have all necessary consents and governmental
permits where such failure renders us unable to use and operate
our assets in substantially the same manner in which they were
used and operated immediately prior to the closing of this
offering; and
|
|
|
|
for a period of three years after the closing of this offering,
our failure to have valid and indefeasible easement rights,
rights-of-way,
leasehold
and/or fee
ownership interest in the lands where our assets are located and
such failure prevents us from using or operating our assets in
substantially the same manner as operated immediately prior to
the closing of this offering.
|
In no event will PAA be obligated to indemnify us for any
claims, losses or expenses or income taxes referred to above to
the extent either (i) reserved for in our financial statements
as of December 31, 2010, or (ii) we recover any such
amounts under available insurance coverage, from contractual
rights or other recoveries against any third party.
In addition, we will also agree to indemnify PAA and its general
partner from any losses, costs or damages incurred by PAA or its
general partner that are attributable to the ownership and
operation of our assets and the assets of our subsidiaries
following the closing of this offering, subject to the same
limitations on PAAs indemnity to us.
With respect to the provision by PAAs general partner of
certain general and administrative services and such management
and operating services as may be necessary to manage and operate
the business of the Partnership, we will reimburse PAAs
general partner for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred
by it in connection with the performance of these services and
will also reimburse PAAs general partner for any sales,
use, excise, value added or similar taxes incurred by it in
connection with the provision of the services and all insurance
coverage expenses it incurs or payments it makes with respect to
our assets.
The omnibus agreement will also provide that PAAs general
partner will provide specified employees to our general partner
to provide our general partner with those services necessary to
operate, manage, maintain and report the operating results of
the Partnerships assets. Such employees will be under the
direction, supervision and control of our general partner and
our general partner will reimburse PAAs general partner
for all costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with the
employees.
The omnibus agreement can be amended by written agreement of all
the parties to the agreement. However, the partnership may not
agree to any amendment or modification that will, in the
reasonable discretion of our general partner, have an adverse
affect on the holders of our common units without the prior
approval of the conflicts committee.
Except for the indemnification provisions set forth in the
agreement, the omnibus agreement will terminate if PAA ceases to
own more than 50% of our or our general partners voting
securities or may be terminated by PAA if PNGS GP LLC is removed
as our general partner under circumstances where
cause does not exist and the common units held by
PAA and its affiliates were not voted in favor of such removal.
Related
Party Transactions
Potential
PAA Financial Support
PAA may elect, but is not obligated, to provide financial
support to us under certain circumstances, such as in connection
with an acquisition or expansion capital project. Our
partnership agreement contains provisions designed to facilitate
this process and reduce concerns regarding conflicts of interest
by describing certain transactions which, by definition, will be
deemed fair to our unitholders. For example, our partnership
agreement contains provisions designed to facilitate PAAs
ability to provide us with financial support while reducing
concerns regarding conflicts of interest by defining certain
potential financing transactions between PAA and us as fair to
our unitholders. In that regard, the following forms of
potential PAA financial support
132
will be deemed fair to our unitholders, and will not constitute
a breach of any duty by our general partner, if consummated on
terms not less favorable than those described below:
|
|
|
|
|
We may issue common units to PAA at a price per common unit of
no less than 95% of the trailing
20-day
average closing price per common unit; provided, however, we may
redeem any such common units (assuming PAAs agreement) at
a price per common unit no greater than 95% of the trailing
20-day
average closing price per common unit.
|
|
|
|
We may borrow funds from PAA on terms that include a tenor of no
more than three years and a fixed rate of interest that is no
more than (i) 100 basis points higher than the fixed rate
of interest incurred by PAA on any senior notes or other
financial instruments issued by PAA to fund such loan to us or
(ii) in the event no such notes or other financial
instruments have been issued by PAA to fund such loans to us,
100 basis points higher than the weighted average of
PAAs outstanding senior note issues.
|
We have no obligation to seek financing from PAA on the terms
described above or to accept such financing if offered to us. In
addition, PAA will have no obligation to provide financial
support under these or any other circumstances. We would
anticipate that PAA would provide such support to us only if
permitted under the relevant provisions of its debt instruments
at the time. Finally, the existence of these provisions will not
preclude other forms of financial support from PAA, including
financial support on significantly less favorable terms if we
conclude that such support is in, or not opposed to, our best
interests.
Contracts
with Affiliates
In December 2008, PAA made a $600,000 loan to Dean Liollio,
President of PAAs natural gas storage business, to assist
him with the payment of relocation expenses incurred in
connection with his employment with PAAs general partner.
The loan did not bear any interest and has since been repaid in
full.
133
CONFLICTS
OF INTEREST AND FIDUCIARY DUTIES
Conflicts
of Interest
Conflicts of interest exist and may arise in the future as a
result of the relationships between our general partner and its
affiliates, including PAA, on the one hand, and our partnership
and our limited partners, on the other hand. The directors and
officers of our general partner have fiduciary duties to manage
our general partner in a manner beneficial to its owners. At the
same time, our general partner has a fiduciary duty to manage
our partnership in a manner beneficial to us and our unitholders.
Whenever a conflict arises between our general partner or its
affiliates, on the one hand, and us and our limited partners, on
the other hand, our general partner will resolve that conflict.
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that modify and
limit our general partners fiduciary duties to our
unitholders. Our partnership agreement also restricts the
remedies available to our unitholders for actions taken by our
general partner that, without those limitations, might
constitute breaches of its fiduciary duty.
Our general partner will not be in breach of its obligations
under our partnership agreement or its fiduciary duties to us or
our unitholders if the resolution of the conflict is:
|
|
|
|
|
approved by the conflicts committee of our general partner,
although our general partner is not obligated to seek such
approval;
|
|
|
|
approved by the vote of a majority of the outstanding common
units, excluding any common units owned by our general partner
or any of its affiliates;
|
|
|
|
on terms no less favorable to us than those generally being
provided to or available from unrelated third parties; or
|
|
|
|
fair and reasonable to us, taking into account the totality of
the relationships among the parties involved, including other
transactions that may be favorable or advantageous to us.
|
Our general partner may, but is not required to, seek the
approval of such resolution from the conflicts committee of its
board of directors. In connection with a situation involving a
conflict of interest, any determination by our general partner
involving the resolution of the conflict of interest must be
made in good faith, provided that, if our general partner does
not seek approval from the conflicts committee and its board of
directors determines that the resolution or course of action
taken with respect to the conflict of interest satisfies either
of the standards set forth in the third and fourth bullet points
above, then it will be presumed that, in making its decision,
the board of directors acted in good faith, and in any
proceeding brought by or on behalf of any limited partner or the
partnership, the person bringing or prosecuting such proceeding
will have the burden of overcoming such presumption. Unless the
resolution of a conflict is specifically provided for in our
partnership agreement, our general partner or the conflicts
committee may consider any factors that it determines in good
faith to be appropriate when resolving a conflict. Under our
partnership agreement, a determination made in good faith means
that the person making the determination does so with the
subjective belief that the determination is in, or not opposed
to, the best interests of our partnership.
Conflicts of interest could arise in the situations described
below, among others.
Neither
our partnership agreement nor any other agreement requires PAA
to pursue a business strategy that favors us or utilizes our
assets or dictates what markets to pursue or grow. Directors of
the ultimate general partner of PAA have a fiduciary duty to
make these decisions in the best interests of the owners of PAA,
which may be contrary to our interests.
Because certain of the directors of our general partner are also
directors
and/or
officers of PAAs general partner, such directors have
fiduciary duties to PAA that may cause them to pursue business
strategies that disproportionately benefit PAA or which
otherwise are not in our best interests.
134
Our
general partner and its affiliates are allowed to take into
account the interests of parties other than us in resolving
conflicts of interest.
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that reduce the
fiduciary standards to which our general partner would otherwise
be held by state fiduciary duty law. For example, our
partnership agreement permits our general partner to make a
number of decisions in its individual capacity, as opposed to in
its capacity as our general partner. This entitles our general
partner to consider only the interests and factors that it
desires, and it has no duty or obligation to give any
consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, us, our
affiliates or our limited partners. Examples include our general
partners limited call right, its voting rights with
respect to the units it owns, its registration rights and its
determination whether or not to consent to any merger or
consolidation of the partnership.
Certain
of the executive officers of our general partner will devote a
substantial portion of time to the business of PAA and will be
compensated by PAA accordingly.
Certain of the executive officers of our general partner are
also executive officers of PAAs general partner, including
Greg L. Armstrong, Harry N. Pefanis, Al Swanson and Tina L. Val,
and will devote a substantial portion of their time to
PAAs business and affairs. We will also utilize a
significant number of employees of PAA to operate our business
and for which we will reimburse PAA under the omnibus agreement
for expenses of operational personnel who perform services for
our benefit and for allocated general and administrative
expenses. Please read Certain Relationships and Related
Party Transactions Agreements Governing the
Transactions Omnibus Agreement. Our general
partner and PAA will also conduct businesses and activities of
their own in which we will have no economic interest. If these
separate activities are significantly greater than our
activities, there could be material competition for the time and
effort of the executive officers of our general partner.
PAA
may engage in competition with us.
While PAA has stated that it intends to utilize our partnership
as the primary vehicle through which it will participate in the
natural gas storage business, PAA and its affiliates are not
limited in their ability to compete with us.
Our
partnership agreement limits the liability of and reduces the
fiduciary duties owed by our general partner, and also restricts
the remedies available to our unitholders for actions that,
without the limitations, might constitute breaches of its
fiduciary duty.
In addition to the provisions described above, our partnership
agreement contains provisions that restrict the remedies
available to our unitholders for actions that might otherwise
constitute breaches of our general partners fiduciary
duty. For example, our partnership agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
provides that our general partner will not have any liability to
us or our unitholders for decisions made in its capacity as a
general partner so long as such decisions are made in good
faith, meaning it subjectively believed that the determination
was in, or not opposed to, the best interests of our partnership;
|
|
|
|
provides generally that affiliated transactions and resolutions
of conflicts of interest not approved by the conflicts committee
of the board of directors of our general partner and not
involving a vote of the common unitholders must either be
(1) on terms no less favorable to us than those generally
provided to or available from unrelated third parties or
(2) fair and reasonable to us, as determined by
our general partner in good faith, provided that, in determining
whether a transaction or resolution is fair and
reasonable, our general partner may consider the totality
of the relationships between the parties involved, including
other transactions that may be advantageous or beneficial to
us; and
|
|
|
|
provides that our general partner and its officers and directors
will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our limited
partners resulting from any act or omission unless there has
been a final and non-appealable judgment entered by a court of
competent jurisdiction determining that our general partner
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
or its officers or directors, as the case may be, acted in bad
faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct.
|
Except
in limited circumstances, our general partner has the power and
authority to conduct our business without unitholder
approval.
Under our partnership agreement, our general partner has full
power and authority to do all things, other than those items
that require unitholder approval or with respect to which our
general partner has sought conflicts committee approval, on such
terms as it determines to be necessary or appropriate to conduct
our business including, but not limited to, the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of
money, the assumption or guarantee of or other contracting for,
indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of
indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into
our securities, and the incurring of any other obligations;
|
|
|
|
the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of our
securities, or the issuance of additional options, rights,
warrants and appreciation rights relating to our securities;
|
|
|
|
the mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of
any or all of our assets;
|
|
|
|
the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts,
conveyances or other instruments;
|
|
|
|
the distribution of our cash;
|
|
|
|
the selection and dismissal of employees and agents, outside
attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the
determination of their compensation and other terms of
employment or hiring;
|
|
|
|
the maintenance of insurance for our benefit and the benefit of
our partners;
|
|
|
|
the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, the
contribution of property to, and the making of loans to, any
limited or general partnership, joint venture, corporation,
limited liability company or other entity;
|
|
|
|
the control of any matters affecting our rights and obligations,
including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in
equity, otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation,
arbitration or mediation and the incurring of legal expense, the
settlement of claims and litigation;
|
|
|
|
the indemnification of any person against liabilities and
contingencies to the extent permitted by law;
|
|
|
|
the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or the
rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other
agencies having jurisdiction over our business or
assets; and
|
|
|
|
the entering into of agreements with any of its affiliates to
render services to us or to itself in the discharge of its
duties as our general partner.
|
Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner must
act in good faith when making decisions on our
behalf, and our partnership agreement further provides that in
order for a determination to be made in good faith,
our general partner must subjectively believe that the
determination is in, or not opposed to, our best interests.
Please read The Partnership Agreement Voting
Rights for information regarding matters that require
unitholder approval.
Our
general partner determines the amount and timing of asset
purchases and sales, capital expenditures, borrowings, issuance
of additional partnership securities and the creation, reduction
or increase of cash reserves, each of which can affect the
amount of cash that is distributed to our
unitholders.
The amount of cash that is available for distribution to our
unitholders is affected by the decisions of our general partner
regarding such matters as:
|
|
|
|
|
the amount and timing of asset purchases and sales;
|
|
|
|
cash expenditures;
|
136
|
|
|
|
|
borrowings;
|
|
|
|
the issuance of additional units; and
|
|
|
|
the creation, reduction or increase of cash reserves in any
quarter.
|
Our general partner determines the amount and timing of any
capital expenditures and whether a capital expenditure is
classified as a maintenance capital expenditure, which reduces
distributable cash flow. This determination can affect the
amount of cash that is distributed to our unitholders and to our
general partner, the ability of the Series A subordinated
units to convert into common units and the ability of the
Series B subordinated units to convert into Series A
subordinated units or common units.
In addition, our general partner may use an amount, initially
equal to $40 million, which would not otherwise constitute
available cash from distributable cash flow, in order to permit
the payment of cash distributions on its units and incentive
distribution rights. All of these actions may affect the amount
of cash distributed to our unitholders and our general partner
and may facilitate the conversion of Series A subordinated
units into common units and the conversion of Series B
subordinated units into Series A subordinated units or
common units. Please read Provisions of our Partnership
Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.
In addition, borrowings by us and our affiliates do not
constitute a breach of any duty owed by our general partner to
our unitholders, including borrowings that have the purpose or
effect of:
|
|
|
|
|
enabling our general partner or its affiliates to receive
distributions on any Series A subordinated units held by
them or the incentive distribution rights;
|
|
|
|
hastening the expiration of the subordination period; or
|
|
|
|
achieving the financial conditions necessary for the
Series B subordinated units to convert to Series A
subordinated units or common units.
|
For example, in the event we have not generated sufficient cash
from our operations to pay the minimum quarterly distribution on
our common units and Series A subordinated units, our
partnership agreement permits us to borrow funds, which would
enable us to make this distribution on all of our outstanding
common units and Series A subordinated units. Please read
Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions Subordination Period.
Our partnership agreement provides that we and our subsidiaries
may borrow funds from our general partner and its affiliates.
Moreover, our general partner and its affiliates may borrow
funds from us, or our subsidiaries.
Our
general partner determines which of the costs it incurs on our
behalf are reimbursable by us.
We will reimburse our general partner and its affiliates for the
costs incurred in managing and operating us, including costs
incurred both by it and on its behalf pursuant to service
arrangements with PAA. Our partnership agreement provides that
our general partner will determine in good faith the expenses
that are allocable to us.
Our
partnership agreement does not restrict our general partner from
causing us to pay it or its affiliates for any services rendered
to us or from entering into additional contractual arrangements
with any of these entities on our behalf.
Our partnership agreement allows our general partner to
determine, in good faith, any amounts to pay itself or its
affiliates for any services rendered to us. Our general partner
may also enter into additional contractual arrangements with any
of its affiliates on our behalf. Similarly, agreements,
contracts or arrangements between us and our general partner and
its affiliates that are entered into following the closing of
this offering are contracts with affiliates. In some
circumstances, our general partner may determine that the
conflicts committee of our general partner may make a
determination on our behalf with respect to such arrangements.
137
Our general partner will determine, in good faith, the terms of
any such transactions entered into after the close of this
offering.
Our general partner and its affiliates will have no obligation
to permit us to use any of its or its affiliates
facilities or assets, except as may be provided in contracts
entered into specifically for such use. There is no obligation
of our general partner or its affiliates to enter into any
contracts of this kind.
Our
general partner intends to limit its liability regarding our
obligations.
Our general partner intends to limit its liability under
contractual arrangements so that counterparties to such
agreements have recourse only against our assets, and not
against our general partner or its assets. Our partnership
agreement provides that any action taken by our general partner
to limit its liability is not a breach of our general
partners fiduciary duties, even if we could have obtained
more favorable terms without the limitation on liability.
Our
general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase all
of the common units not owned by it and its affiliates if they
own more than 80% of our common units.
Our general partner may exercise its right to call and purchase
common units, as provided in our partnership agreement, or may
assign this right to one of its affiliates or to us. Our general
partner is not bound by fiduciary duty restrictions in
determining whether to exercise this right. As a result, a
common unitholder may be required to sell his common units at an
undesirable time or price. Please read The Partnership
Agreement Limited Call Right.
Our
general partner controls the enforcement of its and its
affiliates obligations to us.
Any agreements between us, on the one hand, and our general
partner and its affiliates, on the other, will not grant to the
unitholders, separate and apart from us, the right to enforce
the obligations of our general partner and its affiliates in our
favor.
Our
general partner decides whether to retain separate counsel,
accountants or others to perform services for us.
The attorneys, independent accountants and others who have
performed services for us regarding this offering have been
retained by our general partner. Attorneys, independent
accountants and others who perform services for us are selected
by our general partner or the conflicts committee and may
perform services for our general partner and its affiliates. We
may retain separate counsel for ourselves or the holders of
common units in the event of a conflict of interest between our
general partner and its affiliates, on the one hand, and us or
the holders of common units, on the other, depending on the
nature of the conflict. We do not intend to do so in most cases.
Our
general partner may elect to cause us to issue common units to
it in connection with a resetting of the target distribution
levels related to our general partners incentive
distribution rights without the approval of the conflicts
committee of the board of directors of our general partner or
our unitholders. This election may result in lower distributions
to our common unitholders in certain situations.
Our general partner has the right to reset the initial target
distribution levels at higher levels based on our cash
distribution at the time of the exercise of the reset election
if and when (i) there are no Series A subordinated
units outstanding and (ii) it has received incentive
distributions at the highest level to which it is entitled (48%)
for each of the prior four consecutive fiscal quarters.
Following a reset election by our general partner, the minimum
quarterly distribution will be reset to an amount equal to the
average cash distribution per common unit for the two fiscal
quarters immediately preceding the reset election (such amount
is referred
138
to as the reset minimum quarterly distribution), and
each target distribution level will be reset to the
correspondingly higher amount that causes such reset target
distribution level to exceed the reset minimum quarterly
distribution by the same percentage that such distribution level
exceeds the then-current minimum quarterly distribution. Our
general partner will have the right to reset the minimum
quarterly distribution whether or not any Series B
subordinated units remain outstanding.
We anticipate that our general partner would exercise this reset
right in order to facilitate acquisitions or internal growth
projects that would not be sufficiently accretive to cash
distributions per common unit without such conversion; however,
it is possible that our general partner could exercise this
reset election at a time when we are experiencing declines in
our aggregate cash distributions or at a time when our general
partner expects that we will experience declines in our
aggregate cash distributions in the foreseeable future. In such
situations, our general partner may be experiencing, or may
expect to experience, declines in the cash distributions it
receives related to its incentive distribution rights and may
therefore desire to be issued common units, which are entitled
to specified priorities with respect to our distributions and
which therefore may be more advantageous for the general partner
to own in lieu of the right to receive incentive distribution
payments based on target distribution levels that are less
certain to be achieved in the then-current business environment.
As a result, a reset election may cause our common unitholders
to experience dilution in the amount of cash distributions that
they would have otherwise received had we not issued new common
units to our general partner in connection with resetting the
target distribution levels related to our general partners
incentive distribution rights. Please read Provisions of
Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions General Partner Interest and Incentive
Distribution Rights.
Fiduciary
Duties
Our general partner is accountable to us and our unitholders as
a fiduciary. Fiduciary duties owed to unitholders by our general
partner are prescribed by law and our partnership agreement. The
Delaware Act provides that Delaware limited partnerships may, in
their partnership agreements, modify, restrict or expand the
fiduciary duties otherwise owed by a general partner to limited
partners and the partnership.
Our partnership agreement contains various provisions modifying
and restricting the fiduciary duties that might otherwise be
owed by our general partner. We have adopted these restrictions
to allow our general partner or its affiliates to engage in
transactions with us that might otherwise be prohibited by
state-law fiduciary duty standards and to take into account the
interests of other parties in addition to our interests when
resolving conflicts of interest. We believe this is appropriate
and necessary because our general partners board of
directors will have fiduciary duties to manage our general
partner in a manner that is beneficial to its owner, as well as
to our unitholders. Without these modifications, our general
partners ability to make decisions involving conflicts of
interest would be restricted. The modifications to the fiduciary
standards enable our general partner to take into consideration
all parties involved in the proposed action, so long as the
resolution is fair and reasonable to us. These modifications
also enable our general partner to attract and retain
experienced and capable directors. These modifications are
detrimental to our unitholders because they restrict the
remedies available to unitholders for actions that might
otherwise constitute breaches of fiduciary duty, as described
below, and permit our general partner to take into account the
interests of third parties in addition to our interests when
resolving conflicts of interest. The following is a summary of
the material restrictions of the fiduciary duties owed by our
general partner to the limited partners:
|
|
|
State-law fiduciary duty standards |
|
Fiduciary duties are generally considered to include an
obligation to act in good faith and with due care and loyalty.
The duty of care, in the absence of a provision in a partnership
agreement providing otherwise, would generally require a general
partner to act for the partnership in the same manner as a
prudent person would act on his own behalf. The duty of loyalty,
in the absence of a provision in a partnership agreement
providing otherwise, would generally prohibit a general partner
of a Delaware limited partnership from taking any action or
engaging in any transaction where a conflict of interest is
present. |
139
|
|
|
Partnership agreement modified standards |
|
Our partnership agreement contains provisions that waive or
consent to conduct by our general partner and its affiliates
that might otherwise raise issues about compliance with
fiduciary duties or applicable law. For example, our partnership
agreement provides that when our general partner is acting in
its capacity as our general partner, as opposed to in its
individual capacity, it must act in good faith and
will not be subject to any other standard under applicable law.
In addition, when our general partner is acting in its
individual capacity, as opposed to in its capacity as our
general partner, it may act without any fiduciary obligation to
us or the unitholders whatsoever. These standards reduce the
obligations to which our general partner would otherwise be held. |
|
|
|
Our partnership agreement generally provides that affiliated
transactions and resolutions of conflicts of interest that are
not approved by a vote of common unitholders and that are not
approved by the conflicts committee of the board of directors of
our general partner must be |
|
|
|
on terms no less favorable to us than those
generally being provided to, or available from, unrelated third
parties; or
|
|
|
|
fair and reasonable to us, taking into
account the totality of the relationships between the parties
involved (including other transactions that may be favorable or
advantageous to us).
|
|
|
|
If our general partner does not seek approval from the conflicts
committee and the board of directors determines that the
resolution or course of action taken with respect to the
conflict of interest satisfies either of the standards set forth
in the bullet points above, then it will be presumed that, in
making its decision, the board of directors, which may include
board members affected by the conflict of interest, acted in
good faith. In any proceeding brought by or on behalf of any
limited partner or the partnership, the person bringing or
prosecuting such proceeding will have the burden of overcoming
such presumption. These standards reduce the obligations to
which our general partner would otherwise be held. |
|
|
|
In addition to the other more specific provisions limiting the
obligations of our general partner, our partnership agreement
further provides that our general partner and its officers and
directors will not be liable for monetary damages to us or our
limited partners for errors of judgment or for any acts or
omissions unless there has been a final and non-appealable
judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that
our general partner or its officers and directors acted in bad
faith or engaged in fraud or willful misconduct. |
The Delaware Act generally provides that a limited partner may
institute legal action on behalf of the partnership to recover
damages from a third party where a general partner has refused
to institute the action or where an effort to cause a general
partner to do so is not likely to succeed. In addition, the
statutory or case law of some jurisdictions may permit a limited
partner to institute legal action on behalf of himself and all
other similarly situated limited partners to recover damages
from a general partner for violations of its fiduciary duties to
the limited partners.
140
By purchasing our common units, each common unitholder
automatically agrees to be bound by the provisions in our
partnership agreement, including the provisions discussed above.
This is in accordance with the policy of the Delaware Act
favoring the principle of freedom of contract and the
enforceability of partnership agreements. The failure of a
limited partner to sign a partnership agreement does not render
the partnership agreement unenforceable against that person.
Under our partnership agreement, we must indemnify our general
partner and its officers, directors, managers and certain other
specified persons, to the fullest extent permitted by law,
against liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by our general
partner or these other persons. We must provide this
indemnification unless there has been a final and non-appealable
judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction determining that
these persons acted in bad faith or engaged in fraud or willful
misconduct. We must also provide this indemnification for
criminal proceedings unless our general partner or these other
persons acted with knowledge that their conduct was unlawful.
Thus, our general partner could be indemnified for its negligent
acts if it meets the requirements set forth above. To the extent
these provisions purport to include indemnification for
liabilities arising under the Securities Act, in the opinion of
the SEC, such indemnification is contrary to public policy and,
therefore, unenforceable. Please read The Partnership
Agreement Indemnification.
141
DESCRIPTION
OF THE COMMON UNITS
The
Units
The common units, the Series A subordinated units and the
Series B subordinated units are separate classes of limited
partner interests in us. The holders of units are entitled to
participate in partnership distributions and exercise the rights
or privileges available to limited partners under our
partnership agreement. For a description of the relative rights
and preferences of holders of common units, Series A
subordinated units and Series B subordinated units in and
to partnership distributions, please read this section and
Our Cash Distribution Policy and Restrictions on
Distributions. For a description of the rights and
privileges of limited partners under our partnership agreement,
including voting rights, please read The Partnership
Agreement.
Transfer
Agent and Registrar
Duties. American Stock Transfer &
Trust Company will serve as the registrar and transfer
agent for the common units. We will pay all fees charged by the
transfer agent for transfers of common units except the
following that must be paid by unitholders:
|
|
|
|
|
surety bond premiums to replace lost or stolen certificates,
taxes and other governmental charges;
|
|
|
|
special charges for services requested by a common
unitholder; and
|
|
|
|
other similar fees or charges.
|
There will be no charge to unitholders for disbursements of our
cash distributions. We will indemnify the transfer agent, its
agents and each of their stockholders, directors, officers and
employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of
acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity,
except for any liability due to any gross negligence or
intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.
Resignation or Removal. The transfer agent may
resign, by notice to us, or be removed by us. The resignation or
removal of the transfer agent will become effective upon our
appointment of a successor transfer agent and registrar and its
acceptance of the appointment. If no successor has been
appointed and accepted the appointment within 30 days after
notice of the resignation or removal, our general partner may
act as the transfer agent and registrar until a successor is
appointed.
Transfer
of Common Units
By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership
agreement, each transferee of common units shall be admitted as
a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred
when such transfer and admission are reflected in our books and
records. Each transferee:
|
|
|
|
|
represents that the transferee has the capacity, power and
authority to become bound by our partnership agreement;
|
|
|
|
automatically agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of,
and is deemed to have executed, our partnership
agreement; and
|
|
|
|
is deemed to have given the consents and approvals contained in
our partnership agreement, such as the approval of all
transactions and agreements that we are entering into in
connection with our formation and this offering.
|
A transferee will become a substituted limited partner of our
partnership for the transferred common units automatically upon
the recording of the transfer on our books and records. Our
general partner will cause any transfers to be recorded on our
books and records no less frequently than quarterly.
We may, at our discretion, treat the nominee holder of a common
unit as the absolute owner. In that case, the beneficial
holders rights are limited solely to those that it has
against the nominee holder as a result of any agreement between
the beneficial owner and the nominee holder.
142
Common units are securities that are transferable according to
the laws governing the transfer of securities. In addition to
other rights acquired upon transfer, the transferor gives the
transferee the right to become a substituted limited partner in
our partnership for the transferred common units.
Until a common unit has been transferred on our books, we and
the transfer agent may treat the record holder of the unit as
the absolute owner for all purposes, except as otherwise
required by law or stock exchange regulations.
143
THE
PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT
The following is a summary of the material provisions of our
partnership agreement. The form of our partnership agreement is
included in this prospectus as Appendix A and will be
adopted contemporaneously with the closing of this offering. We
will provide prospective investors with a copy of our
partnership agreement upon request at no charge.
We summarize the following provisions of our partnership
agreement elsewhere in this prospectus:
|
|
|
|
|
with regard to distributions of available cash, please read
Provisions of Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions;
|
|
|
|
with regard to the fiduciary duties of our general partner,
please read Conflicts of Interest and Fiduciary
Duties;
|
|
|
|
with regard to the transfer of common units, please read
Description of the Common Units Transfer of
Common Units; and
|
|
|
|
with regard to allocations of taxable income and taxable loss,
please read Material Income Tax Consequences.
|
Organization
and Duration
Our partnership was organized in January 2010 and will have a
perpetual existence.
Purpose
Our purpose, as set forth in our partnership agreement, is
limited to any business activity that is approved by our general
partner and that lawfully may be conducted by a limited
partnership organized under Delaware law; provided, that our
general partner shall not cause us to engage, directly or
indirectly, in any business activity that the general partner
determines would cause us to be treated as an association
taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxable as an entity for
federal income tax purposes.
Although our general partner has the ability to cause us and our
subsidiaries to engage in activities other than the business of
the acquisition, development, operation and commercial
management of natural gas storage facilities and related
activities, our general partner has no current plans to do so
and may decline to do so free of any fiduciary duty or
obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including
any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or
the limited partners. Our general partner is generally
authorized to perform all acts it determines to be necessary or
appropriate to carry out our purposes and to conduct our
business.
Power of
Attorney
Each limited partner, and each person who acquires a unit from a
unitholder, by accepting the unit, automatically grants to our
general partner and, if appointed, a liquidator, a power of
attorney to, among other things, execute and file documents
required for our qualification, continuance or dissolution. The
power of attorney also grants our general partner the authority
to amend, and to grant consents and waivers under, our
partnership agreement.
Cash
Distributions
Our partnership agreement specifies the manner in which we will
make cash distributions to holders of our common units and other
partnership securities as well as to our general partner in
respect of its general partner interest and its incentive
distribution rights. For a description of these cash
distribution provisions, please read Provisions of Our
Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions.
Capital
Contributions
Unitholders are not obligated to make additional capital
contributions, except as described below under
Limited Liability.
144
If we issue additional units, our general partner has the right,
but not the obligation, to contribute a proportionate amount of
capital to us to maintain its 2.0% general partner interest. Our
general partners 2.0% interest, and the percentage of our
cash distributions to which it is entitled, will be
proportionately reduced if we issue additional units in the
future and our general partner does not contribute a
proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 2.0%
general partner interest. Our general partner will be entitled
to make a capital contribution in order to maintain its 2.0%
general partner interest in the form of the contribution to us
of common units based on the current market value of the
contributed common units.
Voting
Rights
The following is a summary of the unitholder vote required for
approval of the matters specified below. The 2.0% general
partner interest is not deemed outstanding for purposes of
voting rights and such interest represents a non-voting general
partner interest. Matters that require the approval of a
unit majority require:
|
|
|
|
|
during the subordination period, the approval of a majority of
the common units, excluding those common units held by our
general partner and its affiliates, and a majority of the
subordinated units, voting as separate classes; and
|
|
|
|
after the subordination period, the approval of a majority of
the common units, voting as a single class.
|
In voting their common and subordinated units, our general
partner and its affiliates will have no fiduciary duty or
obligation whatsoever to us or the limited partners, including
any duty to act in good faith or in the best interests of us or
the limited partners.
|
|
|
Issuance of additional units |
|
No approval right. |
|
Amendment of the partnership agreement |
|
Certain amendments may be made by the general partner without
the approval of the unitholders. Other amendments generally
require the approval of a unit majority. Please read
Amendment of the Partnership Agreement. |
|
Merger of our partnership or the sale of all or substantially
all of our assets |
|
Unit majority in certain circumstances. Please read
Merger, Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or
Other Disposition of Assets. |
|
Dissolution of our partnership |
|
Unit majority. Please read Termination and
Dissolution. |
|
Continuation of our business upon dissolution |
|
Unit majority. Please read Termination and
Dissolution. |
|
Withdrawal of our general partner |
|
Under most circumstances, the approval of a majority of the
common units, excluding common units held by our general partner
and its affiliates, is required for the withdrawal of our
general partner prior to June 30, 2020 in a manner that
would cause dissolution of our partnership. Please read
Withdrawal or Removal of the General
Partner. |
|
Removal of our general partner |
|
Not less than
662/3%
of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, including
units held by our general partner and its affiliates. Please
read Withdrawal or Removal of Our General
Partner. |
|
Transfer of our general partner interest |
|
Our general partner may transfer all, but not less than all, of
its general partner interest in us without a vote of our
unitholders to an affiliate or another person in connection with
its merger or consolidation with or into, or sale of all or
substantially all of its assets to, such person. The approval of
a majority of the common units, excluding common units held by
our general partner and its |
145
|
|
|
|
|
affiliates, is required in other circumstances for a transfer of
the general partner interest to a third party prior to
June 30, 2020. Please read Transfer of
General Partner Interest. |
|
Transfer of incentive distribution rights |
|
Except for transfers to an affiliate or another person as part
of our general partners merger or consolidation, sale of
all or substantially all of its assets or the sale of all of the
ownership interests in our general partner, the approval of a
majority of the common units, excluding common units held by our
general partner and its affiliates, is required in most
circumstances for a transfer of the incentive distribution
rights to a third party prior to June 30, 2020. Please read
Transfer of Incentive Distribution
Rights. |
|
Transfer of ownership interests in our general partner |
|
No approval required at any time. Please read
Transfer of Ownership Interests in the General
Partner. |
Limited
Liability
Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the
control of our business within the meaning of the Delaware Act
and that he otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of
the partnership agreement, his liability under the Delaware Act
will be limited, subject to possible exceptions, to the amount
of capital he is obligated to contribute to us for his common
units plus his share of any undistributed profits and assets.
However, if it were determined that the right, or exercise of
the right, by the limited partners as a group:
|
|
|
|
|
to remove or replace our general partner;
|
|
|
|
to approve some amendments to our partnership agreement; or
|
|
|
|
to take other action under our partnership agreement;
|
constituted participation in the control of our
business for the purposes of the Delaware Act, then the limited
partners could be held personally liable for our obligations
under the laws of Delaware, to the same extent as our general
partner. This liability would extend to persons who transact
business with us under the reasonable belief that the limited
partner is a general partner. Neither our partnership agreement
nor the Delaware Act specifically provides for legal recourse
against our general partner if a limited partner were to lose
limited liability through any fault of our general partner.
While this does not mean that a limited partner could not seek
legal recourse, we know of no precedent for this type of a claim
in Delaware case law.
Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a
distribution to a partner if, after the distribution, all
liabilities of the limited partnership, other than liabilities
to partners on account of their partnership interests and
liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to
specific property of the partnership, would exceed the fair
value of the assets of the limited partnership. For the purpose
of determining the fair value of the assets of a limited
partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of
property subject to liability for which recourse of creditors is
limited shall be included in the assets of the limited
partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that
property exceeds the nonrecourse liability. The Delaware Act
provides that a limited partner who receives a distribution and
knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was
in violation of the Delaware Act shall be liable to the limited
partnership for the amount of the distribution for three years.
Under the Delaware Act, a substituted limited partner of a
limited partnership is liable for the obligations of his
assignor to make contributions to the partnership, except that
such person is not obligated for liabilities unknown to him at
the time he became a limited partner and that could not be
ascertained from the partnership agreement.
Our subsidiaries conduct business in two states and we may have
subsidiaries that conduct business in other states in the
future. Maintenance of our limited liability as a member of the
operating company may
146
require compliance with legal requirements in the jurisdictions
in which the operating company conducts business, including
qualifying our subsidiaries to do business there.
Limitations on the liability of limited partners for the
obligations of a limited partnership have not been clearly
established in many jurisdictions. If, by virtue of our
ownership interest in our operating company or otherwise, it
were determined that we were conducting business in any state
without compliance with the applicable limited partnership or
limited liability company statute, or that the right or exercise
of the right by the limited partners as a group to remove or
replace our general partner, to approve some amendments to our
partnership agreement, or to take other action under our
partnership agreement constituted participation in the
control of our business for purposes of the statutes of
any relevant jurisdiction, then the limited partners could be
held personally liable for our obligations under the law of that
jurisdiction to the same extent as our general partner under the
circumstances. We will operate in a manner that our general
partner considers reasonable and necessary or appropriate to
preserve the limited liability of the limited partners.
Issuance
of Additional Securities
Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited
number of additional partnership securities for the
consideration and on the terms and conditions determined by our
general partner without the approval of the unitholders.
It is possible that we will fund acquisitions through the
issuance of additional common units, Series A subordinated
units or other partnership securities. Holders of any additional
common units we issue will be entitled to share equally with the
then-existing holders of common units in our distributions of
available cash. In addition, the issuance of additional common
units or other partnership securities may dilute the value of
the interests of the then-existing holders of common units in
our net assets.
In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our
partnership agreement, we may also issue additional partnership
securities that, as determined by our general partner, may have
special voting rights to which the common units are not
entitled. In addition, our partnership agreement does not
prohibit our subsidiaries from issuing equity securities, which
may effectively rank senior to the common units.
Upon issuance of additional partnership securities (other than
the issuance of partnership securities issued in connection with
a reset of the incentive distribution target levels relating to
our general partners incentive distribution rights or the
issuance of partnership securities upon conversion of
outstanding partnership securities), our general partner will be
entitled, but not required, to make additional capital
contributions to the extent necessary to maintain its 2.0%
general partner interest in us. Our general partners 2.0%
interest in us will be reduced if we issue additional units in
the future and our general partner does not contribute a
proportionate amount of capital to us to maintain its 2.0%
general partner interest. Moreover, our general partner will
have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole
or in part to any of its affiliates, to purchase common units,
Series A subordinated units or other partnership securities
whenever, and on the same terms that, we issue those securities
to persons other than our general partner and its affiliates, to
the extent necessary to maintain the percentage interest of the
general partner and its affiliates, including such interest
represented by common units and Series A subordinated
units, that existed immediately prior to each issuance. The
holders of common units will not have preemptive rights to
acquire additional common units or other partnership securities.
Amendment
of the Partnership Agreement
General. Amendments to our partnership
agreement may be proposed only by or with the consent of our
general partner. However, our general partner will have no duty
or obligation to propose any amendment and may decline to do so
free of any fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the
limited partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in
the best interests of us or the limited partners. In order to
adopt a proposed amendment, other than the amendments discussed
below, our general partner is required to seek written approval
of the holders of the number of units required to approve the
amendment or to call a meeting of the limited partners to
consider and vote upon the proposed amendment. Except as
described below, an amendment must be approved by a unit
majority.
147
Prohibited Amendments. No amendment may be
made that would:
|
|
|
|
|
enlarge the obligations of any limited partner without its
consent, unless approved by at least a majority of the type or
class of limited partner interests so affected; or
|
|
|
|
enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or
rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable,
reimbursable or otherwise payable by us to our general partner
or any of its affiliates without the consent of our general
partner, which consent may be given or withheld at its option.
|
The provision of our partnership agreement preventing the
amendments having the effects described in the clauses above can
be amended upon the approval of the holders of at least 90% of
the outstanding units, voting as a single class (including units
owned by our general partner and its affiliates). Upon
completion of the offering, affiliates of our general partner
will own an aggregate of
approximately % of our outstanding
common units, Series A subordinated units and Series B
subordinated units.
No Unitholder Approval. Our general partner
may generally make amendments to our partnership agreement
without the approval of any limited partner to reflect:
|
|
|
|
|
a change in our name, the location of our principal place of
business, our registered agent or our registered office;
|
|
|
|
the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners
in accordance with our partnership agreement;
|
|
|
|
a change that our general partner determines to be necessary or
appropriate to qualify or continue our qualification as a
limited partnership or a partnership in which the limited
partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or
to ensure that neither we nor any of our subsidiaries will be
treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise
taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes;
|
|
|
|
an amendment that is necessary, in the opinion of our counsel,
to prevent us or our general partner or its directors, officers,
agents or trustees from in any manner being subjected to the
provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Investment
Advisors Act of 1940 or plan asset regulations
adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of
1974, or ERISA, whether or not substantially similar to plan
asset regulations currently applied or proposed;
|
|
|
|
an amendment that our general partner determines to be necessary
or appropriate for the authorization of additional partnership
securities or the right to acquire partnership securities,
including any amendment that our general partner determines is
necessary or appropriate in connection with:
|
|
|
|
|
|
the adjustments of the minimum quarterly distribution, first
target distribution and second target distribution in connection
with the reset of our general partners incentive
distribution rights as described under Provisions of Our
Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash Distributions
General Partners Right to Reset Incentive Distribution
Levels, or
|
|
|
|
any modification of the incentive distribution rights made in
connection with the issuance of additional partnership
securities or rights to acquire partnership securities, provided
that, any such modifications and related issuance of partnership
securities have received approval by a majority of the members
of the conflicts committee of our general partner;
|
|
|
|
|
|
any amendment expressly permitted in our partnership agreement
to be made by our general partner acting alone;
|
|
|
|
an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger
agreement that has been approved under the terms of our
partnership agreement;
|
|
|
|
any amendment that our general partner determines to be
necessary or appropriate for the formation by us of, or our
investment in, any corporation, partnership or other entity, as
otherwise permitted by our partnership agreement;
|
148
|
|
|
|
|
a change in our fiscal year or taxable year and related changes;
|
|
|
|
conversions into, mergers with or conveyances to another limited
liability entity that is newly formed and has no assets,
liabilities or operations at the time of the conversion, merger
or conveyance other than those it receives by way of the
conversion, merger or conveyance; or
|
|
|
|
any other amendments substantially similar to any of the matters
described in the clauses above.
|
In addition, our general partner may make amendments to our
partnership agreement, without the approval of any limited
partner, if our general partner determines that those amendments:
|
|
|
|
|
do not adversely affect the limited partners (or any particular
class of limited partners) in any material respect;
|
|
|
|
are necessary or appropriate to satisfy any requirements,
conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive,
order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or
judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute;
|
|
|
|
are necessary or appropriate to facilitate the trading of
limited partner interests or to comply with any rule,
regulation, guideline or requirement of any securities exchange
on which the limited partner interests are or will be listed for
trading;
|
|
|
|
are necessary or appropriate for any action taken by our general
partner relating to splits or combinations of units under the
provisions of our partnership agreement; or
|
|
|
|
are required to effect the intent expressed in this prospectus
or the intent of the provisions of our partnership agreement or
are otherwise contemplated by our partnership agreement.
|
Opinion of Counsel and Unitholder
Approval. Our general partner will not be
required to obtain an opinion of counsel that an amendment will
neither result in a loss of limited liability to the limited
partners nor result in our being treated as a taxable entity for
federal income tax purposes in connection with any of the
amendments. Except for amendments not requiring limited partner
approval, no other amendments to our partnership agreement will
become effective without the approval of holders of at least 90%
of the outstanding units, voting as a single class, unless we
first obtain an opinion of counsel to the effect that the
amendment will not affect the limited liability under applicable
law of any of our limited partners.
In addition to the above restrictions, any amendment that would
have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of
any type or class of outstanding units in relation to other
classes of units will require the approval of at least a
majority of the type or class of units so affected. Any
amendment that reduces the voting percentage required to take
any action is required to be approved by the affirmative vote of
limited partners whose aggregate outstanding units constitute
not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced.
Merger,
Consolidation, Conversion, Sale or Other Disposition of
Assets
A merger, consolidation or conversion of us requires the prior
consent of our general partner. However, our general partner
will have no duty or obligation to consent to any merger,
consolidation or conversion and may decline to do so free of any
fiduciary duty or obligation whatsoever to us or the limited
partners, including any duty to act in good faith or in the best
interests of us or the limited partners.
In addition, our partnership agreement generally prohibits our
general partner, without the prior approval of the holders of a
unit majority, from causing us to, among other things, sell,
exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our
assets in a single transaction or a series of related
transactions, including by way of merger, consolidation or other
combination, or approving on our behalf the sale, exchange or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of
our subsidiaries. Our general partner may, however, mortgage,
pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or
substantially all of our assets without such approval. Our
general partner may also sell all or substantially all of our
assets under a foreclosure or other realization upon those
encumbrances without such approval. Finally, our general partner
may consummate any merger without the prior approval of our
unitholders if we are the surviving entity in the transaction,
our
149
general partner has received an opinion of counsel regarding
limited liability and tax matters, the transaction would not
result in a material amendment to the partnership agreement,
each of our units will be an identical unit of our partnership
following the transaction and the partnership securities to be
issued do not exceed 20% of our outstanding partnership
securities immediately prior to the transaction.
If the conditions specified in our partnership agreement are
satisfied, our general partner may convert us or any of our
subsidiaries into a new limited liability entity or merge us or
any of our subsidiaries into, or convey all of our assets to, a
newly formed entity, if the sole purpose of that conversion,
merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in our legal
form into another limited liability entity, our general partner
has received an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability
and tax matters and the governing instruments of the new entity
provide the limited partners and our general partner with the
same rights and obligations as contained in our partnership
agreement. Our unitholders are not entitled to dissenters
rights of appraisal under our partnership agreement or
applicable Delaware law in the event of a conversion, merger or
consolidation, a sale of substantially all of our assets or any
other similar transaction or event.
Termination
and Dissolution
We will continue as a limited partnership until terminated under
our partnership agreement. We will dissolve upon:
|
|
|
|
|
the election of our general partner to dissolve us, if approved
by the holders of units representing a unit majority;
|
|
|
|
there being no limited partners, unless we are continued without
dissolution in accordance with applicable Delaware law;
|
|
|
|
the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of our
partnership; or
|
|
|
|
the withdrawal or removal of our general partner or any other
event that results in its ceasing to be our general partner
other than by reason of a transfer of its general partner
interest in accordance with our partnership agreement or its
withdrawal or removal following the approval and admission of a
successor.
|
Upon a dissolution under the last clause above, the holders of a
unit majority may also elect, within specific time limitations,
to continue our business on the same terms and conditions
described in our partnership agreement by appointing as a
successor general partner an entity approved by the holders of
units representing a unit majority, subject to our receipt of an
opinion of counsel to the effect that:
|
|
|
|
|
the action would not result in the loss of limited liability of
any limited partner; and
|
|
|
|
neither our partnership nor any of our subsidiaries would be
treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise
be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the
exercise of that right to continue.
|
Liquidation
and Distribution of Proceeds
Upon our dissolution, unless we are continued as a new limited
partnership, the liquidator authorized to wind up our affairs
will, acting with all of the powers of our general partner that
are necessary or appropriate, liquidate our assets and apply the
proceeds of the liquidation as described in Provisions of
Our Partnership Agreement Relating to Cash
Distributions Distributions of Cash Upon
Liquidation. The liquidator may defer liquidation or
distribution of our assets for a reasonable period of time or
distribute assets to partners in-kind if it determines that a
sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to our
partners.
Withdrawal
or Removal of our General Partner
Except as described below, our general partner has agreed not to
withdraw voluntarily as our general partner prior to
June 30, 2020 without obtaining the approval of the holders
of at least a majority of the outstanding common units,
excluding common units held by our general partner and its
affiliates, and
150
furnishing an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and
tax matters. On or after June 30, 2020, our general partner
may withdraw as general partner without first obtaining approval
of any unitholder by giving 90 days written notice,
and that withdrawal will not constitute a violation of our
partnership agreement. Notwithstanding the information above,
our general partner may withdraw without unitholder approval
upon 90 days notice to the limited partners if at
least 50% of the outstanding common units are held or controlled
by one person and its affiliates, other than our general partner
and its affiliates. In addition, our partnership agreement
permits our general partner, in some instances, to sell or
otherwise transfer all of its general partner interest in us
without the approval of the unitholders. Please read
Transfer of General Partner Interest and
Transfer of Incentive Distribution
Rights.
Upon withdrawal of our general partner under any circumstances,
other than as a result of a transfer by our general partner of
all or a part of its general partner interest in us, the holders
of a unit majority may select a successor to that withdrawing
general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected
but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax
matters cannot be obtained, we will be dissolved, wound up and
liquidated, unless within a specified period after that
withdrawal, the holders of a unit majority agree in writing to
continue our business and to appoint a successor general
partner. Please read Termination and
Dissolution.
Our general partner may not be removed unless that removal is
approved by the vote of the holders of not less than
662/3%
of the outstanding units, voting together as a single class,
including units held by our general partner and its affiliates,
and we receive an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability
and tax matters. Any removal of our general partner is also
subject to the approval of a successor general partner by the
vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding common
units, voting as a single class, and the outstanding
subordinated units, voting as a single class. The ownership of
more than
331/3%
of the outstanding units by our general partner and its
affiliates would give them the practical ability to prevent our
general partners removal. At the close of this offering,
affiliates of our general partner will own an aggregate of
approximately % of our outstanding
common units, including all of our Series A subordinated
units and Series B subordinated units.
Our partnership agreement also provides that if our general
partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances
where cause does not exist and the units held by our general
partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that
removal:
|
|
|
|
|
the subordination period will end, and all outstanding
Series A subordinated units will immediately convert into
common units on a
one-for-one
basis;
|
|
|
|
each Series B subordinated unit will immediately convert
into one common unit;
|
|
|
|
any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and
|
|
|
|
our general partner will have the right to convert its general
partner interest and its incentive distribution rights into
common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests
based on the fair market value of those interests at that time.
|
In the event of the removal of our general partner under
circumstances where cause exists or withdrawal of our general
partner where that withdrawal violates our partnership
agreement, a successor general partner will have the option to
purchase the general partner interest and incentive distribution
rights of the departing general partner for a cash payment equal
to the fair market value of those interests. Under all other
circumstances where our general partner withdraws or is removed
by the limited partners, the departing general partner will have
the option to require the successor general partner to purchase
the general partner interest of the departing general partner
and its incentive distribution rights for fair market value. In
each case, this fair market value will be determined by
agreement between the departing general partner and the
successor general partner. If no agreement is reached, an
independent investment banking firm or other independent expert
selected by the departing general partner and the successor
general partner will determine the fair market value. Or, if the
departing general partner and the successor general partner
cannot agree upon
151
an expert, then an expert chosen by agreement of the experts
selected by each of them will determine the fair market value.
If the option described above is not exercised by either the
departing general partner or the successor general partner, the
departing general partners general partner interest and
its incentive distribution rights will automatically convert
into common units equal to the fair market value of those
interests as determined by an investment banking firm or other
independent expert selected in the manner described in the
preceding paragraph.
In addition, we will be required to reimburse the departing
general partner for all amounts due the departing general
partner, including, without limitation, all employee-related
liabilities, including severance liabilities incurred as a
result of the termination of any employees employed for our
benefit by the departing general partner or its affiliates.
Transfer
of General Partner Interest
Except for transfer by our general partner of all, but not less
than all, of its general partner interest to:
|
|
|
|
|
an affiliate of our general partner (other than an
individual); or
|
|
|
|
another entity as part of the merger or consolidation of our
general partner with or into another entity or the transfer by
our general partner of all or substantially all of its assets to
another entity,
|
our general partner may not transfer all or any of its general
partner interest to another person prior to June 30, 2020
without the approval of the holders of at least a majority of
the outstanding common units, excluding common units held by our
general partner and its affiliates. As a condition of this
transfer, the transferee must assume, among other things, the
rights and duties of our general partner, agree to be bound by
the provisions of our partnership agreement and furnish an
opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters.
A change of control of our general partner does not constitute a
transfer of the general partner interest.
Our general partner and its affiliates may, at any time,
transfer common units or subordinated units to one or more
persons, without unitholder approval, except that they may not
transfer Series A subordinated units or Series B
subordinated units to us.
Transfer
of Ownership Interests in the General Partner
At any time, PAA and its affiliates may sell or transfer all or
part of its ownership interests in our general partner to an
affiliate or third party without the approval of our unitholders.
Transfer
of Incentive Distribution Rights
Our general partner or its affiliates or a subsequent holder may
transfer its incentive distribution rights to an affiliate of
the holder (other than an individual) or another entity as part
of the merger or consolidation of such holder with or into
another entity, the sale of all of the ownership interests in
such holder or the sale of all or substantially all of such
holders assets to that entity without the prior approval
of the unitholders; provided that, in the case of the sale of
ownership interests in such holder, the initial holder of the
incentive distribution rights continues to remain the general
partner following such sale. Prior to June 30, 2020, any
other transfer of incentive distribution rights will require the
affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding
common units, excluding common units held by our general partner
and its affiliates. On or after June 30, 2020, the
incentive distribution rights will be freely transferable.
Change of
Management Provisions
Our partnership agreement contains specific provisions that are
intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to
remove PNGS GP LLC as our general partner or from otherwise
changing our management. If any person or group, other than our
general partner and its affiliates, acquires beneficial
ownership of 20% or more of any class of units, that person or
group loses voting rights on all of its units. This loss of
voting rights does not apply to any person or group that
acquires the units directly from our general partner or its
affiliates or any transferee of that person or group that is
approved by our general partner or to any person or group who
acquires the units with the prior approval of the board of
directors of our general partner.
152
Our partnership agreement also provides that if our general
partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances
where cause does not exist and units held by our general partner
and its affiliates are not voted in favor of that removal:
|
|
|
|
|
the subordination period will end and all outstanding
Series A subordinated units will immediately convert into
common units on a
one-for-one
basis;
|
|
|
|
each Series B subordinated unit will immediately convert
into one common unit;
|
|
|
|
any existing arrearages in payment of the minimum quarterly
distribution on the common units will be extinguished; and
|
|
|
|
our general partner will have the right to convert its general
partner interest and its incentive distribution rights into
common units or to receive cash in exchange for those interests
based on the fair market value of those interests at that time.
|
Limited
Call Right
If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own more
than 80% of the then-issued and outstanding limited partner
interests of any class, our general partner will have the right,
which it may assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates
or to us, to acquire all, but not less than all, of the limited
partner interests of the class held by unaffiliated persons as
of a record date to be selected by our general partner, on at
least 10, but not more than 60, days notice. The purchase price
in the event of this purchase is the greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
the highest price paid by our general partner or any of its
affiliates for any limited partner interests of the class
purchased within the 90 days preceding the date on which
our general partner first mails notice of its election to
purchase those limited partner interests; and
|
|
|
|
the average of the daily closing prices of the partnership
securities of such class over the 20 trading days preceding the
date three days before the date the notice is mailed.
|
Our general partner may assign its limited call right to its
affiliates.
As a result of our general partners right to purchase
outstanding limited partner interests, a holder of limited
partner interests may have his limited partner interests
purchased at a price that may be lower than market prices at
various times prior to such purchase or lower than a unitholder
may anticipate the market price to be in the future. The tax
consequences to a unitholder of the exercise of this call right
are the same as a sale by that unitholder of his common units in
the market. Please read Material Income Tax
Consequences Disposition of Common Units.
Ineligible
Assignees; Redemption
Our general partner, acting on our behalf, may at any time
require any or all unitholders to certify:
|
|
|
|
|
that the unitholder is a U.S. individual or an entity
subject to U.S. federal income taxation on the income
generated by us; or
|
|
|
|
that, if the unitholder is a U.S. entity not subject to
U.S. federal income taxation on the income generated by us,
as in the case, for example, of a mutual fund taxed as a
regulated investment company or a partnership, all the
entitys owners are U.S. individuals or entities
subject to U.S. federal income taxation on the income
generated by us.
|
This certification can be changed in any manner our general
partner determines is necessary or appropriate to implement its
original purpose.
If a unitholder fails to furnish:
|
|
|
|
|
the required certification within 30 days after
request; or
|
|
|
|
provides a false certification; then
|
153
we will have the right, which we may assign to any of our
affiliates, to acquire all but not less than all of the units
held by such unitholder. Further, our general partner may elect
not to make distributions or allocate income or loss to such
unitholder.
The purchase price in the event of such an acquisition for each
unit held by such unitholder will be the lesser of:
(1) the price paid by such unitholder for the relevant
unit; and
(2) the average of the daily closing prices of the units
for the prior 20 consecutive trading days.
The purchase price will be paid in cash or by delivery of a
promissory note, as determined by our general partner. Any such
promissory note will bear interest at the rate of 5% annually
and be payable in three equal annual installments of principal
and accrued interest, commencing one year after the redemption
date.
Non-Citizen
Assignees; Redemption
If we are or become subject to federal, state or local laws or
regulations that, in the reasonable determination of our general
partner, create a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture
of any property that we have an interest in because of the
nationality, citizenship or other related status of any limited
partner, we may redeem the units held by that limited partner at
their current market price. In order to avoid any cancellation
or forfeiture, our general partner may require each limited
partner to furnish information about his nationality,
citizenship or related status. If a limited partner fails to
furnish information about his nationality, citizenship or other
related status within 30 days of a request for the
information or our general partner determines after receipt of
the information that the limited partner is not an eligible
citizen, the limited partner may be treated as a non-citizen
assignee. A non-citizen assignee is entitled to an interest
equivalent to that of a limited partner for the right to share
in allocations and distributions from us, including liquidating
distributions. A non-citizen assignee does not have the right to
direct the voting of his units and may not receive distributions
in-kind upon our liquidation.
Meetings;
Voting
Except as described below regarding a person or group owning 20%
or more of any class of units then outstanding, record holders
of units on the record date will be entitled to notice of, and
to vote at, meetings of our limited partners and to act upon
matters for which approvals may be solicited.
Our general partner does not anticipate that any meeting of our
unitholders will be called in the foreseeable future. Any action
that is required or permitted to be taken by the unitholders may
be taken either at a meeting of the unitholders or without a
meeting, if consents in writing describing the action so taken
are signed by holders of the number of units necessary to
authorize or take that action at a meeting. Meetings of the
unitholders may be called by our general partner or by
unitholders owning at least 20% of the outstanding units of the
class for which a meeting is proposed. Unitholders may vote
either in person or by proxy at meetings. The holders of a
majority of the outstanding units of the class or classes for
which a meeting has been called, represented in person or by
proxy, will constitute a quorum, unless any action by the
unitholders requires approval by holders of a greater percentage
of the units, in which case the quorum will be the greater
percentage.
Each record holder of a unit has a vote according to his
percentage interest in us, although additional limited partner
interests having special voting rights could be issued. Please
read Issuance of Additional Securities.
However, if at any time any person or group, other than our
general partner and its affiliates, or a direct or subsequently
approved transferee of our general partner or its affiliates,
acquires, in the aggregate, beneficial ownership of 20% or more
of any class of units then outstanding, that person or group
will lose voting rights on all of its units and the units may
not be voted on any matter and will not be considered to be
outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of unitholders,
calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum
or for other similar purposes. Common units held in nominee or
street name account will be voted by the broker or other nominee
in accordance with the instruction of the beneficial owner
unless the arrangement between the beneficial owner and his
nominee provides otherwise. Except as our partnership agreement
otherwise provides, subordinated units will vote together with
common units, as a single class.
154
Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy material required
or permitted to be given or made to record holders of common
units under our partnership agreement will be delivered to the
record holder by us or by the transfer agent.
Status as
Limited Partner
By transfer of common units in accordance with our partnership
agreement, each transferee of common units shall be admitted as
a limited partner with respect to the common units transferred
when such transfer and admission are reflected in our books and
records. Except as described under Limited
Liability, the common units will be fully paid, and
unitholders will not be required to make additional
contributions.
Indemnification
Under our partnership agreement, in most circumstances, we will
indemnify the following persons, to the fullest extent permitted
by law, from and against all losses, claims, damages or similar
events:
|
|
|
|
|
our general partner;
|
|
|
|
any departing general partner;
|
|
|
|
any person who is or was an affiliate of our general partner or
any departing general partner;
|
|
|
|
any person who is or was a director, officer, member, partner,
fiduciary or trustee of any entity set forth in the preceding
three bullet points;
|
|
|
|
any person who is or was serving as director, officer, member,
partner, fiduciary or trustee of another person at the request
of our general partner, any departing general partner, an
affiliate of our general partner or an affiliate of any
departing general partners; and
|
|
|
|
any person designated by our general partner.
|
Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of
our assets. Unless our general partner otherwise agrees, it will
not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to
contribute or lend funds or assets to us to enable us to
effectuate, indemnification. We may purchase insurance against
liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons
for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the
power to indemnify the person against liabilities under our
partnership agreement.
Reimbursement
of Expenses
Our partnership agreement requires us to reimburse our general
partner for all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or
payments it makes on our behalf and all other expenses allocable
to us or otherwise incurred by our general partner in connection
with the operation of our business. These expenses include
salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to
persons who perform services for us or on our behalf and
expenses allocated to our general partner by its affiliates. Our
general partner is entitled to determine in good faith the
expenses that are allocable to us.
Books and
Reports
Our general partner is required to keep appropriate books of our
business at our principal offices. These books will be
maintained for both tax and financial reporting purposes on an
accrual basis. For tax and fiscal reporting purposes, our fiscal
year is the calendar year.
We will furnish or make available to record holders of our
common units, within 120 days after the close of each
fiscal year, an annual report containing audited consolidated
financial statements and a report on those consolidated
financial statements by our independent public accountants.
Except for our fourth quarter, we will also furnish or make
available summary financial information within 90 days
after the close of each quarter.
We will furnish each record holder with information reasonably
required for tax reporting purposes within 90 days after
the close of each calendar year. This information is expected to
be furnished in summary form
155
so that some complex calculations normally required of partners
can be avoided. Our ability to furnish this summary information
to our unitholders will depend on their cooperation in supplying
us with specific information. Every unitholder will receive
information to assist him in determining his federal and state
tax liability and in filing his federal and state income tax
returns, regardless of whether he supplies us with the necessary
information.
Right to
Inspect Our Books and Records
Our partnership agreement provides that a limited partner can,
for a purpose reasonably related to his interest as a limited
partner, upon reasonable written demand stating the purpose of
such demand and at his own expense, have furnished to him:
|
|
|
|
|
a current list of the name and last known address of each
partner;
|
|
|
|
a copy of our tax returns;
|
|
|
|
information as to the amount of cash, and a description and
statement of the agreed value of any other property or services,
contributed or to be contributed by each partner and the date on
which each partner became a partner;
|
|
|
|
copies of our partnership agreement, our certificate of limited
partnership and related amendments and powers of attorney under
which they have been executed;
|
|
|
|
information regarding the status of our business and our
financial condition; and
|
|
|
|
any other information regarding our affairs as is just and
reasonable.
|
Our general partner may, and intends to, keep confidential from
the limited partners trade secrets or other information the
disclosure of which our general partner believes is not in our
best interests or that we are required by law or by agreements
with third parties to keep confidential.
Registration
Rights
Under our partnership agreement, we have agreed to register for
resale under the Securities Act and applicable state securities
laws any common units, subordinated units or other partnership
securities proposed to be sold by our general partner or any of
its affiliates or their assignees if an exemption from the
registration requirements is not otherwise available. These
registration rights continue for two years following any
withdrawal or removal of PNGS GP LLC as our general partner. We
are obligated to pay all expenses incidental to the
registration, excluding underwriting discounts and fees. Please
read Units Eligible for Future Sale.
156
UNITS
ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
After the sale of the common units offered hereby, PAA will hold
an aggregate
of common
units, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their
option to purchase up
to additional
common
units, Series A
subordinated units
and
Series B subordinated units. All of the Series A
subordinated units will convert into common units at the end of
the subordination period and some may convert earlier. The
Series B subordinated units are also eligible for
conversion into common units if certain operational and
financial conditions are satisfied and the end of the
subordination period has occurred. The sale of these units could
have an adverse impact on the price of the common units or on
any trading market that may develop.
The common units sold in the offering will generally be freely
transferable without restriction or further registration under
the Securities Act, except that any common units owned by an
affiliate of ours may not be resold publicly except
in compliance with the registration requirements of the
Securities Act or under an exemption under Rule 144 or
otherwise. Rule 144 permits securities acquired by an
affiliate of the issuer to be sold into the market in an amount
that does not exceed, during any three-month period, the greater
of:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the total number of the securities outstanding, or
|
|
|
|
the average weekly reported trading volume of the common units
for the four calendar weeks prior to the sale.
|
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to specific manner of
sale provisions, holding period requirements, notice
requirements and the availability of current public information
about us. A person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate
of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale,
and who has beneficially owned his common units for at least six
months (provided we are in compliance with the current public
information requirement) or one year (regardless of whether we
are in compliance with the current public information
requirement), would be entitled to sell common units under
Rule 144 without regard to the rules public
information requirements, volume limitations, manner of sale
provisions and notice requirements.
The partnership agreement does not restrict our ability to issue
any partnership securities. Any issuance of additional common
units or other equity securities would result in a corresponding
decrease in the proportionate ownership interest in us
represented by, and could adversely affect the cash
distributions to and market price of, our common units then
outstanding. Please read The Partnership
Agreement Issuance of Additional Securities.
Under our partnership agreement, our general partner and its
affiliates have the right to cause us to register under the
Securities Act and state securities laws the offer and sale of
any common units, subordinated units or other partnership
securities that they hold. Subject to the terms and conditions
of our partnership agreement, these registration rights allow
our general partner and its affiliates or their assignees
holding any units or other partnership securities to require
registration of any of these units or other partnership
securities and to include them in a registration by us of other
units, including units offered by us or by any unitholder. Our
general partner will continue to have these registration rights
for two years following its withdrawal or removal as our general
partner. In connection with any registration of this kind, we
will indemnify each unitholder participating in the registration
and its officers, directors and controlling persons from and
against any liabilities under the Securities Act or any state
securities laws arising from the registration statement or the
prospectus. We will bear all costs and expenses incidental to
any registration, excluding any underwriting discounts and fees.
Except as described below, our general partner and its
affiliates may sell their units or other partnership interests
in private transactions at any time, subject to compliance with
applicable laws.
PAA, our partnership, our general partner and its affiliates,
including the executive officers and directors of our general
partner, have agreed not to sell any common units they
beneficially own for a period of 180 days from the date of
this prospectus. For a description of these
lock-up
provisions, please read Underwriting.
157
MATERIAL
INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES
This section is a discussion of the material income tax
consequences that may be relevant to prospective unitholders who
are individual citizens or residents of the United States and,
unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, is the
opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., counsel to our
general partner and us, insofar as it relates to legal
conclusions with respect to matters of United States federal
income tax law. This section is based upon current provisions of
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
Internal Revenue Code), existing and proposed
Treasury regulations promulgated under the Internal Revenue Code
(the Treasury Regulations) and current
administrative rulings and court decisions, all of which are
subject to change. Later changes in these authorities may cause
the tax consequences to vary substantially from the consequences
described below. Unless the context otherwise requires,
references in this section to us or we
are references to PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. and our
operating companies.
The following discussion does not comment on all federal income
tax matters affecting us or our unitholders. Moreover, the
discussion focuses on unitholders who are individual citizens or
residents of the United States and has only limited application
to corporations, estates, trusts, nonresident aliens or other
unitholders subject to specialized tax treatment, such as
tax-exempt institutions,
non-U.S. persons,
individual retirement accounts (IRAs), employee benefit plans,
real estate investment trusts (REITs) or mutual funds.
Accordingly, we encourage each prospective unitholder to
consult, and depend on, his own tax advisor in analyzing the
federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences particular to
him of the ownership or disposition of common units.
No ruling has been or will be requested from the Internal
Revenue Service (the IRS) regarding any matter
affecting us or prospective unitholders. Instead, we will rely
on opinions of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. Unlike a ruling,
an opinion of counsel represents only that counsels best
legal judgment and does not bind the IRS or the courts.
Accordingly, the opinions and statements made herein may not be
sustained by a court if contested by the IRS. Any contest of
this sort with the IRS may materially and adversely impact the
market for the common units and the prices at which the common
units trade. In addition, the costs of any contest with the IRS,
principally legal, accounting and related fees, will result in a
reduction in cash available for distribution to our unitholders
and our general partner and thus will be borne indirectly by our
unitholders and our general partner. Furthermore, the tax
treatment of us, or of an investment in us, may be significantly
modified by future legislative or administrative changes or
court decisions. Any modifications may or may not be
retroactively applied.
All statements as to matters of law and legal conclusions, but
not as to factual matters, contained in this section, unless
otherwise noted, are the opinion of Vinson & Elkins
L.L.P. and are based on the accuracy of the representations made
by us.
For the reasons described below, Vinson & Elkins
L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion with respect to the following
specific federal income tax issues: (1) the treatment of a
unitholder whose common units are loaned to a short seller to
cover a short sale of common units (please read
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
Treatment of Short Sales); (2) whether our monthly
convention for allocating taxable income and losses is permitted
by existing Treasury Regulations (please read
Disposition of Common Units
Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees); and
(3) whether our method for depreciating Section 743
adjustments is sustainable in certain cases (please read
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
Section 754 Election).
Partnership
Status
A partnership is not a taxable entity and incurs no federal
income tax liability. Instead, each partner of a partnership is
required to take into account his share of items of income,
gain, loss and deduction of the partnership in computing his
federal income tax liability, regardless of whether cash
distributions are made to him by the partnership. Distributions
by a partnership to a partner are generally not taxable to the
partnership or the partner unless the amount of cash distributed
to him is in excess of the partners adjusted basis in his
partnership interest.
158
Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code provides that
publicly traded partnerships will, as a general rule, be taxed
as corporations. However, an exception, referred to in this
discussion as the Qualifying Income Exception,
exists with respect to publicly traded partnerships of which 90%
or more of the gross income for every taxable year consists of
qualifying income. Qualifying income includes income
and gains derived from the transportation, storage and
processing of crude oil, natural gas and products thereof. Other
types of qualifying income include interest (other than from a
financial business), dividends, gains from the sale of real
property and gains from the sale or other disposition of capital
assets held for the production of income that otherwise
constitutes qualifying income. We estimate that less
than % of our current gross income
is not qualifying income; however, this estimate could change
from time to time. Based upon and subject to this estimate, the
factual representations made by us and our general partner and a
review of the applicable legal authorities, Vinson &
Elkins L.L.P. is of the opinion that at least 90% of our current
gross income constitutes qualifying income. The portion of our
income that is qualifying income may change from time to time.
No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS and the IRS
has made no determination as to our status or the status of our
operating company for federal income tax purposes or whether our
operations generate qualifying income under
Section 7704 of the Internal Revenue Code. Instead, we will
rely on the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. on such
matters. It is the opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P.
that, based upon the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury
Regulations, published revenue rulings and court decisions and
the representations described below, we will be classified as a
partnership and our operating company will be disregarded as an
entity separate from us for federal income tax purposes.
In rendering its opinion, Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has
relied on factual representations made by us and our general
partner. Among the representations made by us and our general
partner upon which Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has relied
are the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Neither we nor the operating company has elected or will elect
to be treated as a corporation;
|
|
|
|
For each taxable year, more than 90% of our gross income has
been and will be income from sources that Vinson &
Elkins L.L.P. has opined or will opine as generating
qualifying income within the meaning of
Section 7704(d) of the Internal Revenue Code; and
|
|
|
|
Each hedging transaction that we treat as resulting in
qualifying income has been and will be appropriately identified
as a hedging transaction pursuant to applicable Treasury
Regulations, and has been and will be associated with oil, gas,
or products thereof that are held or to be held by us in
activities that Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has opined or
will opine result in qualifying income.
|
We believe that these representations have been true in the past
and expect that these representations will be true in the future.
If we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, other than a
failure that is determined by the IRS to be inadvertent and that
is cured within a reasonable time after discovery (in which case
the IRS may also require us to make adjustments with respect to
our unitholders or pay other amounts), we will be treated as if
we had transferred all of our assets, subject to liabilities, to
a newly formed corporation, on the first day of the year in
which we fail to meet the Qualifying Income Exception, in return
for stock in that corporation, and then distributed that stock
to the unitholders in liquidation of their interests in us. This
deemed contribution and liquidation should be tax-free to
unitholders and us so long as we, at that time, do not have
liabilities in excess of the tax basis of our assets.
Thereafter, we would be treated as a corporation for federal
income tax purposes.
If we were treated as an association taxable as a corporation in
any taxable year, either as a result of a failure to meet the
Qualifying Income Exception or otherwise, our items of income,
gain, loss and deduction would be reflected only on our tax
return rather than being passed through to our unitholders, and
our net income would be taxed to us at corporate rates. In
addition, any distribution made to a unitholder would be treated
as either taxable dividend income, to the extent of our current
or accumulated earnings and profits, or, in the absence of
earnings and profits, a nontaxable return of capital, to the
extent of the unitholders tax basis in his common units,
or taxable capital gain, after the unitholders tax basis
in his common units is reduced to
159
zero. Accordingly, taxation as a corporation would result in a
material reduction in a unitholders cash flow and
after-tax return and thus would likely result in a substantial
reduction of the value of the units.
The discussion below is based on Vinson & Elkins
L.L.P.s opinion that we will be classified as a
partnership for federal income tax purposes.
Limited
Partner Status
Unitholders who have become limited partners of PAA Natural Gas
Storage, L.P. will be treated as partners of PAA Natural Gas
Storage, L.P. for federal income tax purposes. Also, unitholders
whose common units are held in street name or by a nominee and
who have the right to direct the nominee in the exercise of all
substantive rights attendant to the ownership of their common
units will be treated as partners of PAA Natural Gas Storage,
L.P. for federal income tax purposes.
A beneficial owner of common units whose units have been
transferred to a short seller to complete a short sale would
appear to lose his status as a partner with respect to those
units for federal income tax purposes. Please read
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
Treatment of Short Sales.
Income, gain, deductions or losses would not appear to be
reportable by a unitholder who is not a partner for federal
income tax purposes, and any cash distributions received by a
unitholder who is not a partner for federal income tax purposes
would therefore appear to be fully taxable as ordinary income.
These holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with
respect to their tax consequences of holding common units in PAA
Natural Gas Storage, L.P. The references to
unitholders in the discussion that follows are to
persons who are treated as partners in PAA Natural Gas Storage,
L.P. for federal income tax purposes.
Tax
Consequences of Unit Ownership
Flow-Through of Taxable Income. We will not
pay any federal income tax. Instead, each unitholder will be
required to report on his income tax return his share of our
income, gains, losses and deductions without regard to whether
we make cash distributions to him. Consequently, we may allocate
income to a unitholder even if he has not received a cash
distribution. Each unitholder will be required to include in
income his allocable share of our income, gains, losses and
deductions for our taxable year ending with or within his
taxable year. Our taxable year ends on December 31.
Treatment of Distributions. Distributions by
us to a unitholder generally will not be taxable to the
unitholder for federal income tax purposes, except to the extent
the amount of any such cash distribution exceeds his tax basis
in his common units immediately before the distribution. Our
cash distributions in excess of a unitholders tax basis
generally will be considered to be gain from the sale or
exchange of the common units, taxable in accordance with the
rules described under Disposition of
Common Units below. Any reduction in a unitholders
share of our liabilities for which no partner, including the
general partner, bears the economic risk of loss, known as
nonrecourse liabilities, will be treated as a
distribution by us of cash to that unitholder. To the extent our
distributions cause a unitholders at-risk
amount to be less than zero at the end of any taxable year, he
must recapture any losses deducted in previous years. Please
read Limitations on Deductibility of
Losses.
A decrease in a unitholders percentage interest in us
because of our issuance of additional common units will decrease
his share of our nonrecourse liabilities, and thus will result
in a corresponding deemed distribution of cash. This deemed
distribution may constitute a non-pro rata distribution. A
non-pro rata distribution of money or property may result in
ordinary income to a unitholder, regardless of his tax basis in
his common units, if the distribution reduces the
unitholders share of our unrealized
receivables, including depreciation recapture,
and/or
substantially appreciated inventory items, both as
defined in Section 751 of the Internal Revenue Code, and
collectively, Section 751 Assets. To that
extent, he will be treated as having been distributed his
proportionate share of the Section 751 Assets and then
having exchanged those assets with us in return for the non-pro
rata portion of the actual distribution made to him. This latter
deemed exchange will generally result in the unitholders
realization of ordinary income, which will equal the excess of
(1) the
160
non-pro rata portion of that distribution over (2) the
unitholders tax basis (generally zero) for the share of
Section 751 Assets deemed relinquished in the exchange.
Ratio of Taxable Income to Distributions. We
estimate that a purchaser of common units in this offering who
owns those common units from the date of closing of this
offering through the record date for distributions for the
period ending December 31, 2012, will be allocated, on a
cumulative basis, an amount of federal taxable income for that
period that will be % or less of
the cash distributed with respect to that period. Thereafter, we
anticipate that the ratio of allocable taxable income to cash
distributions to the unitholders will increase. These estimates
are based upon the assumption that gross income from operations
will approximate the amount required to make the minimum
quarterly distribution on all common units and Series A
subordinated units and other assumptions with respect to capital
expenditures, cash flow, net working capital and anticipated
cash distributions. These estimates and assumptions are subject
to, among other things, numerous business, economic, regulatory,
legislative, competitive and political uncertainties beyond our
control. Further, the estimates are based on current tax law and
tax reporting positions that we will adopt and with which the
IRS could disagree. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that these
estimates will prove to be correct. The actual percentage of
distributions that will constitute taxable income could be
higher or lower than expected, and any differences could be
material and could materially affect the value of the common
units. For example, the ratio of allocable taxable income to
cash distributions to a purchaser of common units in this
offering will be greater, and perhaps substantially greater,
than our estimate with respect to the period described above if:
|
|
|
|
|
gross income from operations exceeds the amount required to make
minimum quarterly distributions on all common units and
Series A subordinated units, yet we only distribute the
minimum quarterly distributions on all common units and
Series A subordinated units; or
|
|
|
|
we make a future offering of common units and use the proceeds
of the offering in a manner that does not produce substantial
additional deductions during the period described above, such as
to repay indebtedness outstanding at the time of this offering
or to acquire property that is not eligible for depreciation or
amortization for federal income tax purposes or that is
depreciable or amortizable at a rate significantly slower than
the rate applicable to our assets at the time of this offering.
|
Basis of Common Units. A unitholders
initial tax basis for his common units will be the amount he
paid for the common units plus his share of our nonrecourse
liabilities. That basis will be increased by his share of our
income and by any increases in his share of our nonrecourse
liabilities. That basis will be decreased, but not below zero,
by distributions from us, by the unitholders share of our
losses, by any decreases in his share of our nonrecourse
liabilities and by his share of our expenditures that are not
deductible in computing taxable income and are not required to
be capitalized. A unitholder will have no share of our debt that
is recourse to our general partner, but will have a share,
generally based on his share of profits, of our nonrecourse
liabilities. Please read Disposition of Common
Units Recognition of Gain or Loss.
Limitations on Deductibility of Losses. The
deduction by a unitholder of his share of our losses will be
limited to the tax basis in his units and, in the case of an
individual unitholder, estate, trust, or a corporate unitholder
(if more than 50% of the value of the corporate
unitholders stock is owned directly or indirectly by or
for five or fewer individuals or some tax-exempt organizations)
to the amount for which the unitholder is considered to be
at-risk with respect to our activities, if that is
less than his tax basis. A common unitholder subject to these
limitations must recapture losses deducted in previous years to
the extent that distributions cause his at-risk amount to be
less than zero at the end of any taxable year. Losses disallowed
to a unitholder or recaptured as a result of these limitations
will carry forward and will be allowable as a deduction to the
extent that his at-risk amount is subsequently increased,
provided such losses do not exceed such common unitholders
tax basis in his common units. Upon the taxable disposition of a
unit, any gain recognized by a unitholder can be offset by
losses that were previously suspended by the at-risk limitation
but may not be offset by losses suspended by the basis
limitation. Any loss previously suspended by the at-risk
limitation in excess of that gain would no longer be utilizable.
In general, a unitholder will be at-risk to the extent of the
tax basis of his units, excluding any portion of that basis
attributable to his share of our nonrecourse liabilities,
reduced by (i) any portion of that basis
161
representing amounts otherwise protected against loss because of
a guarantee, stop loss agreement or other similar arrangement
and (ii) any amount of money he borrows to acquire or hold
his units, if the lender of those borrowed funds owns an
interest in us, is related to the unitholder or can look only to
the units for repayment. A unitholders at-risk amount will
increase or decrease as the tax basis of the unitholders
units increases or decreases, other than tax basis increases or
decreases attributable to increases or decreases in his share of
our nonrecourse liabilities.
In addition to the basis and at-risk limitations on the
deductibility of losses, the passive loss limitations generally
provide that individuals, estates, trusts and some closely-held
corporations and personal service corporations can deduct losses
from passive activities, which are generally trade or business
activities in which the taxpayer does not materially
participate, only to the extent of the taxpayers income
from those passive activities. The passive loss limitations are
applied separately with respect to each publicly traded
partnership. Consequently, any passive losses we generate will
be available to offset only our passive income generated in the
future and will not be available to offset income from other
passive activities or investments, (including our investments or
a unitholders investments in other publicly traded
partnerships, such as PAA), or a unitholders salary or
active business income. Passive losses that are not deductible
because they exceed a unitholders share of income we
generate may be deducted by the unitholder in full when he
disposes of his entire investment in us in a fully taxable
transaction with an unrelated party. The passive loss
limitations are applied after other applicable limitations on
deductions, including the at-risk rules and the basis limitation.
A unitholders share of our net income may be offset by any
of our suspended passive losses, but it may not be offset by any
other current or carryover losses from other passive activities,
including those attributable to other publicly traded
partnerships, such as PAA.
Limitations on Interest Deductions. The
deductibility of a non-corporate taxpayers
investment interest expense is generally limited to
the amount of that taxpayers net investment
income. Investment interest expense includes:
|
|
|
|
|
interest on indebtedness properly allocable to property held for
investment;
|
|
|
|
our interest expense attributed to portfolio income; and
|
|
|
|
the portion of interest expense incurred to purchase or carry an
interest in a passive activity to the extent attributable to
portfolio income.
|
The computation of a unitholders investment interest
expense will take into account interest on any margin account
borrowing or other loan incurred to purchase or carry a unit.
Net investment income includes gross income from property held
for investment and amounts treated as portfolio income under the
passive loss rules, less deductible expenses, other than
interest, directly connected with the production of investment
income, but generally does not include gains attributable to the
disposition of property held for investment or qualified
dividend income. The IRS has indicated that the net passive
income earned by a publicly traded partnership will be treated
as investment income to its unitholders for purposes of the
investment interest deduction limitation. In addition, the
unitholders share of our portfolio income will be treated
as investment income.
Entity-Level Collections. If we are
required or elect under applicable law to pay any federal,
state, local or foreign income tax on behalf of any unitholder
or our general partner or any former unitholder, we are
authorized to pay those taxes from our funds. That payment, if
made, will be treated as a distribution of cash to the
unitholder on whose behalf the payment was made. If the payment
is made on behalf of a person whose identity cannot be
determined, we are authorized to treat the payment as a
distribution to all current unitholders. We are authorized to
amend our partnership agreement in the manner necessary to
maintain uniformity of intrinsic tax characteristics of units
and to adjust later distributions, so that after giving effect
to these distributions, the priority and characterization of
distributions otherwise applicable under our partnership
agreement is maintained as nearly as is practicable. Payments by
us as described above could give rise to an overpayment of tax
on behalf of an individual unitholder in which event the
unitholder would be required to file a claim in order to obtain
a credit or refund.
162
Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and
Deduction. In general, if we have a net profit,
our items of income, gain, loss and deduction will be allocated
among our general partner and the unitholders in accordance with
their percentage interests in us. At any time that distributions
are made to the common units in excess of distributions to the
Series A subordinated units, or incentive distributions are
made to our general partner, gross income will be allocated to
the recipients to the extent of these distributions. In
addition, we may make special allocations of income, gain, loss,
deduction, unrealized gain, and unrealized loss among the
partners in a manner to create economic uniformity among the
common units into which the Series A subordinated units and
Series B subordinated units convert and the common units
held by public unitholders. If we have a net loss, that loss
will be allocated first to our general partner and the
unitholders in accordance with their percentage interests in us
to the extent of their positive capital accounts and, second, to
our general partner.
Specified items of our income, gain, loss and deduction will be
allocated under Section 704(c) of the Internal Revenue Code
to account for (i) any difference between the tax basis and
fair market value of our assets at the time of an offering and
(ii) any difference between the tax basis and fair market
value of any property contributed to us by the general partner
and its affiliates that exists at the time of such contribution,
together, referred to in this discussion as the
Contributed Property. These
Section 704(c) Allocations are required to
eliminate the difference between a partners
book capital account, credited with the fair market
value of Contributed Property, and the tax capital
account, credited with the tax basis of Contributed Property,
referred to in this discussion as the Book-Tax
Disparity. The effect of these Section 704(c)
Allocations, to a unitholder purchasing common units from us in
this offering will be essentially the same as if the tax bases
of our assets were equal to their fair market values at the time
of this offering. In the event we issue additional common units
or engage in certain other transactions in the future,
reverse Section 704(c) Allocations, similar to
the Section 704(c) Allocations described above, will be
made to the general partner and our other unitholders
immediately prior to such issuance or other transactions to
account for the Book-Tax Disparity of all property held by us at
the time of such issuance or future transaction. In addition,
items of recapture income will be allocated to the extent
possible to the unitholder who was allocated the deduction
giving rise to the treatment of that gain as recapture income in
order to minimize the recognition of ordinary income by some
unitholders. Finally, although we do not expect that our
operations will result in the creation of negative capital
accounts, if negative capital accounts nevertheless result,
items of our income and gain will be allocated in an amount and
manner sufficient to eliminate the negative balance as quickly
as possible.
An allocation of items of our income, gain, loss or deduction,
other than an allocation required by Section 704(c) of the
Internal Revenue Code to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities will
generally be given effect for federal income tax purposes in
determining a partners share of an item of income, gain,
loss or deduction only if the allocation has substantial
economic effect. In any other case, a partners share of an
item will be determined on the basis of his interest in us,
which will be determined by taking into account all the facts
and circumstances, including:
|
|
|
|
|
his relative contributions to us;
|
|
|
|
the interests of all the partners in profits and losses;
|
|
|
|
the interest of all the partners in cash flow; and
|
|
|
|
the rights of all the partners to distributions of capital upon
liquidation.
|
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is of the opinion that, with
the exception of the issues described in
Section 754 Election and
Disposition of Common Units
Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees,
allocations under our partnership agreement will be given effect
for federal income tax purposes in determining a partners
share of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction.
Treatment of Short Sales. A unitholder whose
units are loaned to a short seller to cover a short
sale of units may be considered as having disposed of those
units. If so, he would no longer be treated for tax
163
purposes as a partner with respect to those units during the
period of the loan and may recognize gain or loss from the
disposition. As a result, during this period:
|
|
|
|
|
any of our income, gain, loss or deduction with respect to those
units would not be reportable by the unitholder;
|
|
|
|
any cash distributions received by the unitholder as to those
units would be fully taxable; and
|
|
|
|
all of these distributions would appear to be ordinary income.
|
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion
regarding the tax treatment of a unitholder whose common units
are loaned to a short seller to cover a short sale of common
units; therefore, unitholders desiring to assure their status as
partners and avoid the risk of gain recognition from a loan to a
short seller are urged to modify any applicable brokerage
account agreements to prohibit their brokers from borrowing and
loaning their units. The IRS has previously announced that it is
studying issues relating to the tax treatment of short sales of
partnership interests. Please also read
Disposition of Common Units
Recognition of Gain or Loss.
Alternative Minimum Tax. Each unitholder will
be required to take into account his distributive share of any
items of our income, gain, loss or deduction for purposes of the
alternative minimum tax. The current minimum tax rate for
noncorporate taxpayers is 26% on the first $175,000 of
alternative minimum taxable income in excess of the exemption
amount and 28% on any additional alternative minimum taxable
income. Prospective unitholders are urged to consult with their
tax advisors as to the impact of an investment in units on their
liability for the alternative minimum tax.
Tax Rates. Under current law, the highest
marginal U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to
ordinary income of individuals is 35% and the highest marginal
U.S. federal income tax rate applicable to long-term
capital gains (generally, capital gains on certain assets held
for more than 12 months) of individuals is 15%. However,
absent new legislation extending the current rates, beginning
January 1, 2011, the highest marginal U.S. federal
income tax rate applicable to ordinary income and long-term
capital gains of individuals will increase to 39.6% and 20%,
respectively. Moreover, these rates are subject to change by new
legislation at any time.
Section 754 Election. We will make the
election permitted by Section 754 of the Internal Revenue
Code. That election is irrevocable without the consent of the
IRS. The election will generally permit us to adjust a common
unit purchasers tax basis in our assets (inside
basis) under Section 743(b) of the Internal Revenue
Code to reflect his purchase price of units acquired from
another unitholder. This election does not apply to a person who
purchases common units directly from us. The Section 743(b)
adjustment belongs to the purchaser and not to other
unitholders. For purposes of this discussion, a
unitholders inside basis in our assets will be considered
to have two components: (1) his share of our tax basis in
our assets (common basis) and (2) his
Section 743(b) adjustment to that basis.
We will adopt the remedial allocation method as to all our
properties. Where the remedial allocation method is adopted, the
Treasury Regulations under Section 743 of the Internal
Revenue Code require a portion of the Section 743(b)
adjustment that is attributable to recovery property subject to
depreciation under Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code
whose book basis is in excess of its tax basis to be depreciated
over the remaining cost recovery period for the propertys
unamortized Book-Tax Disparity. Under Treasury
Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6),
a Section 743(b) adjustment attributable to property
subject to depreciation under Section 167 of the Internal
Revenue Code, rather than cost recovery deductions under
Section 168, is generally required to be depreciated using
either the straight-line method or the 150% declining balance
method. Under our partnership agreement, our general partner is
authorized to take a position to preserve the uniformity of
units even if that position is not consistent with these and any
other Treasury Regulations. Please read
Uniformity of Units.
Although Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine as
to the validity of this approach because there is no direct or
indirect controlling authority on this issue, we intend to
depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b) adjustment
attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value of
Contributed Property, to the extent of any
164
unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, using a rate of depreciation or
amortization derived from the depreciation or amortization
method and useful life applied to the propertys
unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, or treat that portion as
non-amortizable
to the extent attributable to property which is not amortizable.
This method is consistent with the methods employed by other
publicly traded partnerships but is arguably inconsistent with
Treasury
Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6),
which is not expected to directly apply to a material portion of
our assets. To the extent this Section 743(b) adjustment is
attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the
unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, we will apply the rules
described in the Treasury Regulations and legislative history.
If we determine that this position cannot reasonably be taken,
we may take a depreciation or amortization position under which
all purchasers acquiring units in the same month would receive
depreciation or amortization, whether attributable to common
basis or a Section 743(b) adjustment, based upon the same
applicable rate as if they had purchased a direct interest in
our assets. This kind of aggregate approach may result in lower
annual depreciation or amortization deductions than would
otherwise be allowable to some unitholders. Please read
Uniformity of Units. A unitholders
tax basis for his common units is reduced by his share of our
deductions (whether or not such deductions were claimed on an
individuals income tax return) so that any position we
take that understates deductions will overstate the common
unitholders basis in his common units, which may cause the
unitholder to understate gain or overstate loss on any sale of
such units. Please read Disposition of Common
Units Recognition of Gain or Loss. The IRS may
challenge our position with respect to depreciating or
amortizing the Section 743(b) adjustment we take to
preserve the uniformity of the units. If such a challenge were
sustained, the gain from the sale of units might be increased
without the benefit of additional deductions.
A Section 754 election is advantageous if the
transferees tax basis in his units is higher than the
units share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets
immediately prior to the transfer. In that case, as a result of
the election, the transferee would have, among other items, a
greater amount of depreciation deductions and his share of any
gain or loss on a sale of our assets would be less. Conversely,
a Section 754 election is disadvantageous if the
transferees tax basis in his units is lower than those
units share of the aggregate tax basis of our assets
immediately prior to the transfer. Thus, the fair market value
of the units may be affected either favorably or unfavorably by
the election. A basis adjustment is required regardless of
whether a Section 754 election is made in the case of a
transfer of an interest in us if we have a substantial
built in loss immediately after the transfer, or if
we distribute property and have a substantial basis reduction.
Generally a built in loss or a basis reduction is
substantial if it exceeds $250,000.
The calculations involved in the Section 754 election are
complex and will be made on the basis of assumptions as to the
value of our assets and other matters. For example, the
allocation of the Section 743(b) adjustment among our
assets must be made in accordance with the Internal Revenue
Code. The IRS could seek to reallocate some or all of any
Section 743(b) adjustment allocated by us to our tangible
assets to goodwill instead. Goodwill, as an intangible asset, is
generally nonamortizable or amortizable over a longer period of
time or under a less accelerated method than our tangible
assets. We cannot assure you that the determinations we make
will not be successfully challenged by the IRS and that the
deductions resulting from them will not be reduced or disallowed
altogether. Should the IRS require a different basis adjustment
to be made, and should, in our opinion, the expense of
compliance exceed the benefit of the election, we may seek
permission from the IRS to revoke our Section 754 election.
If permission is granted, a subsequent purchaser of units may be
allocated more income than he would have been allocated had the
election not been revoked.
Tax
Treatment of Operations
Accounting Method and Taxable Year. We use the
year ending December 31 as our taxable year and the accrual
method of accounting for federal income tax purposes. Each
unitholder will be required to include in income his share of
our income, gain, loss and deduction for our taxable year ending
within or with his taxable year. In addition, a unitholder who
has a taxable year ending on a date other than December 31 and
who disposes of all of his units following the close of our
taxable year but before the close of his taxable year must
include his share of our income, gain, loss and deduction in his
taxable income for his taxable year, with the result that he
will be required to include in income for his taxable year his
share of more than twelve
165
months of our income, gain, loss and deduction. Please read
Disposition of Common Units
Allocations Between Transferors and Transferees.
Initial Tax Basis, Depreciation and
Amortization. The tax basis of our assets will be
used for purposes of computing depreciation and cost recovery
deductions and, ultimately, gain or loss on the disposition of
these assets. The federal income tax burden associated with the
difference between the fair market value of our assets and their
tax basis immediately prior to (i) this offering will be
borne by our general partner and its affiliates, and
(ii) any other offering will be borne by our general
partner and other unitholders as of that time. Please read
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction.
To the extent allowable, we may elect to use the depreciation
and cost recovery methods that will result in the largest
deductions being taken in the early years after assets subject
to these allowances are placed in service. Please read
Uniformity of Units. Property we
subsequently acquire or construct may be depreciated using
accelerated methods permitted by the Internal Revenue Code.
If we dispose of depreciable property by sale, foreclosure or
otherwise, all or a portion of any gain, determined by reference
to the amount of depreciation previously deducted and the nature
of the property, may be subject to the recapture rules and taxed
as ordinary income rather than capital gain. Similarly, a
unitholder who has taken cost recovery or depreciation
deductions with respect to property we own will likely be
required to recapture some or all of those deductions as
ordinary income upon a sale of his interest in us. Please read
Tax Consequences of Unit Ownership
Allocation of Income, Gain, Loss and Deduction and
Disposition of Common Units
Recognition of Gain or Loss.
The costs incurred in selling our units (called
syndication expenses) must be capitalized and cannot
be deducted currently, ratably or upon our termination. There
are uncertainties regarding the classification of costs as
organization expenses, which may be amortized by us, and as
syndication expenses, which may not be amortized by us. The
underwriting discounts and commissions we incur will be treated
as syndication expenses.
Valuation and Tax Basis of Our Properties. The
federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition
of units will depend in part on our estimates of the relative
fair market values, and the initial tax bases, of our assets.
Although we may from time to time consult with professional
appraisers regarding valuation matters, we will make many of the
relative fair market value estimates ourselves. These estimates
and determinations of basis are subject to challenge and will
not be binding on the IRS or the courts. If the estimates of
fair market value or basis are later found to be incorrect, the
character and amount of items of income, gain, loss or
deductions previously reported by unitholders might change, and
unitholders might be required to adjust their tax liability for
prior years and incur interest and penalties with respect to
those adjustments.
Disposition
of Common Units
Recognition of Gain or Loss. Gain or loss will
be recognized on a sale of units equal to the difference between
the amount realized and the unitholders tax basis for the
units sold. A unitholders amount realized will be measured
by the sum of the cash or the fair market value of other
property received by him plus his share of our nonrecourse
liabilities. Because the amount realized includes a
unitholders share of our nonrecourse liabilities, the gain
recognized on the sale of units could result in a tax liability
in excess of any cash received from the sale.
Prior distributions from us in excess of cumulative net taxable
income for a common unit that decreased a unitholders tax
basis in that common unit will, in effect, become taxable income
if the common unit is sold at a price greater than the
unitholders tax basis in that common unit, even if the
price received is less than his original cost.
Except as noted below, gain or loss recognized by a unitholder,
other than a dealer in units, on the sale or
exchange of a unit will generally be taxable as capital gain or
loss. Capital gain recognized by an individual on the sale of
units held for more than twelve months will generally be taxed
at a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 15% through
December 31, 2010 and 20% thereafter (absent new
legislation extending or
166
adjusting the current rate). However, a portion, which will
likely be substantial, of this gain or loss will be separately
computed and taxed as ordinary income or loss under
Section 751 of the Internal Revenue Code to the extent
attributable to assets giving rise to depreciation recapture or
other unrealized receivables or to inventory
items we own. The term unrealized receivables
includes potential recapture items, including depreciation
recapture. Ordinary income attributable to unrealized
receivables, inventory items and depreciation recapture may
exceed net taxable gain realized upon the sale of a unit and may
be recognized even if there is a net taxable loss realized on
the sale of a unit. Thus, a unitholder may recognize both
ordinary income and a capital loss upon a sale of units. Net
capital losses may offset capital gains and no more than $3,000
of ordinary income, in the case of individuals, and may only be
used to offset capital gains in the case of corporations.
The IRS has ruled that a partner who acquires interests in a
partnership in separate transactions must combine those
interests and maintain a single adjusted tax basis for all those
interests. Upon a sale or other disposition of less than all of
those interests, a portion of that tax basis must be allocated
to the interests sold using an equitable
apportionment method, which generally means that the tax
basis allocated to the interest sold equals an amount that bears
the same relation to the partners tax basis in his entire
interest in the partnership as the value of the interest sold
bears to the value of the partners entire interest in the
partnership. Treasury Regulations under Section 1223 of the
Internal Revenue Code allow a selling unitholder who can
identify common units transferred with an ascertainable holding
period to elect to use the actual holding period of the common
units transferred. Thus, according to the ruling discussed
above, a common unitholder will be unable to select high or low
basis common units to sell as would be the case with corporate
stock, but, according to the Treasury Regulations, he may
designate specific common units sold for purposes of determining
the holding period of units transferred. A unitholder electing
to use the actual holding period of common units transferred
must consistently use that identification method for all
subsequent sales or exchanges of common units. A unitholder
considering the purchase of additional units or a sale of common
units purchased in separate transactions is urged to consult his
tax advisor as to the possible consequences of this ruling and
application of the Treasury Regulations.
Specific provisions of the Internal Revenue Code affect the
taxation of some financial products and securities, including
partnership interests, by treating a taxpayer as having sold an
appreciated partnership interest, one in which gain
would be recognized if it were sold, assigned or terminated at
its fair market value, if the taxpayer or related persons
enter(s) into:
|
|
|
|
|
a short sale;
|
|
|
|
an offsetting notional principal contract; or
|
|
|
|
a futures or forward contract with respect to the partnership
interest or substantially identical property.
|
Moreover, if a taxpayer has previously entered into a short
sale, an offsetting notional principal contract or a futures or
forward contract with respect to the partnership interest, the
taxpayer will be treated as having sold that position if the
taxpayer or a related person then acquires the partnership
interest or substantially identical property. The Secretary of
the Treasury is also authorized to issue regulations that treat
a taxpayer that enters into transactions or positions that have
substantially the same effect as the preceding transactions as
having constructively sold the financial position.
Allocations Between Transferors and
Transferees. In general, our taxable income and
losses will be determined annually, will be prorated on a
monthly basis and will be subsequently apportioned among the
unitholders in proportion to the number of units owned by each
of them as of the opening of the applicable exchange on the
first business day of the month, which we refer to in this
prospectus as the Allocation Date. However, gain or
loss realized on a sale or other disposition of our assets other
than in the ordinary course of business will be allocated among
the unitholders on the Allocation Date in the month in which
that gain or loss is recognized. As a result, a unitholder
transferring units may be allocated income, gain, loss and
deduction realized after the date of transfer.
Although simplifying conventions are contemplated by the
Internal Revenue Code and most publicly traded partnerships use
similar simplifying conventions, the use of this method may not
be permitted under
167
existing Treasury Regulations. Recently, the Department of the
Treasury and the IRS issued proposed Treasury Regulations that
provide a safe harbor pursuant to which a publicly traded
partnership may use a similar monthly simplifying convention to
allocate tax items among transferor and transferee unitholders,
although such tax items must be prorated on a daily basis.
Existing publicly traded partnerships are entitled to rely on
these proposed Treasury Regulations; however, they are not
binding on the IRS and are subject to change until final
Treasury Regulations are issued. Accordingly, Vinson &
Elkins L.L.P. is unable to opine on the validity of this method
of allocating income and deductions between transferor and
transferee unitholders. If this method is not allowed under the
Treasury Regulations, or only applies to transfers of less than
all of the unitholders interest, our taxable income or
losses might be reallocated among the unitholders. We are
authorized to revise our method of allocation between transferor
and transferee unitholders, as well as unitholders whose
interests vary during a taxable year, to conform to a method
permitted under future Treasury Regulations.
A unitholder who owns units at any time during a quarter and who
disposes of them prior to the record date set for a cash
distribution for that quarter will be allocated items of our
income, gain, loss and deductions attributable to that quarter
but will not be entitled to receive that cash distribution.
Notification Requirements. A unitholder who
sells any of his units is generally required to notify us in
writing of that sale within 30 days after the sale (or, if
earlier, January 15 of the year following the sale).
A purchaser of units who purchases units from another
unitholder is also generally required to notify us in writing of
that purchase within 30 days after the purchase. Upon
receiving such notifications, we are required to notify the IRS
of that transaction and to furnish specified information to the
transferor and transferee. Failure to notify us of a purchase
may, in some cases, lead to the imposition of penalties.
However, these reporting requirements do not apply to a sale by
an individual who is a citizen of the United States and who
effects the sale or exchange through a broker who will satisfy
such requirements.
Constructive Termination. We will be
considered to have been terminated for tax purposes if there are
sales or exchanges which, in the aggregate, constitute 50% or
more of the total interests in our capital and profits within a
twelve-month period. Immediately following this offering, PAA
will own more than 50% of the total interests in our capital and
profits interests. Therefore, a transfer by PAA of all or a
portion of its interests in us, including a deemed transfer as a
result of a termination of PAAs partnership for federal
income tax purposes, could result in a termination of our
partnership for federal income tax purposes. For purposes of
measuring whether the 50% threshold is reached, multiple sales
of the same interest are counted only once. A constructive
termination results in the closing of our taxable year for all
unitholders. In the case of a unitholder reporting on a taxable
year other than a fiscal year ending December 31, the
closing of our taxable year may result in more than twelve
months of our taxable income or loss being includable in his
taxable income for the year of termination. A constructive
termination occurring on a date other than December 31 will
result in us filing two tax returns (and could result in
unitholders receiving two Schedules K-1) for one fiscal year and
the cost of the preparation of these returns will be borne by
all common unitholders. We would be required to make new tax
elections after a termination, including a new election under
Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code, and a termination
would result in a deferral of our deductions for depreciation. A
termination could also result in penalties if we were unable to
determine that the termination had occurred. Moreover, a
termination might either accelerate the application of, or
subject us to, any tax legislation enacted before the
termination. The IRS has announced recently that it plans to
issue guidance regarding the treatment of constructive
terminations of publicly traded partnerships such as us. Any
such guidance may change the application of the rules discussed
above and may affect the tax treatment of a unitholder.
Uniformity
of Units
Because we cannot match transferors and transferees of units, we
must maintain uniformity of the economic and tax characteristics
of the units to a purchaser of these units. In the absence of
uniformity, we may be unable to completely comply with a number
of federal income tax requirements, both statutory and
regulatory. A lack of uniformity can result from a literal
application of Treasury
Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6).
Any
non-uniformity
could have a negative impact on the value of the units. Please
read Tax Consequences of Unit
Ownership Section 754 Election.
168
We intend to depreciate the portion of a Section 743(b)
adjustment attributable to unrealized appreciation in the value
of Contributed Property, to the extent of any unamortized
Book-Tax Disparity, using a rate of depreciation or amortization
derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful
life applied to the propertys unamortized Book-Tax
Disparity, or treat that portion as nonamortizable, to the
extent attributable to property the common basis of which is not
amortizable, consistent with the Treasury Regulations under
Section 743 of the Internal Revenue Code, even though that
position may be inconsistent with Treasury
Regulation Section 1.167(c)-1(a)(6),
which is not expected to directly apply to a material portion of
our assets. Please read Tax Consequences of
Unit Ownership Section 754 Election. To
the extent that the Section 743(b) adjustment is
attributable to appreciation in value in excess of the
unamortized Book-Tax Disparity, we will apply the rules
described in the Treasury Regulations and legislative history.
If we determine that this position cannot reasonably be taken,
we may adopt a depreciation and amortization position under
which all purchasers acquiring units in the same month would
receive depreciation and amortization deductions, whether
attributable to a common basis or Section 743(b)
adjustment, based upon the same applicable methods and lives as
if they had purchased a direct interest in our property. If this
position is adopted, it may result in lower annual depreciation
and amortization deductions than would otherwise be allowable to
some unitholders and risk the loss of depreciation and
amortization deductions not taken in the year that these
deductions are otherwise allowable. This position will not be
adopted if we determine that the loss of depreciation and
amortization deductions will have a material adverse effect on
the unitholders. If we choose not to utilize this aggregate
method, we may use any other reasonable depreciation and
amortization method to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic
tax characteristics of any units that would not have a material
adverse effect on the unitholders. The IRS may challenge any
method of depreciating the Section 743(b) adjustment
described in this paragraph. If this challenge were sustained,
the uniformity of units might be affected, and the gain from the
sale of units might be increased without the benefit of
additional deductions. Please read Disposition
of Common Units Recognition of Gain or Loss.
Tax-Exempt
Organizations and Other Investors
Ownership of units by employee benefit plans, other tax-exempt
organizations, non-resident aliens,
non-U.S. corporations
and other
non-U.S. persons
raises issues unique to those investors and, as described below,
may have substantially adverse tax consequences to them. If you
are a tax-exempt entity or a
non-U.S. person,
you should consult your tax advisor before investing in our
common units. Moreover, under our partnership agreement,
non-U.S. persons
are not Eligible Holders of our common units and common units
held by
non-U.S. persons
may be subject to redemption. Please read The Partnership
Agreement Ineligible Assignees; Redemption and
The Partnership Agreement Non-Citizen
Assignees; Redemption.
Employee benefit plans and most other organizations exempt from
federal income tax, including individual retirement accounts and
other retirement plans, are subject to federal income tax on
unrelated business taxable income. Virtually all of our income
less certain allowable deductions allocated to a unitholder that
is a tax-exempt organization will be unrelated business taxable
income and will be taxable to them.
Non-resident aliens and
non-U.S. corporations,
trusts or estates that own units will be considered to be
engaged in business in the United States because of the
ownership of units. As a consequence, they will be required to
file federal tax returns to report their share of our income,
gain, loss or deduction and pay federal income tax at regular
rates on their share of our net income or gain. Moreover, under
rules applicable to publicly traded partnerships, cash
distributions to
non-U.S. unitholders
will be subject to withholding at the highest applicable
effective tax rates. Each
non-U.S. unitholder
must obtain a taxpayer identification number from the IRS and
submit that number to our transfer agent on a
Form W-8BEN
or applicable substitute form in order to obtain credit for
these withholding taxes. A change in applicable law may require
us to change these procedures.
In addition, because a
non-U.S. corporation
that owns units will be treated as engaged in a United States
trade or business, that corporation may be subject to the United
States branch profits tax at a rate of 30%, in addition to
regular federal income tax, on its share of our income and gain,
as adjusted for changes in the
non-U.S. corporations
U.S. net equity, which is effectively connected
with the conduct of a United States trade or business. That tax
may be reduced or eliminated by an income tax treaty between the
United States
169
and the country in which the
non-U.S. corporate
unitholder is a qualified resident. In addition,
this type of unitholder is subject to special information
reporting requirements under Section 6038C of the Internal
Revenue Code.
A
non-U.S. unitholder
who sells or otherwise disposes of a common unit will be subject
to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized from the sale
or disposition of that unit to the extent the gain is
effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of the
non-U.S. unitholder.
Under a ruling published by the IRS, interpreting the scope of
effectively connected income, a
non-U.S. unitholder
would be considered to be engaged in a trade or business in the
U.S. by virtue of the U.S. activities of the
Partnership, and part or all of that unitholders gain
would be effectively connected with that unitholders
indirect U.S. trade or business. Moreover, under the
Foreign Investment in Real Property Tax Act, a
non-U.S. common
unitholder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income
tax upon the sale or disposition of a common unit if (i) he
owned (directly or constructively applying certain attribution
rules) more than 5% of our common units at any time during the
five-year period ending on the date of such disposition and
(ii) 50% or more of the fair market value of all of our
assets consisted of U.S. real property interests at any
time during the shorter of the period during which such
unitholder held the common units or the
5-year
period ending on the date of disposition. Currently, more than
50% of our assets consist of U.S. real property interests
and we do not expect that to change in the foreseeable future.
Therefore,
non-U.S. unitholders
may be subject to federal income tax on gain from the sale or
disposition of their units.
Administrative
Matters
Information Returns and Audit Procedures. We
intend to furnish to each unitholder, within 90 days after
the close of each calendar year, specific tax information,
including a
Schedule K-1,
which describes his share of our income, gain, loss and
deduction for our preceding taxable year. In preparing this
information, which will not be reviewed by counsel, we will take
various accounting and reporting positions, some of which have
been mentioned earlier, to determine each unitholders
share of income, gain, loss and deduction. We cannot assure you
that those positions will yield a result that conforms to the
requirements of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury Regulations
or administrative interpretations of the IRS. Neither we nor
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. can assure prospective
unitholders that the IRS will not successfully contend in court
that those positions are impermissible. Any challenge by the IRS
could negatively affect the value of the units.
The IRS may audit our federal income tax information returns.
Adjustments resulting from an IRS audit may require each
unitholder to adjust a prior years tax liability, and
possibly may result in an audit of his return. Any audit of a
unitholders return could result in adjustments not related
to our returns as well as those related to our returns.
Partnerships generally are treated as separate entities for
purposes of federal tax audits, judicial review of
administrative adjustments by the IRS and tax settlement
proceedings. The tax treatment of partnership items of income,
gain, loss and deduction are determined in a partnership
proceeding rather than in separate proceedings with the
partners. The Internal Revenue Code requires that one partner be
designated as the Tax Matters Partner for these
purposes. Our partnership agreement names PNGS GP LLC as our Tax
Matters Partner.
The Tax Matters Partner has made and will make some elections on
our behalf and on behalf of unitholders. In addition, the Tax
Matters Partner can extend the statute of limitations for
assessment of tax deficiencies against unitholders for items in
our returns. The Tax Matters Partner may bind a unitholder with
less than a 1% profits interest in us to a settlement with the
IRS unless that unitholder elects, by filing a statement with
the IRS, not to give that authority to the Tax Matters Partner.
The Tax Matters Partner may seek judicial review, by which all
the unitholders are bound, of a final partnership administrative
adjustment and, if the Tax Matters Partner fails to seek
judicial review, judicial review may be sought by any unitholder
having at least a 1% interest in profits or by any group of
unitholders having in the aggregate at least a 5% interest in
profits. However, only one action for judicial review will go
forward, and each unitholder with an interest in the outcome may
participate.
A unitholder must file a statement with the IRS identifying the
treatment of any item on his federal income tax return that is
not consistent with the treatment of the item on our return.
Intentional or negligent disregard of this consistency
requirement may subject a unitholder to substantial penalties.
170
Nominee Reporting. Persons who hold an
interest in us as a nominee for another person are required to
furnish to us:
|
|
|
|
|
the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the
beneficial owner and the nominee;
|
|
|
|
whether the beneficial owner is:
|
|
|
|
|
|
a person that is not a United States person;
|
|
|
|
a foreign government, an international organization or any
wholly owned agency or instrumentality of either of the
foregoing; or
|
|
|
|
a tax-exempt entity;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the amount and description of units held, acquired or
transferred for the beneficial owner; and
|
|
|
|
specific information including the dates of acquisitions and
transfers, means of acquisitions and transfers, and acquisition
cost for purchases, as well as the amount of net proceeds from
sales.
|
Brokers and financial institutions are required to furnish
additional information, including whether they are United States
persons and specific information on units they acquire, hold or
transfer for their own account. A penalty of $50 per failure, up
to a maximum of $100,000 per calendar year, is imposed by the
Internal Revenue Code for failure to report that information to
us. The nominee is required to supply the beneficial owner of
the units with the information furnished to us.
Accuracy-Related Penalties. An additional tax
equal to 20% of the amount of any portion of an underpayment of
tax that is attributable to one or more specified causes,
including negligence or disregard of rules or regulations,
substantial understatements of income tax and substantial
valuation misstatements, is imposed by the Internal Revenue
Code. No penalty will be imposed, however, for any portion of an
underpayment if it is shown that there was a reasonable cause
for that portion and that the taxpayer acted in good faith
regarding that portion.
For individuals, a substantial understatement of income tax in
any taxable year exists if the amount of the understatement
exceeds the greater of 10% of the tax required to be shown on
the return for the taxable year or $5,000. The amount of any
understatement subject to penalty generally is reduced if any
portion is attributable to a position adopted on the return:
|
|
|
|
|
for which there is, or was, substantial
authority; or
|
|
|
|
|
|
as to which there is a reasonable basis and the pertinent facts
of that position are disclosed on the return.
|
If any item of income, gain, loss or deduction included in the
distributive shares of unitholders might result in that kind of
an understatement of income for which no
substantial authority exists, we must disclose the
pertinent facts on our return. In addition, we will make a
reasonable effort to furnish sufficient information for
unitholders to make adequate disclosure on their returns and to
take other actions as may be appropriate to permit unitholders
to avoid liability for this penalty. More stringent rules apply
to tax shelters, which we do not believe includes
us, or any of our investments, plans or arrangements.
A substantial valuation misstatement exists if (a) the
value of any property, or the tax basis of any property, claimed
on a tax return is 150% or more of the amount determined to be
the correct amount of the valuation or tax basis, (b) the
price for any property or services (or for the use of property)
claimed on any such return with respect to any transaction
between persons described in Internal Revenue Code
Section 482 is 200% or more (or 50% or less) of the amount
determined under Section 482 to be the correct amount of
such price, or (c) the net Internal Revenue Code
Section 482 transfer price adjustment for the taxable year
exceeds the lesser of $5 million or 10% of the
taxpayers gross receipts.
No penalty is imposed unless the portion of the underpayment
attributable to a substantial valuation misstatement exceeds
$5,000 ($10,000 for most corporations). The penalty is increased
to 40% in the event of a gross valuation misstatement. We do not
anticipate making any valuation misstatements.
Reportable Transactions. If we were to engage
in a reportable transaction, we (and possibly you
and others) would be required to make a detailed disclosure of
the transaction to the IRS. A transaction may be a
171
reportable transaction based upon any of several factors,
including the fact that it is a type of tax avoidance
transaction publicly identified by the IRS as a listed
transaction or that it produces certain kinds of losses
for partnerships, individuals, S corporations, and trusts
in excess of $2 million in any single year, or
$4 million in any combination of 6 successive tax years.
Our participation in a reportable transaction could increase the
likelihood that our federal income tax information return (and
possibly your tax return) would be audited by the IRS. Please
read Information Returns and Audit
Procedures.
Moreover, if we were to participate in a reportable transaction
with a significant purpose to avoid or evade tax, or in any
listed transaction, you may be subject to the following
provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004:
|
|
|
|
|
accuracy-related penalties with a broader scope, significantly
narrower exceptions, and potentially greater amounts than
described above at Accuracy-Related
Penalties;
|
|
|
|
for those persons otherwise entitled to deduct interest on
federal tax deficiencies, nondeductibility of interest on any
resulting tax liability; and
|
|
|
|
in the case of a listed transaction, an extended statute of
limitations.
|
We do not expect to engage in any reportable
transactions.
State,
Local, Foreign and Other Tax Considerations
In addition to federal income taxes, you likely will be subject
to other taxes, such as state, local and foreign income taxes,
unincorporated business taxes, and estate, inheritance or
intangible taxes that may be imposed by the various
jurisdictions in which we do business or own property or in
which you are a resident. Although an analysis of those various
taxes is not presented here, each prospective unitholder should
consider their potential impact on his investment in us. We will
initially own property or do business in Louisiana and Michigan.
Each of these states imposes a personal income tax on
individuals and imposes an income tax on corporations and other
entities. We may also own property or do business in other
jurisdictions in the future. Although you may not be required to
file a return and pay taxes in some jurisdictions because your
income from that jurisdiction falls below the filing and payment
requirement, you will be required to file income tax returns and
to pay income taxes in many of these jurisdictions in which we
do business or own property and may be subject to penalties for
failure to comply with those requirements. In some
jurisdictions, tax losses may not produce a tax benefit in the
year incurred and may not be available to offset income in
subsequent taxable years. Some of the jurisdictions may require
us, or we may elect, to withhold a percentage of income from
amounts to be distributed to a unitholder who is not a resident
of the jurisdiction. Withholding, the amount of which may be
greater or less than a particular unitholders income tax
liability to the jurisdiction, generally does not relieve a
nonresident unitholder from the obligation to file an income tax
return. Amounts withheld will be treated as if distributed to
unitholders for purposes of determining the amounts distributed
by us. Please read Tax Consequences of Unit
Ownership Entity-Level Collections. Based
on current law and our estimate of our future operations, our
general partner anticipates that any amounts required to be
withheld will not be material.
It is the responsibility of each unitholder to investigate
the legal and tax consequences, under the laws of pertinent
jurisdictions, of his investment in us. Accordingly, each
prospective unitholder is urged to consult, and depend upon, his
tax counsel or other advisor with regard to those matters.
Further, it is the responsibility of each unitholder to file all
state, local and foreign, as well as United States federal tax
returns, that may be required of him. Vinson & Elkins
L.L.P. has not rendered an opinion on the state, local or
foreign tax consequences of an investment in us.
172
INVESTMENT
IN PAA NATURAL GAS STORAGE, L.P. BY EMPLOYEE BENEFIT
PLANS
An investment in us by an employee benefit plan is subject to
additional considerations because the investments of these plans
are subject to the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited
transaction provisions of ERISA and the restrictions imposed by
Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code. For these
purposes the term employee benefit plan includes,
but is not limited to, qualified pension, profit-sharing and
stock bonus plans, Keogh plans, simplified employee pension
plans and tax deferred annuities or IRAs established or
maintained by an employer or employee organization. Among other
things, consideration should be given to:
|
|
|
|
|
whether the investment is prudent under
Section 404(a)(1)(B) of ERISA;
|
|
|
|
whether in making the investment, the plan will satisfy the
diversification requirements of Section 404(a)(1)(C) of
ERISA; and
|
|
|
|
whether the investment will result in recognition of unrelated
business taxable income by the plan and, if so, the potential
after-tax investment return. Please read Material Income
Tax Consequences Tax-Exempt Organizations and Other
Investors.
|
The person with investment discretion with respect to the assets
of an employee benefit plan, often called a fiduciary, should
determine whether an investment in us is authorized by the
appropriate governing instrument and is a proper investment for
the plan.
Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Internal
Revenue Code prohibit employee benefit plans, and IRAs that are
not considered part of an employee benefit plan, from engaging
in specified transactions involving plan assets with
parties that, with respect to the plan, are parties in
interest under ERISA or disqualified persons
under the Internal Revenue Code.
In addition to considering whether the purchase of common units
is a prohibited transaction, a fiduciary should consider whether
the plan will, by investing in us, be deemed to own an undivided
interest in our assets, with the result that our operations
would be subject to the regulatory restrictions of ERISA,
including its prohibited transaction rules, as well as the
prohibited transaction rules of the Internal Revenue Code.
The Department of Labor regulations provide guidance with
respect to whether, in certain circumstances, the assets of an
entity in which employee benefit plans acquire equity interests
would be deemed plan assets. Under these
regulations, an entitys assets would not be considered to
be plan assets if, among other things:
(a) the equity interests acquired by the employee benefit
plan are publicly offered securities i.e., the
equity interests are widely held by 100 or more investors
independent of the issuer and each other, are freely
transferable and are registered under some provision of the
federal securities laws;
(b) the entity is an operating
company, i.e., it is primarily engaged in the
production or sale of a product or service, other than the
investment of capital, either directly or through a
majority-owned subsidiary or subsidiaries; or
(c) there is no significant investment by benefit plan
investors, which is defined to mean that less than 25% of the
value of each class of equity interest is held by the employee
benefit plans referred to above, IRAs and other employee benefit
plans not subject to ERISA, including governmental plans.
Our assets should not be considered plan assets
under these regulations because it is expected that the
investment will satisfy the requirements in (a) above.
In light of the serious penalties imposed on persons who engage
in prohibited transactions or other violations, plan fiduciaries
contemplating a purchase of common units should consult with
their own counsel regarding the consequences under ERISA and the
Internal Revenue Code.
173
UNDERWRITING
Barclays Capital Inc. and UBS Securities LLC are acting as joint
book-running managers of this offering and as representatives of
the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and
conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date
of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has severally
agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to that
underwriter, the number of common units set forth opposite the
underwriters name.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Underwriter
|
|
of Common Units
|
|
|
Barclays Capital Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
UBS Securities LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the
underwriters to purchase the common units included in this
offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and
to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase
all the common units (other than those covered by the option to
purchase additional common units as described below) if they
purchase any of the common units.
Common units sold by the underwriters to the public will
initially be offered at the initial public offering price set
forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any common units sold by
the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount
from the initial public offering price not to exceed
$ per common unit. Any of these
securities dealers may resell any common units purchased from
the underwriters to other brokers or dealers at a discount of up
to $ per common unit from the
initial public offering price. If all the common units are not
sold at the initial offering price, the representatives may
change the offering price and the other selling terms.
If the underwriters sell more common units than the total number
set forth in the table above, we have granted to the
underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the
date of this prospectus, to purchase up
to additional
common units at the public offering price less the underwriting
discount. To the extent the option is exercised, each
underwriter must purchase a number of additional common units
approximately proportionate to that underwriters initial
purchase commitment.
We, our general partner, certain of our general partners
officers and directors, certain of our affiliates, including
PAA, and certain of their officers and directors have agreed
that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this
prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written
consent of Barclays Capital Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, offer,
pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to
purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any
option, right or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer
or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any common units or any
securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for
common units, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that
transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic
consequences of ownership of the common units, whether any such
transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of
common units or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.
Barclays Capital Inc. and UBS Securities LLC, in their sole
discretion, may release any of the securities subject to these
lock-up
agreements at any time without notice. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if (i) during the last 17 days of the
180-day
restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news
or a material event relating to our company occurs or
(ii) prior to the expiration of the
180-day
restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings
results during the
16-day
period beginning on the last day of the
180-day
restricted period, the restrictions described above shall
continue to apply until the expiration of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the
occurrence of the material news or material event.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our
common units. Consequently, the initial public offering price
for the common units was determined by negotiations between us
and the representatives. Among the factors considered in
determining the initial public offering price were our results
of operations, our current financial condition, our future
prospects, our markets, the economic conditions in and future
prospects for the industry in which we compete, our management,
and currently prevailing general conditions
174
in the equity securities markets, including current market
valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to
our company. We cannot assure you, however, that the price at
which the common units will sell in the public market after this
offering will not be lower than the initial public offering
price or that an active trading market in our common units will
develop and continue after this offering.
We intend to apply to list our common units on the NYSE under
the symbol PNG. The underwriters have undertaken to
sell common units to a minimum of 400 beneficial owners in lots
of 100 or more common units to meet the NYSE distribution
requirements for trading.
The following table shows the underwriting discounts and
commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection
with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no
exercise and full exercise of the underwriters option to
purchase additional common units.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No Exercise
|
|
Full Exercise
|
|
Per common unit
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase
and sell common units in the open market. Purchases and sales in
the open market may include short sales, purchases to cover
short positions, which may include purchases pursuant to the
option to purchase additional common units, and stabilizing
purchases.
|
|
|
|
|
Short sales involve secondary market sales by the underwriters
of a greater number of common units than they are required to
purchase in this offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Covered short sales are sales of common units in an
amount up to the number of common units represented by the
underwriters option to purchase additional common units.
|
|
|
|
Naked short sales are sales of common units in an
amount in excess of the number of common units represented by
the underwriters option to purchase additional common
units.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Covering transactions involve purchases of common units either
pursuant to the over-allotment option or in the open market
after the distribution has been completed in order to cover
short positions.
|
|
|
|
|
|
To close a naked short position, the underwriters must purchase
common units in the open market after the distribution has been
completed. A naked short position is more likely to be created
if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward
pressure on the price of the common units in the open market
after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase
in this offering.
|
|
|
|
To close a covered short position, the underwriters must
purchase common units in the open market after the distribution
has been completed or must exercise the option to purchase
additional common units. In determining the source of common
units to close the covered short position, the underwriters will
consider, among other things, the price of common units
available for purchase in the open market as compared to the
price at which they may purchase common units through the option
to purchase additional common units.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stabilizing transactions involve bids to purchase common units
so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified
maximum.
|
The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids
permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a
syndicate member when the underwriters, in covering short
positions or making stabilizing purchases, repurchase common
units originally sold by that syndicate member.
Purchases to cover short positions and stabilizing purchases, as
well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own
accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a
decline in the market price of the common units. They may also
cause the price of the common units to be higher than the price
that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of
these transactions. The underwriters may conduct these
transactions on The New York Stock Exchange, in the
over-the-counter market or otherwise. If the underwriters
commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at
any time.
175
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the
web sites maintained by one or more of the underwriters. The
representatives may agree to allocate a number of common units
to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account
holders. The representatives will allocate common units to
underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same
basis as other allocations. In addition, common units may be
sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell common
units to online brokerage account holders.
We estimate that our portion of the total expenses of this
offering will be approximately
$ .
At our request, certain of the underwriters have reserved up
to common
units for sale at the initial public offering price to the
officers, directors and employees of our general partner and its
sole member and certain other persons associated with us. We do
not know if these persons will choose to purchase all or any
portion of these reserved units, but any purchases they do make
will reduce the number of units available to the general public.
Any reserved units not so purchased will be offered by the
underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the
other units offered by this prospectus. These persons must
commit to purchase no later than before the open of business on
the day following the date of this prospectus, but in any event
these persons are not obligated to purchase common units and may
not commit to purchase common units prior to the effectiveness
of the registration statement relating to this offering.
Certain of the underwriters have in the past provided and may
from time to time in the future provide commercial banking,
investment banking and advisory services for us, PAA and our
respective affiliates for which they have received and in the
future will be entitled to receive, customary fees and
reimbursement of expenses. In particular, an affiliate of UBS
Securities LLC is a lender under PAAs revolving credit
facility and affiliates of Barclays Capital Inc. and UBS
Securities LLC are lenders under PAAs hedged inventory
facility. As stated in Use of Proceeds, we intend to
use the net proceeds from this offering to repay intercompany
indebtedness owed to PAA. In addition, at the closing of this
offering we intend to borrow approximately $200 million
under our new credit facility to repay an additional portion of
the intercompany indebtedness owed to PAA. PAA expects to use
all or a portion of these proceeds to repay amounts outstanding
under its credit facilities and for general partnership
purposes. As a result, Barclays Capital Inc. and UBS Securities
LLC will receive their proportionate share of any such repayment
by PAA of its credit facilities.
We and our general partner have agreed to indemnify the
underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities
under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the
underwriters may be required to make because of any of those
liabilities.
Because the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority views our
common units as interests in a direct participation program,
this offering is being made in compliance with Rule 2310 of
the FINRA Rules. Investor suitability with respect to the common
units will be judged similarly to the suitability with respect
to other securities that are listed for trading on a national
securities exchange.
Foreign
Selling Restrictions
European
Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area,
or EEA, which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a
Relevant Member State), with effect from, and
including, the date on which the Prospectus Directive is
implemented in that Relevant Member State, or the Relevant
Implementation Date, an offer to the public of our securities
which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this
prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except
that, with effect from, and including, the Relevant
Implementation Date, an offer to the public in that Relevant
Member State of our securities may be made at any time under the
following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they
have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:
|
|
|
|
|
to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate
in the financial markets, or, if not so authorized or regulated,
whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in our securities;
|
176
|
|
|
|
|
to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average
of at least 250 employees during the last financial year;
(2) a total balance sheet of more than 43,000,000 and
(3) an annual net turnover of more than 50,000,000,
as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or
|
|
|
|
to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified
investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive) subject to
obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such
offer; or
|
|
|
|
in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of
the Prospectus Directive.
|
provided that no such offer of our securities shall result in a
requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter or
agent of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the
Prospectus Directive.
As used above, the expression offered to the public
in relation to any of our securities in any Relevant Member
State means the communication in any form and by any means of
sufficient information on the terms of the offer and our
securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide
to purchase or subscribe for our securities, as the same may be
varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the
Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression
Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and
includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant
Member State.
The EEA selling restriction is in addition to any other selling
restrictions set out in this prospectus.
United
Kingdom
This prospectus is only being distributed to and is only
directed at (1) persons who are outside the United Kingdom,
(2) investment professionals falling within
Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act
2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or Order; or
(3) high net worth companies, and other persons to whom it
may lawfully be communicated, falling within
Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order, all such person
together being referred to as relevant persons. The
securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or
agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such
securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any
person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on
this prospectus or any of its contents.
Switzerland
Our securities may not and will not be publicly offered,
distributed or re-distributed in or from Switzerland, and
neither this prospectus nor any other solicitation for
investments in our securities may be communicated or distributed
in Switzerland in any way that could constitute a public
offering within the meaning of articles 652a or 1156 of the
Swiss Federal Code of Obligations or of Article 2 of the
Federal Act on Investment Funds of March 18, 1994. This
prospectus may not be copied, reproduced, distributed or passed
on to others without the underwriters and agents
prior written consent. This prospectus is not a prospectus
within the meaning of Articles 1156 and 652a of the Swiss
Code of Obligations or a listing prospectus according to
article 32 of the Listing Rules of the Swiss exchange and
may not comply with the information standards required
thereunder. We will not apply for a listing of our securities on
any Swiss stock exchange or other Swiss regulated market and
this prospectus may not comply with the information required
under the relevant listing rules. The securities have not been
and will not be approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. The
securities have not been and will not be registered with or
supervised by the Swiss Federal Banking Commission, and have not
been and will not be authorized under the Federal Act on
Investment Funds of March 18, 1994. The investor protection
afforded to acquirers of investment fund certificates by the
Federal Act on Investment Funds of March 18, 1994 does not
extend to acquirers of our securities.
Hong
Kong
Our securities may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means
of this prospectus or any document other than to persons whose
ordinary business is to buy or sell shares, whether as principal
or agent, or in circumstances which do not constitute an offer
to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance
(Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong). No advertisement, invitation or
document relating to our securities may be issued or may be in
the possession of any person other than with respect to the
securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to
persons outside Hong Kong or only to professional
investors within the meaning of the Securities and Futures
Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made
thereunder.
177
Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the
Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus
and any other document or material in connection with the offer
or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of our
securities may not be circulated or distributed, nor may our
securities be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an
invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or
indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an
institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities
and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, or SFA,
(ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1),
or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in
accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of
the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance
with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the
SFA, in each case subject to compliance with conditions set
forth in the SFA.
Where our securities are subscribed or purchased under
Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a
corporation (which is not an accredited investor as defined in
Section 4A of the SFA) the sole business of which is to
hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned
by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited
investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an
accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments
and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an
accredited investor; shares of that corporation or the
beneficiaries rights and interest (howsoever described) in
that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that
corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under
Section 275 of the SFA, except: (1) to an
institutional investor (for corporations under Section 274
of the SFA) or to a relevant person defined in
Section 275(2) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to an
offer that is made on terms that such shares of that corporation
or such rights and interest in that trust are acquired at a
consideration of not less than S$200,000 (or its equivalent in a
foreign currency) for each transaction, whether such amount is
to be paid for in cash or by exchange of securities or other
assets, and further for corporations, in accordance with the
conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA;
(2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or
(3) where the transfer is by operation of law.
Japan
Our securities have not been and will not be registered under
the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the Securities and
Exchange Law) and our securities will not be offered or sold,
directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to, or for the benefit of,
any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any
person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other
entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for
re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or to a
resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the
registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with,
the Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws,
regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
Australia
This prospectus is not a formal disclosure document and has not
been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments
Commission. It does not purport to contain all information that
an investor or their professional advisers would expect to find
in a product disclosure statement for the purposes of
Part 7.9 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia) in
relation to the securities.
The securities are not being offered in Australia to
retail clients as defined in section 761G of
the Corporations Act 2001 (Australia). This offering is being
made in Australia solely to wholesale clients as
defined in section 761G of the Corporations Act 2001
(Australia) and as such no product disclosure statement in
relation to the securities has been prepared.
This prospectus does not constitute an offer in Australia other
than to wholesale clients. By submitting an application for our
securities, you represent and warrant to us that you are a
wholesale client. If any recipient is not a wholesale client, no
applications for our securities will be accepted from such
recipient. Any offer to a recipient in Australia, and any
agreement arising from acceptance of such offer, is personal and
may only be accepted by the recipient. In addition, by applying
for our securities you undertake to us that, for a period of
12 months from the date of issue of the securities, you
will not transfer any interest in the securities to any person
in Australia other than a wholesale client.
178
VALIDITY
OF THE COMMON UNITS
The validity of the common units will be passed upon for us by
Vinson & Elkins L.L.P., Houston, Texas. Certain legal
matters in connection with the common units offered hereby will
be passed upon for the underwriters by Baker Botts L.L.P.,
Houston, Texas.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of PAA Natural Gas
Storage, LLC as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the
periods of September 3, 2009 to December 31, 2009,
January 1, 2009 to September 2, 2009, and the years
ended December 31, 2008 and 2007; the balance sheet of PAA
Natural Gas Storage, L.P. as of January 22, 2010; and the
balance sheet of PNGS GP LLC as of January 22, 2010
included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on
the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent
registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of
said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-l
regarding the common units. This prospectus does not contain all
of the information found in the registration statement. For
further information regarding us and the common units offered by
this prospectus, you may desire to review the full registration
statement, including its exhibits and schedules, filed under the
Securities Act. The registration statement, of which this
prospectus forms a part, including its exhibits and schedules,
may be inspected and copied at the public reference room
maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E.,
Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of the
materials may also be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates
by writing to the public reference room maintained by the SEC at
100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580,
Washington, D.C. 20549. You may obtain information on the
operation of the public reference room by calling the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330.
The SEC maintains a web site on the Internet at
http://www.sec.gov.
Our registration statement, of which this prospectus constitutes
a part, can be downloaded from the SECs web site.
We intend to furnish our unitholders annual reports containing
our audited consolidated financial statements and to furnish or
make available to our unitholders quarterly reports containing
our unaudited interim financial information for the first three
fiscal quarters of each of our fiscal years.
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
Some of the information in this prospectus may contain
forward-looking statements. These statements can be identified
by the use of forward-looking terminology including
may, believe, expect,
anticipate, estimate,
continue, or other similar words. These statements
discuss future expectations, contain projections of results of
operations or of financial condition or state other
forward-looking information. These forward-looking
statements involve risks and uncertainties. When considering
these forward-looking statements, you should keep in mind the
risk factors and other cautionary statements in this prospectus.
The risk factors and other factors noted throughout this
prospectus could cause our actual results to differ materially
from those contained in any forward-looking statement.
179
INDEX TO
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
|
|
|
F-8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-25
|
|
|
|
|
F-26
|
|
|
|
|
F-27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PNGS GP LLC
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-28
|
|
|
|
|
F-29
|
|
|
|
|
F-30
|
|
F-1
To the Members of PAA Natural Gas Storage, LLC:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and
the related consolidated statement of operations, of changes in
members capital and of cash flows present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of PAA Natural Gas
Storage, LLC and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2009, and
the results of their operations and their cash flows for the
period of September 3, 2009 to December 31, 2009 in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these
statements in accordance with the standards of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
Houston, Texas
January 22, 2010
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
F-2
To the Members of PAA Natural Gas Storage, LLC:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and
the related consolidated statements of operations, of changes in
members capital and of cash flows present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of PAA Natural Gas
Storage, LLC and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2008, and
the results of their operations and their cash flows for the
period of January 1, 2009 to September 2, 2009, and
the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial
statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these
statements in accordance with the standards of the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a
test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in
the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and
evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our
opinion.
Houston, Texas
January 22, 2010
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
3,124
|
|
|
|
$
|
32,650
|
|
Restricted cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,994
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
6,439
|
|
|
|
|
4,294
|
|
Natural gas imbalance receivables
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
|
|
1,700
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
2,280
|
|
|
|
|
1,209
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
12,243
|
|
|
|
|
53,847
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment
|
|
|
816,267
|
|
|
|
|
605,582
|
|
Less: Accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization
|
|
|
(3,004
|
)
|
|
|
|
(13,001
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
813,263
|
|
|
|
|
592,581
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base gas
|
|
|
27,927
|
|
|
|
|
50,116
|
|
Goodwill and intangibles, net
|
|
|
46,974
|
|
|
|
|
105,336
|
|
Deferred financing fees and other assets, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other assets, net
|
|
|
74,901
|
|
|
|
|
165,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
900,407
|
|
|
|
$
|
811,436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and Members Capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
$
|
14,034
|
|
|
|
$
|
18,980
|
|
Natural gas imbalance payables
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
|
|
1,700
|
|
Accrued income and other taxes
|
|
|
1,610
|
|
|
|
|
1,435
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
16,044
|
|
|
|
|
24,565
|
|
Third-party long-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
415,263
|
|
Note payable to PAA
|
|
|
450,523
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term liabilities
|
|
|
1,096
|
|
|
|
|
8,379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
467,663
|
|
|
|
|
448,207
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total members capital
|
|
|
432,744
|
|
|
|
|
363,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and members capital
|
|
$
|
900,407
|
|
|
|
$
|
811,436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
September 3,
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
2009 to
|
|
|
|
2009 to
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
September 2,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Firm storage services
|
|
$
|
23,972
|
|
|
|
$
|
42,649
|
|
|
$
|
42,871
|
|
|
$
|
31,357
|
|
Hub services
|
|
|
1,637
|
|
|
|
|
2,988
|
|
|
|
1,417
|
|
|
|
4,802
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(358
|
)
|
|
|
|
1,292
|
|
|
|
4,889
|
|
|
|
786
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
|
25,251
|
|
|
|
|
46,929
|
|
|
|
49,177
|
|
|
|
36,945
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs and expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Storage related costs
|
|
|
7,003
|
|
|
|
|
8,792
|
|
|
|
8,934
|
|
|
|
3,847
|
|
Operating costs (except those shown below)
|
|
|
3,257
|
|
|
|
|
4,820
|
|
|
|
4,059
|
|
|
|
3,947
|
|
Fuel expense
|
|
|
578
|
|
|
|
|
1,816
|
|
|
|
2,320
|
|
|
|
1,140
|
|
General and administrative expenses
|
|
|
4,083
|
|
|
|
|
3,562
|
|
|
|
3,874
|
|
|
|
3,755
|
|
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
|
|
|
3,578
|
|
|
|
|
8,054
|
|
|
|
6,245
|
|
|
|
4,520
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total costs and expenses
|
|
|
18,499
|
|
|
|
|
27,044
|
|
|
|
25,432
|
|
|
|
17,209
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
6,752
|
|
|
|
|
19,885
|
|
|
|
23,745
|
|
|
|
19,736
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(4,262
|
)
|
|
|
|
(4,352
|
)
|
|
|
(4,941
|
)
|
|
|
(7,108
|
)
|
Interest income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
|
1,147
|
|
|
|
4,011
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(473
|
)
|
|
|
(887
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Gain on interest rate swaps
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
336
|
|
|
|
548
|
|
|
|
524
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
843
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
2,488
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,518
|
|
|
$
|
19,586
|
|
|
$
|
18,006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,990
|
|
|
|
(11,074
|
)
|
|
|
(5,998
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
$
|
2,488
|
|
|
|
$
|
17,508
|
|
|
$
|
8,512
|
|
|
$
|
12,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Members
|
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Predecessor:
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
264,109
|
|
Contributions from members
|
|
|
18,600
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
18,006
|
|
Other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(5,998
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
294,717
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions from members
|
|
|
74,500
|
|
Distributions to members
|
|
|
(14,500
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
19,586
|
|
Other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(11,074
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
363,229
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions from members
|
|
|
8,500
|
|
Distributions to members
|
|
|
(8,500
|
)
|
Net income
|
|
|
15,518
|
|
Other comprehensive income
|
|
|
1,990
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 2, 2009
|
|
$
|
380,738
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Members
|
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Successor:
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 2, 2009 (Predecessor)
|
|
$
|
380,738
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
2,488
|
|
Net effect of pushdown accounting (see Note 1)
|
|
|
49,518
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009 (Successor)
|
|
$
|
432,744
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
September 3,
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
2009 to
|
|
|
|
2009 to
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
September 2,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
2,488
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,518
|
|
|
$
|
19,586
|
|
|
$
|
18,006
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile to cash flow from operations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
|
|
|
3,578
|
|
|
|
|
8,054
|
|
|
|
6,245
|
|
|
|
4,520
|
|
Gain on interest rate swaps
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(548
|
)
|
|
|
(524
|
)
|
Non-cash interest on borrowing from parent
|
|
|
4,262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in assets and liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable and other assets
|
|
|
(480
|
)
|
|
|
|
(2,166
|
)
|
|
|
(5,097
|
)
|
|
|
1,540
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
|
|
|
5,417
|
|
|
|
|
1,197
|
|
|
|
1,632
|
|
|
|
(1,199
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
15,265
|
|
|
|
|
22,603
|
|
|
|
21,818
|
|
|
|
22,343
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additions to property and equipment
|
|
|
(19,301
|
)
|
|
|
|
(47,542
|
)
|
|
|
(111,697
|
)
|
|
|
(199,071
|
)
|
Cash paid for acquisitions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12,392
|
)
|
Cash paid for base gas
|
|
|
(4,366
|
)
|
|
|
|
(11,193
|
)
|
|
|
(12,913
|
)
|
|
|
(445
|
)
|
Decrease (increase) in restricted cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
14,000
|
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
5,090
|
|
|
|
34,325
|
|
Proceeds from sale of assets
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
|
630
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used in investing activities
|
|
|
(9,656
|
)
|
|
|
|
(58,561
|
)
|
|
|
(118,890
|
)
|
|
|
(177,280
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from term loan agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
110,000
|
|
Repayments on term loan agreement
|
|
|
(25,213
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1,225
|
)
|
|
|
(2,450
|
)
|
|
|
(1,837
|
)
|
Borrowings on revolving credit facility, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,500
|
|
|
|
65,000
|
|
|
|
19,700
|
|
Borrowing from parent
|
|
|
2,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Costs incurred in connection with financing arrangements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,639
|
)
|
|
|
(206
|
)
|
|
|
(720
|
)
|
Contributions from members
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,500
|
|
|
|
74,500
|
|
|
|
18,600
|
|
Distributions to members
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,500
|
)
|
|
|
(14,500
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
|
|
|
(22,813
|
)
|
|
|
|
23,636
|
|
|
|
122,344
|
|
|
|
145,743
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(17,204
|
)
|
|
|
|
(12,322
|
)
|
|
|
25,272
|
|
|
|
(9,194
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning of period
|
|
|
20,328
|
|
|
|
|
32,650
|
|
|
|
7,378
|
|
|
|
16,572
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of period
|
|
$
|
3,124
|
|
|
|
$
|
20,328
|
|
|
$
|
32,650
|
|
|
$
|
7,378
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest, net of amounts capitalized
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,298
|
|
|
$
|
5,197
|
|
|
$
|
7,324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in noncash asset purchases included in accounts payable
|
|
$
|
1,008
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,534
|
|
|
$
|
(6,582
|
)
|
|
$
|
(6,999
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for income taxes
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
795
|
|
|
$
|
290
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these
consolidated financial statements.
F-7
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, LLC
|
|
1.
|
Organization,
Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation
|
Organization
and Nature of Operations
PAA Natural Gas Storage, LLC, a limited liability company, is a
fee based, growth-oriented company engaged in the acquisition,
development, operation and commercial management of natural gas
storage facilities. We currently own and operate two natural gas
storage facilities located in Louisiana and Michigan.
Our Pine Prairie facility is a recently constructed,
high-deliverability salt cavern natural gas storage complex
located in Evangeline Parish, Louisiana. As of December 31,
2009, Pine Prairie had a total working gas storage capacity of
14 Bcf in two caverns. Our Bluewater facility is a depleted
reservoir natural gas storage complex located approximately
50 miles from Detroit in St. Clair County, Michigan. As of
December 31, 2009, Bluewater had a total working gas
storage capacity of approximately 26 Bcf in two depleted
reservoirs.
As used in this document, the terms we,
us, our and similar terms refer to PAA
Natural Gas Storage, LLC and its subsidiaries
(PNGS), unless the context indicates otherwise.
Basis
of Consolidation and Presentation
On September 3, 2009 Plains All American Pipeline, L.P.
(PAA) became our sole owner by acquiring Vulcan
Capitals 50% interest in us (PAA Ownership
Transaction for an aggregate purchase price of
$215 million). Although PNGS continued as the same legal
entity after the PAA Ownership Transaction, all of our assets
and liabilities were adjusted to fair value at the time of the
transaction under push down accounting. This change in value
resulted in a new cost basis for accounting for PNGS. The
changes in carrying value can be summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
PP&E, net
|
|
$
|
153,800
|
|
Base gas
|
|
|
(38,338
|
)
|
Goodwill (see Note 2)
|
|
|
(61,515
|
)
|
Other long term assets
|
|
|
(4,429
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
49,518
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accordingly, the accompanying consolidated financial statements
are presented for Predecessor and Successor periods, which
relate to the accounting periods preceding and succeeding the
PAA Ownership Transaction. The Predecessor and Successor periods
have been separated by a vertical line on the face of the
consolidated financial statements to highlight the fact that the
financial information for such periods was prepared under two
different cost bases of accounting. The accompanying financial
statements and related notes present our consolidated financial
position as of December 31, 2009 and December 31,
2008, and the consolidated results of our operations, cash flows
and changes in members capital for the periods ended
December 31, 2009, September 2, 2009,
December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007. The
accompanying consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of PNGS and its subsidiaries, all of which are
wholly-owned. All significant intercompany transactions have
been eliminated. Certain reclassifications have been made to the
previous years to conform to the 2009 presentation. These
reclassifications do not affect net income.
Subsequent events have been evaluated through the financial
statements issuance date of January 22, 2010 and have been
included within the following footnotes where applicable.
|
|
2.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Policies
|
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
generally accepted accounting principles requires us to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of
assets and liabilities and the
F-8
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, LLC
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues
and expenses during the reporting period. We make significant
estimates with respect to:
(i) mark-to-market
estimates of derivative instruments, (ii) accruals and
contingent liabilities, (iii) estimated fair value of
assets and liabilities acquired and identification of associated
goodwill and intangible assets, (iv) accruals related to
incentive compensation, (v) valuation and recoverability of
long-lived assets including property and equipment and goodwill
and (vi) depreciation and depletion expense. Although we
believe these estimates are reasonable, actual results could
differ from these estimates.
Revenue
Recognition
We provide various types of natural gas storage services to
customers. Revenues from these activities are classified as firm
storage services or hub services.
Firm storage services consist of:
(i) firm storage reservation fees fixed
monthly capacity reservation fees which are owed to us
regardless of the actual storage capacity utilized by the
customer. These fees are recognized in revenue ratably over the
term of the contract regardless of the actual storage capacity
utilized; this also includes seasonal park and loan
services, pursuant to which a customer will pay fees for the
firm right to store gas in (park), or borrow gas
from (loan), our facilities on a seasonal basis.
(ii) firm storage cycling fees and
fuel-in-kind fees for the use of injection and
withdrawal services based on the volume of natural gas nominated
for injection and/or withdrawal; these fees are recognized in
revenue in the period the volumes are nominated. We retain a
small portion of the natural gas nominated for injection as
compensation for our fuel use; the
fuel-in-kind
is reflected as revenue when received and in operating expense
in the period the fuel is used in operations. Any excess fuel
collected is carried as inventory at average cost.
Hub services consist of:
(i) fees from (i) interruptible storage
services pursuant to which customers receive only limited
assurances regarding the availability of capacity in our storage
facilities and pay fees based on their actual utilization of our
assets, (ii) non-seasonal park and loan
services and (iii) wheeling and balancing
services pursuant to which customers pay fees for the right to
move a volume of gas through our facilities from one
interconnection point to another and true up their deliveries of
gas to, or takeaways of gas from, our facilities. We may also
retain a small portion of natural gas nominated for injection as
compensation for our fuel use. These fees are recognized in
revenue in the month that the services are provided.
Other revenue includes revenues from the sale of crude oil and
liquids produced in conjunction with the operation of our
Bluewater facility, net of royalties and taxes. Additionally, we
periodically sell any fuel-in-kind volumes in excess of actual
volumes needed as fuel for our facilities. Such revenue is
recognized at the time title to the product sold transfers to
the purchaser or its designee. Other revenue also includes
unrealized and realized gains and losses associated with certain
commodity derivatives which we have entered into which have not
been eligible for hedge accounting.
Storage
Related Costs
Storage related costs consist of: (i) fees incurred to
lease third party storage capacity and pipeline transportation
capacity; and (ii) costs associated with loan services for
customers (see Base Gas). These costs are incurred
to increase our operational flexibility and enhance the services
we offer our customers.
F-9
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, LLC
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Cash,
Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash, restricted cash and cash equivalents consist of all demand
deposits and funds invested in highly liquid instruments with
original maturities of three months or less. Restricted cash
consisted of cash that was restricted in accordance with the
terms of our Pine Prairie revolving credit facility and term
loan agreement which were terminated in conjunction with the PAA
Ownership Transaction. At December 31, 2009 and
December 31, 2008, the cash, restricted cash and cash
equivalents are concentrated in two financial institutions and
at times may exceed federally insured limits. We periodically
assess the financial condition of the financial institutions and
believe that our credit risk is minimal. As of December 31,
2009 and December 31, 2008, accounts payable included
approximately $1.0 million and $0.9 million,
respectively, of outstanding checks that were reclassed from
cash and cash equivalents to accounts payable and accrued
liabilities.
Accounts
Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
Our accounts receivable are from a broad mix of customers,
including local gas distribution companies, electric utilities,
pipelines, direct industrial users, electric power generators,
marketers, producers, LNG importers and affiliates of such
entities. We have a rigorous credit review process and closely
monitor the potential credit risks associated with these
counterparties in order to make a determination with respect to
the amount, if any, of credit to be extended to any given
customer and the form and amount of financial performance
assurances we require. Such financial assurances are commonly
provided to us in the form of standby letters of credit or
parental guarantees.
We establish provisions for losses on accounts receivable if we
determine that we will not collect all or part of an outstanding
receivable balance. We regularly review collectability and
establish or adjust our allowance as necessary using the
specific identification method. As of December 31, 2009 and
December 31, 2008, substantially all of our accounts
receivable were current and we had no allowance for doubtful
accounts. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had an income
tax refund receivable of approximately $1.1 million and
$0.1 million, respectively, included in Other Current
Assets on our balance sheet. We have not had any material
accounts receivable write-offs since our inception.
Goodwill
and Other Intangible Assets
Our goodwill and other intangible assets balances at
December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 consisted of
the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
$
|
24,549
|
|
|
|
$
|
86,064
|
|
Intangible assets
|
|
|
23,000
|
|
|
|
|
21,075
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill and intangibles
|
|
|
47,549
|
|
|
|
|
107,139
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(575
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1,803
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill and intangibles, net
|
|
$
|
46,974
|
|
|
|
$
|
105,336
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We test goodwill at least annually and on an interim basis if a
triggering event occurs to determine whether an impairment has
occurred. Goodwill is tested for impairment at a level of
reporting referred to as a reporting unit. A reporting unit is
an operating segment or one level below an operating segment for
which discrete financial information is available and regularly
reviewed by management. Our reporting units are our operating
segments. Our operating segments are our Bluewater facility and
our Pine Prairie facility (see Note 10). It is a two step
process to test goodwill for impairment. In Step 1, we compare
the fair value of the reporting unit with the respective book
values, including goodwill. When the fair value is greater than
book
F-10
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, LLC
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
value, then the reporting units goodwill is not considered
impaired. If the book value is greater than fair value, then we
proceed to Step 2. In Step 2, we compare the implied fair value
of the reporting units goodwill with the book value. A
goodwill impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount
exceeds its fair value. In conjunction with the PAA Ownership
Transaction, we revalued all of our assets and liabilities to
fair value, resulting in a new Successor goodwill balance of
$24.5 million at December 31, 2009. On a go forward
basis, we will test goodwill at least annually on June 30 of
each year to determine if an impairment has occurred. No
impairments have occurred since our inception.
The table below reflects our changes in goodwill for the periods
ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
86,064
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
86,064
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at September 2, 2009
|
|
$
|
86,064
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
|
Elimination of predecessor goodwill
|
|
|
(86,064
|
)
|
Goodwill pushed down from PAA Ownership Transaction
|
|
|
24,549
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in goodwill
|
|
|
(61,515
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
24,549
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We amortize finite lived intangible assets over our best
estimate of their useful life and in the periods that we
estimate that the economic benefits of the intangible assets are
consumed. An impairment loss is recognized for intangibles if
the carrying amount of an intangible asset is not recoverable
and its carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Intangible
assets are tested for impairment when events or circumstances
indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The
intangible costs are amortized on a straight-line basis. In
conjunction with the PAA Ownership Transaction, we revalued all
of our assets and liabilities to fair value.
Our intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
Lives(1)
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
(In Years)
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Customer contracts and relationships(2)
|
|
n/a
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,029
|
|
NPI acquisition(2)
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,046
|
|
Property tax abatement
|
|
13
|
|
|
23,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total intangible assets
|
|
|
|
|
23,000
|
|
|
|
|
21,075
|
|
Less: Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
|
|
(575
|
)
|
|
|
|
(1,803
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total intangible assets, net of amortization
|
|
|
|
$
|
22,425
|
|
|
|
$
|
19,272
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
At the point of revaluing our assets to fair value, we also
reassessed the estimated useful lives used for amortization
purposes and revised them accordingly. |
|
(2) |
|
The change in values are the result of fair value adjustments
under push down accounting. |
F-11
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, LLC
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Amortization expense related to our intangible assets was
$0.6 million, $1.6 million, $1.1 million and
$0.6 million for the periods ended December 31, 2009,
September 2, 2009, December 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007, respectively. We estimate that our
amortization expense related to our finite lived intangible
assets for the next five years will be as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Calendar Year
|
|
Expense
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
1,725
|
|
2011
|
|
|
1,725
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,725
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,725
|
|
2014
|
|
|
1,725
|
|
Other
Assets, net
Other assets, net of accumulated amortization at
December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008 consisted of
the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Debt issue costs(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,577
|
|
School bond retirement, in lieu of property tax(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,240
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,831
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,275
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other assets, net
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,556
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Costs incurred in connection with the issuance of the long-term
debt and amendments to our credit facilities are capitalized and
amortized using the straight-line method over the term of the
related debt. The remaining balance of debt issues costs were
eliminated in conjunction with the repayment of the debt on
September 2, 2009. |
|
(2) |
|
Effective with the PAA Ownership Transaction, the school bond
retirement and tax abatement agreement were recorded at fair
value in intangibles. |
Amortization expense related to other assets was
$0.0 million, $0.5 million, $0.3 million and
$0.3 million for the periods ended December 31, 2009,
September 2, 2009, December 31, 2008 and
December 31, 2007, respectively.
Asset
Retirement Obligations
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) guidance
establishes accounting requirements for retirement obligations
associated with tangible long-lived assets, including
(1) the timing of the liability recognition,
(2) initial measurement of the liability,
(3) allocation of asset retirement cost to expense,
(4) subsequent measurement of the liability and
(5) financial statement disclosures. FASB guidance also
requires that the cost for asset retirement should be
capitalized as part of the cost of the related long-lived asset
and subsequently allocated to expense using a systematic and
rational method.
Some of our assets have contractual or regulatory obligations to
perform remediation when the assets are abandoned. These assets,
with regular maintenance, will continue to be in service for
many years to come. It is not possible to predict when demands
for our services will cease and we do not believe that such
demand
F-12
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, LLC
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
will cease for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, we believe
the date when these assets will be abandoned is indeterminate.
With no reasonably determinable abandonment date, we cannot
reasonably estimate the fair value of the associated asset
retirement obligation. We will record an asset retirement
obligation in the period in which sufficient information becomes
available for us to reasonably determine the settlement date.
Impairment
of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets with recorded values that are not expected to
be recovered through future cash flows are written down to
estimated fair value in accordance with FASB guidance over the
accounting for the impairment or disposal of long-lived assets.
Under this guidance, a long-lived asset is tested for impairment
when events or circumstances indicate that its carrying value
may not be recoverable. The carrying value of a long-lived asset
is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted
cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual
disposition of the asset. If the carrying value exceeds the sum
of the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss equal to the
amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the
asset is recognized.
We periodically evaluate property and equipment for impairment
when events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of
these assets may not be recoverable. The evaluation is highly
dependent on the underlying assumptions of related cash flows.
In determining the existence of an impairment in carrying value,
we make a number of subjective assumptions as to:
|
|
|
|
|
Whether there is an indication of impairment;
|
|
|
|
The grouping of assets;
|
|
|
|
The intention of holding versus selling
an asset;
|
|
|
|
The forecast of undiscounted expected future cash flow over the
assets estimated useful life; and
|
|
|
|
If an impairment exists, the fair value of the asset or asset
group.
|
There were no impairments in the 2009, 2008 and 2007 periods.
Property
and Equipment
In accordance with our capitalization policy, costs associated
with acquisitions and improvements that expand our existing
capacity, including related interest costs, are capitalized. In
addition, we capitalize expenditures for the replacement of
partially or fully depreciated assets in order to maintain the
service capability, level of production,
and/or
functionality of our existing assets. Repair and maintenance
expenditures incurred in order to maintain the
day-to-day
operation of our existing assets are charged to expense as
incurred.
In conjunction with the development of our Pine Prairie
facility, we capitalize direct and certain indirect costs, such
as related interest costs associated with the development and
construction project. For the periods ended December 31,
2009, September 2, 2009 and December 31, 2008, Pine
Prairie capitalized interest was $5.4 million,
$10.2 million and $19.0 million, respectively.
F-13
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, LLC
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Property and equipment, net is stated at cost and consisted of
the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
|
Lives(1)
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
(In Years)
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Natural gas storage facilities and equipment
|
|
|
|
50 to 70
|
|
|
|
$
|
539,870
|
|
|
|
$
|
253,027
|
|
Office property, equipment and other
|
|
|
|
3 to 5
|
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
479
|
|
Oil and gas properties
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
|
1,986
|
|
|
|
|
4,811
|
|
Land
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
|
8,288
|
|
|
|
|
1,147
|
|
Construction work in progress
|
|
|
|
n/a
|
|
|
|
|
266,075
|
|
|
|
|
346,118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
816,267
|
|
|
|
|
605,582
|
|
Less: Accumulated depreciation and depletion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,004
|
)
|
|
|
|
(13,001
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
813,263
|
|
|
|
$
|
592,581
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
At the point of revaluing our assets to fair value, we also
reassessed the estimated useful lives used for depreciation
purposes and revised them accordingly. |
Depreciation and depletion expense related to our property and
equipment for the periods ended December 31, 2009,
September 3, 2009, December 2008 and December 31, 2007
was $3.0 million, $6.0 million, $4.8 million and
$3.6 million, respectively.
Although our Bluewater facility includes certain oil and gas
producing properties, the production of oil and gas is not our
main line of business and thus, we view these assets as
ancillary to our existing operations. The terms of our agreement
with the former owners of Bluewater requires us to produce these
crude oil proved reserves subject to certain conditions. We have
capitalized our costs to acquire such properties, which are
estimated to contain approximately 300,000 barrels of
proved reserves. Such costs are depreciated and depleted by the
unit of production method.
The Pine Prairie facility is being managed, developed and
constructed as one project. We will place assets into service in
several phases and begin depreciation of these assets and an
applicable portion of the other related assets when they are
complete and ready for their intended use.
We calculate our depreciation using the straight-line method,
based on estimated useful lives and salvage values of our
assets. These estimates are based on various factors including
age (in the case of acquired assets), manufacturing
specifications, technological advances and historical data
concerning useful lives of similar assets. Uncertainties that
impact these estimates include changes in laws and regulations
relating to restoration and abandonment requirements, economic
conditions, and supply and demand in the area. When assets are
put into service, we make estimates with respect to useful lives
and salvage values that we believe are reasonable. However,
subsequent events could cause us to change our estimates, thus
impacting the future calculation of depreciation and
amortization.
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the property and equipment
balance includes approximately $6.4 million and
$4.0 million, respectively, of accrued costs. Such amounts
are reflected as a component of accounts payable and accrued
liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.
Base
Gas
Base gas volumes at December 31, 2009 consisted of
9.2 Bcf of natural gas in the storage facilities, which is
necessary to operate the facilities. Approximately 7.0 Bcf
is recorded at fair value as of September 2, 2009 due to
the PAA Ownership Transaction with the remainder representing
native natural gas within a depleted reservoir that is ascribed
zero value due to uncertainty regarding our ability to
ultimately recover
F-14
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, LLC
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
such gas. All future purchases will be carried at historical
cost. The level of necessary base gas fluctuates based on the
utilization of the caverns and reservoirs. At times, dependent
on market conditions and utilization of the facilities, base gas
may be loaned to customers. We classify amounts outstanding
under base gas loans as a component of base gas in the
accompanying consolidated financial statements. This gas will
continue to be utilized as base gas, a long-term asset, upon
settlement of the loan. As of December 31, 2009, we had
outstanding loan agreements totaling approximately 5.6 Bcf
of natural gas. We expect the natural gas to be returned to us
in the first quarter of 2010 in accordance with the terms of the
agreements.
Gas
Imbalances
We value gas imbalances due to or from interconnecting pipelines
at market price as of the balance sheet date. Gas imbalances
represent the difference between customer nominations and actual
gas receipts from and gas deliveries to our interconnecting
pipelines under various operational balancing agreements. As the
settlements of imbalances are in-kind, changes in the balances
do not have an impact on our earnings or cash flows.
Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities
From time to time, we may utilize derivative instruments to
manage our exposure to interest rates, future purchases of base
gas and to economically hedge the intrinsic value of our natural
gas storage facilities. Our policy is to formally document all
relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as
well as our risk management objectives and strategy for
undertaking the hedge. This process includes specific
identification of the hedging instrument and the hedged
transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged and how the
hedging instruments effectiveness will be assessed. Both
at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, we assess
whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions
are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of
hedged items. FASB guidance requires that changes in the fair
value of derivative instruments be recognized currently in
earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met, in
which case, the effective portion of changes in the fair value
of cash flow hedges are deferred in other comprehensive income
and reclassed into earnings when the underlying transaction
affects earnings.
Commodity Derivatives. In the fourth quarter
of 2009, we entered into a natural gas calendar spread position
consisting of NYMEX futures with a notional volume of
approximately 3 Bcf. This derivative is not eligible for
hedge accounting. We recognized a current liability of
approximately $0.4 million within accounts payable and
accrued liabilities on our consolidated balance sheet as of
December 31, 2009 and recognized an offsetting $0.4 million
mark-to-market
loss within other revenue during the period ended
December 31, 2009. We consider NYMEX natural gas futures
contracts to be a level 1 item within the fair value
hierarchy.
During the year ended December 31, 2008, we entered into
and settled a natural gas storage related futures position with
a notional volume of approximately 4 Bcf. This derivative
instrument was not eligible for hedge accounting. Upon
settlement of this transaction, we recognized a gain of
approximately $1.1 million which is reflected as a
component of other revenues during the year ended
December 31, 2008.
Interest Rate Swap Agreements. Our Predecessor
had previously entered into a series of interest rate swap
agreements which were designated as cash flow hedges. These
interest rate swaps were utilized to mitigate exposure to
changes in cash flows associated with variable rate interest
payments on certain debt obligations. As of December 31,
2008, the fair market value of the interest rate swap agreements
was a liability of approximately $17.8 million, of which
approximately $9.7 million was included in other current
liabilities in our consolidated financial statements with the
balance being included in other long-term liabilities. The
effective portion of the change in the fair value of these
interest rate swap agreements is reflected as other
comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated financial
statements. During each of the periods presented, we had no
other components of other comprehensive income (loss). As of
December 31,
F-15
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, LLC
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
2008, we had accumulated other comprehensive loss of
approximately $17.1 million associated with these interest
rate swap agreements which is reflected within members
capital in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The
ineffectiveness on these interest rate swap agreements was
recognized as a gain on interest rate swaps in our consolidated
financial statements. In conjunction with the PAA Ownership
Transaction, all of the associated debt obligations were settled
and all of these interest rate swap agreements were terminated.
We paid approximately $17.6 million to settle these
interest rate swap agreements, which included approximately
$2.1 million associated with the net settlement due through
the termination date. Subsequent to the PAA Ownership
Transaction, we have not entered into any additional interest
rate swap agreements.
Among other things, ASC 820 Fair Value Measurements and
Disclosures requires enhanced disclosures about assets and
liabilities carried at fair value. As defined in ASC 820, fair
value is the price that would be received from selling an asset,
or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction
between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820
establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs
used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest
priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for
identical assets or liabilities (level 1 measurement) and
the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3
measurement).
Our interest rate swap agreements which were outstanding during
the predecessor period were classified as Level 3
liabilities.
The determination of the fair values incorporates various
factors required under ASC 820. These factors include not only
the credit standing of the counterparties involved and the
impact of credit enhancements, but also the impact of
nonperformance risk on our liabilities. Our interest rate swap
agreements were designated as a Level 3 measurement in the
fair value hierarchy as the broker or dealer price quotations
used to measure the fair value and the pricing services used to
corroborate the quotations are indicative quotations rather than
quotations whereby the broker or dealer is ready and willing to
transact. However, the fair value of these Level 3
derivatives are not based on significant management assumptions
or subjective inputs.
The following table provides a reconciliation of changes in fair
value of the beginning and ending balances for our interest rate
swap agreements which were classified as Level 3
measurements in the fair value hierarchy (in thousands of
dollars) since our adoption of the applicable provisions of ASC
820 on January 1, 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
Beginning liability balance, January 1, 2008
|
|
$
|
(7,265
|
)
|
Unrealized gains and (losses)
|
|
|
|
|
Included in earnings
|
|
|
548
|
|
Included in other comprehensive income(1)
|
|
|
(14,224
|
)
|
Settlements(2)
|
|
|
3,150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ending balance, December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
(17,791
|
)
|
Unrealized gains and (losses)
|
|
|
|
|
Included in earnings
|
|
|
336
|
|
Included in other comprehensive income(1)
|
|
|
(4,628
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Settlements(2)
|
|
|
6,618
|
|
Ending liability balance, September 2, 2009
|
|
$
|
(15,465
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Reflects changes in accumulated other comprehensive income due
changes in fair value |
|
(2) |
|
Reflects amounts reclassified out of accumulated other
comprehensive income to interest expense concurrent with the
interest expense accruals associated with the underlying hedged
debt. |
F-16
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, LLC
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Income
and Other Taxes
No provision for U.S. federal income taxes related to our
operations is included in the accompanying consolidated
financial statements as we are treated as a partnership not
subject to federal income tax and the tax effect of our
activities accrues to our members. Income tax expense shown on
our income statement is related to Michigan state income tax. As
a result of PAA obtaining control over us in conjunction with
the PAA Ownership Transaction, we are considered part of a
unitary group with PAA for purposes of Michigan state tax
reporting. For the period from September 3, 2009 to
December 31, 2009, our income tax provision reflects our
allocated share of PAAs consolidated Michigan tax
obligation. Such amount was not material for the period. Other
current assets as of December 31, 2009 includes a
$1.1 million receivable associated with overpayments in
2008 and 2009. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we have no
material assets, liabilities or accrued interest associated with
uncertain tax positions.
Environmental
Matters
We record environmental liabilities when environmental
assessments
and/or
remediation efforts are probable and we can reasonably estimate
the costs. Generally, our recording of these accruals coincides
with the completion of a feasibility study or our commitment to
a formal plan of action. Management is not aware of any
association with any known material environmental liabilities as
of December 31, 2009.
Recent
Accounting Pronouncements
Standards
Adopted as of January 1, 2010
In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued guidance that requires an enterprise
to perform an analysis to determine whether the
enterprises variable interest(s) provide a controlling
financial interest in a variable interest entity
(VIE). This analysis identifies the primary
beneficiary of a VIE as the enterprise that has (i) the
power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly
impact the entitys economic performance and (ii) the
obligation to absorb losses of the entity, or the right to
receive benefits from the entity, that could potentially be
significant to the VIE. This guidance also (i) requires
such assessments to be ongoing, (ii) amends certain
guidance for determining whether an entity is a VIE and
(iii) enhances disclosures that will provide users of
financial statements with more transparent information regarding
an enterprises involvement in a VIE. We adopted this
guidance as of January 1, 2010 and are currently evaluating
the impact of adoption on our consolidated financial statements.
In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance regarding accounting for
transfers of financial assets. The guidance removes the concept
of a qualified special purpose entity (QSPE), which will result
in securitization and other asset-backed financing vehicles to
be evaluated for consolidation in accordance with guidance for
VIEs. This guidance also (i) expands legal isolation
analysis, (ii) limits when a portion of a financial asset
can be derecognized and (iii) clarifies that an entity must
consider all arrangements or agreements made contemporaneously
with, or in contemplation of, a transfer when applying the
derecognition criteria. We adopted this guidance as of
January 1, 2010; however, we currently do not maintain any
QSPEs and as such, such adoption is not expected to have a
material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Standards
Adopted as of July 1, 2009
In June 2009, the FASB issued the FASB Accounting Standards
Codification (the Codification) to establish a
single source of authoritative nongovernmental
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles
(U.S. GAAP). The Codification is meant to
(i) simplify user access by codifying all authoritative
U.S. GAAP into one location, (ii) ensure that codified
content accurately represents authoritative U.S. GAAP and
(iii) create a better structure and research system for
U.S. GAAP. The Codification was effective for interim or
annual
F-17
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, LLC
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
periods ending after September 15, 2009; therefore, we
adopted this guidance as of July 1, 2009. Adoption did not
have any material impact on our financial position, results of
operations or cash flows.
Standards
Adopted as of April 1, 2009
In May 2009, the FASB issued guidance that establishes general
standards of accounting for and disclosure of subsequent events
for events that occur after the balance sheet date but before
financial statements are issued. This guidance sets forth
(i) the period after the balance sheet date during which
management shall evaluate events or transactions that may occur
for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial
statements, (ii) the circumstances under which an entity
shall recognize events or transactions occurring after the
balance sheet date in its financial statements and
(iii) the disclosures that an entity shall make about
events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet
date. This guidance was effective for interim or annual periods
ending after June 15, 2009; therefore, we adopted this
guidance as of April 1, 2009. Adoption did not have any
material impact on our financial position, results of operations
or cash flows.
In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance that increases the
frequency of fair value disclosures from annual to quarterly in
an effort to provide financial statement users with more timely
and transparent information about the effects of current market
conditions on financial instruments. This is intended to address
concerns raised by some financial statement users about the lack
of comparability resulting from the use of different measurement
attributes for financial instruments. These disclosures are also
intended to stimulate more robust discussions about financial
instrument valuations between users and reporting entities. We
adopted this guidance as of April 1, 2009. Adoption did not
have any material impact on our financial position, results of
operations or cash flows.
Standards
Adopted as of January 1, 2009
In April 2008, the FASB issued guidance that amends the factors
that should be considered in developing renewal or extension
assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized
intangible asset under previous guidance over goodwill and other
intangible assets. The intent of this guidance is to improve the
consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible
asset and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the
fair value of the asset under generally accepted accounting
principles. We adopted this guidance as of January 1, 2009.
Adoption did not have any material impact on our financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.
In March 2008, the FASB issued guidance that amends previous
guidance regarding the disclosures about derivative instruments
and hedging activities. This guidance requires enhanced
disclosures about (i) how and why an entity uses derivative
instruments, (ii) how derivative instruments and related hedged
items are accounted for under the guidance, and its related
interpretations and (iii) how derivative instruments and related
hedged items affect an entitys financial position,
financial performance and cash flows. The provisions of this
guidance were effective for financial statements issued for
fiscal years and interim periods beginning after
November 15, 2008. We adopted this guidance as of
January 1, 2009. Adoption did not have any material impact
on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In December 2007, the FASB issued further guidance regarding
accounting for business combinations. This guidance establishes
principles and requirements for how an acquirer: (i) recognizes
and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets
acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling
interest in the acquiree; (ii) recognizes and measures the
goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a
bargain purchase and (iii) determines what information to
disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate
the nature and financial effects of the business combination.
The provisions of this guidance were effective for business
combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the
beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or
after December 15, 2008. We adopted this guidance as of
January 1, 2009. Adoption has impacted our accounting for
acquisitions subsequent to that date.
F-18
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, LLC
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
3.
|
Acquisitions
and Dispositions
|
During 2009 and 2008, we sold various property and equipment for
proceeds totaling approximately $0.2 million and
$0.6 million, respectively. Losses recognized related to
these dispositions were immaterial.
We are required under our limited liability company agreement to
distribute 100% of our available cash to our members in
proportion to their relative ownership interest within
45 days after the end of each quarter. Available cash is
generally defined as all cash and cash equivalents on hand at
the end of the quarter less reserves established by the managing
member for future requirements.
|
|
5.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
We do not directly employ any persons to manage or operate our
business. These functions are provided by employees of Plains
All American GP LLC (GP LLC), the general partner of
Plains AAP, L.P. which is the sole member of PAA GP LLC,
PAAs general partner. References to PAA, unless the
context otherwise requires, include GP LLC. We reimburse PAA for
all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments in makes
on our behalf and all other expenses allocable to us or
otherwise incurred by PAA in connection with the operation of
our business. These expenses are recorded in general and
administrative expenses on our income statement and include
salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to
persons who perform services for us or on our behalf. We record
these costs on the accrual basis in the period in which
PAAs general partner incurs them. Our agreement with PAA
provides that PAA will determine the expenses allocable to us in
any reasonable manner determined by PAA in its sole discretion.
The amount of the allocation increased after the PAA Ownership
Transaction, as prior to September 2, 2009, the joint
venture agreement with Vulcan Capital did not permit PAA to
charge us for executive officer expenses. Instead, such items
were compensated under a contingent management fee arrangement
that was subject to achievement of performance benchmarks not
considered probable. Such contingent management fee was
addressed by the negotiation with Vulcan Capital and reflected
in the total valuation. Total costs reimbursed by us to PAA for
the periods ended December 31, 2009, September 2, 2009
and December 31, 2008, were approximately
$7.9 million, $3.6 million and $9.3 million,
respectively. As of December 31, 2009 and December 31,
2008, we had a liability to PAA of approximately
$1.8 million and $0.8 million, respectively, included
in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the consolidated
balance sheet.
Equity compensation expense for PAA employees that are directly
involved in providing services to PNGS is pushed down from PAA
to PNGS and is carried as an equity compensation liability on
our balance sheet. The fair value of these awards, which are
subject to liability classification, is calculated based on the
closing price of PAAs units at each balance sheet date
adjusted for (i) the present value of any distributions
that are estimated to occur on the underlying units over the
vesting period that will not be received by the award recipients
and (ii) an estimated forfeiture rate when appropriate.
This fair value is recognized as compensation expense over the
period the awards are earned. The awards typically contain
performance conditions based on attainment of certain annualized
PAA distribution levels or the attainment of specific PNGS
EBITDA levels and vest upon the later of a certain date or the
attainment of such levels. For awards with performance
conditions, we recognize compensation expense only if the
achievement of the performance condition is considered probable
and amortize that expense over the service period. When awards
with performance conditions that were not previously considered
probable of occurring become probable of occurring, we incur
additional equity compensation expense necessary to adjust the
life-to-date
accrued liability associated with these awards.
F-19
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, LLC
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
At December 31, 2009, we have the following equity
compensation awards outstanding (units in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Vesting Date(1)
|
|
Units
|
|
|
|
|
(# of units)
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
Performance Condition Required for Vesting
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
PAA annualized distributions of between $3.00 and $4.35
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
PNGS EBITDA targets
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Awards are presented above assuming the performance conditions
are attained, that all grantees remain employed with us, and
that the awards will vest on the earliest date possible
regardless of our current assessment of probability. |
The expense and liability for the applicable periods was as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
September 3,
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 through
|
|
|
2009 through
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
September 2,
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
Current liability
|
|
|
$
|
745
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
188
|
|
|
$
|
97
|
|
Long-term liability
|
|
|
$
|
1,096
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
265
|
|
|
$
|
573
|
|
Expense (income)(1)
|
|
|
$
|
1,467
|
|
|
|
$
|
304
|
|
|
$
|
(110
|
)
|
|
$
|
553
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Substantially all of this amount is reflected general and
administrative expense in the consolidated income statement. |
Our accrual at December 31, 2009 includes an accrual
associated with our assessment that PAAs annualized
distribution of $3.90 is probable of occurring at this time. We
have not deemed a distribution of more than $3.90 to be probable.
We estimate that the remaining fair value of the outstanding
awards will be recognized in expense as shown below (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Calendar Year
|
|
Expense(1)
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
980
|
|
2011
|
|
|
337
|
|
2012
|
|
|
224
|
|
2013
|
|
|
124
|
|
2014
|
|
|
11
|
|
Beyond
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,689
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Amounts do not include fair value associated with awards
containing performance conditions that are not considered to be
probable of occurring at December 31, 2009. |
In conjunction with the PAA Ownership Transaction, all third
party debt was terminated and replaced with a related party note
payable to PAA (PAA Note). The PAA Note is a demand
note and accrues interest at a fixed rate of 6.5%. PAA has
issued a waiver stating that it will not demand payment during
the year
F-20
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, LLC
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
ended December 31, 2010. The interest on the note is paid
in-kind and added to the principal amount of the note. To the
extent necessary, we have the ability to incur additional
borrowings under the note.
Long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
Short-term
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term loan
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total short-term debt
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,450
|
|
Long-term
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving credit facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112,000
|
|
Term loan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
303,263
|
|
Note payable to PAA
|
|
|
450,523
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total long-term debt
|
|
|
450,523
|
|
|
|
|
415,263
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
450,523
|
|
|
|
$
|
417,713
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
From time to time, we lease third party storage and pipeline
capacity in order to increase our operational flexibility and
enhance the services we offer our customers. As of
December 31, 2009, we had 3 Bcf of storage capacity
under lease from third parties and had secured the right to
379 MMcf per day of firm transportation service on various
pipelines. In addition, we may enter into contracts related to
construction costs associated with certain of our capital
projects. Future, non-cancellable commitments related to these
items at December 31, 2009, are summarized below (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Leases storage, transportation, other
|
|
$
|
51,118
|
|
|
$
|
16,103
|
|
|
$
|
11,822
|
|
|
$
|
10,522
|
|
|
$
|
6,228
|
|
|
$
|
4,448
|
|
|
$
|
1,995
|
|
Purchase obligations
|
|
|
41,718
|
|
|
|
23,512
|
|
|
|
1,556
|
|
|
|
1,800
|
|
|
|
1,800
|
|
|
|
1,800
|
|
|
|
11,250
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
92,836
|
|
|
$
|
39,615
|
|
|
$
|
13,378
|
|
|
$
|
12,322
|
|
|
$
|
8,028
|
|
|
$
|
6,248
|
|
|
$
|
13,245
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We may experience releases of crude oil, natural gas, brine or
other contaminants into the environment, or discover past
releases that were previously unidentified. Although we maintain
an inspection program designed to prevent and, as applicable, to
detect and address such releases promptly, damages and
liabilities incurred due to any such environmental releases from
our assets may affect our business. As of December 31,
2009, we have not identified any material environmental
obligations.
Other. A natural gas storage facility,
associated pipeline header system, and gas handling and
compression facilities may experience damage as a result of an
accident, natural disaster or terrorist activity. These hazards
can cause personal injury and loss of life, severe damage to and
destruction of property, base gas, and equipment, pollution or
environmental damage and suspension of operations. We maintain
insurance of various types that we consider adequate to cover
our operations and properties. The insurance covers our assets
in amounts considered reasonable. The insurance policies are
subject to deductibles that we consider reasonable and not
excessive. Our insurance does not cover every potential risk
associated with operating natural gas storage facility,
associated pipeline header system, and gas handling and
compression facilities, including the potential loss of
significant revenues. The overall trend in the environmental
insurance industry appears to be a contraction in the breadth
and depth of available coverage, while costs, deductibles and
retention levels have increased. Absent a material favorable
change in the environmental insurance markets, this trend is
expected
F-21
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, LLC
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
to continue as we continue to grow and expand. As a result, we
anticipate that we will elect to self-insure more of our
environmental activities or incorporate higher retention in our
insurance arrangements.
The occurrence of a significant event not fully insured,
indemnified or reserved against, or the failure of a party to
meet its indemnification obligations, could materially and
adversely affect our operations and financial condition. We
believe we are adequately insured for public liability and
property damage to others with respect to our operations. With
respect to all of our coverage, we may not be able to maintain
adequate insurance in the future at rates we consider
reasonable. In addition, although we believe that we have
established adequate reserves to the extent that such risks are
not insured, costs incurred in excess of these reserves may be
higher and may potentially have a material adverse effect on our
financial conditions, results of operations or cash flows.
Pine
Prairie Project Sale and Lease
In May 2006, in order to receive a substantial tax exemption
with respect to a portion of the Pine Prairie facility located
in Evangeline Parish, Louisiana, we sold a portion of the
facility located in the parish to the Industrial Development
Board No. 1 of the Parish of Evangeline State of Louisiana,
Inc. (the Industrial Development Board) and leased
back the property. Simultaneously with the execution of the
lease, the Industrial Development Board issued and sold
$50 million in bonds to us. Our rental obligations under
the lease consist of an amount equal to the annual interest
payment due from the Industrial Development Board on the bonds
and the amount (if any) required for repayment in full of the
outstanding indebtedness with respect to the bonds at the end of
the lease term. Additionally, we are required to pay an annual
$15,000 administrative fee to the Industrial Development Board,
as well as reasonable fees, expenses and charges of the trustee
in connection with the bonds.
The lease has a
15-year
term, which commenced in January 2008, and is terminable by us
upon payment to the Industrial Development Board of the amount
required for repayment in full of its outstanding indebtedness
under the bonds. We also have an option to purchase the leased
properties at any time during the lease term for the sum of
$5,000 plus the amount required for the repayment in full of any
outstanding indebtedness under the bonds.
We will not be subject to ad valorem property tax in the Parish
of Evangeline for the property included in this arrangement
during the term of the lease except for ad valorem tax on
inventory. We will be required to make certain payments in lieu
of ad valorem property taxes beginning in 2010, calculated as
the difference between $500,000 and a three year average of ad
valorem inventory tax revenues applicable to natural gas in the
facility for the prior three consecutive calendar years.
The passive ownership of the facilities by the Industrial
Development Board will not result in any impact to the operation
of the Pine Prairie facility. In addition, the tax exemption
enables Pine Prairie to offer more competitively priced storage
services to respond to market forces.
The Lease also contains certain covenants that Pine Prairie must
comply with in order to obtain the related ad valorem property
tax benefits during the term of the Lease including maintenance
of a minimum level of employment at the facility. We are
currently in compliance with the covenants in the Lease. In
addition to the PILOT Payments, we were also obligated to make
an additional payment to retire a school bond previously issued
by the Parish in an unrelated transaction. We paid approximately
$3.2 million in April 2008 in full satisfaction of this
obligation. Amounts related to the revenue bond and lease
obligation are presented on a net basis in our consolidated
financial statements
In conjunction with the PAA Ownership Transaction, this tax
abatement agreement was valued at approximately $23 million
and is reflected as a component of goodwill and other
intangibles, net in our consolidated balance sheet as of
December 31, 2009.
F-22
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, LLC
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
During the period from September 3, 2009 to
December 31, 2009, Anadarko Energy Services, Iberdrola
Renewables, Inc. and Guardian Pipeline, LLC accounted for
approximately 10%, 16% and 12% of our storage revenues,
respectively. During the period from January 1, 2009 to
September 2, 2009, Iberdrola Renewables, Inc. and Guardian
Pipeline, LLC accounted for approximately 17% and 13% of our
storage revenues, respectively. During the year ended
December 31, 2008, ONEOK Energy Services Company LP,
Iberdrola Renewables, Inc. and Guardian Pipeline, LLC accounted
for approximately 10%, 19% and 11% of our storage revenues,
respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2007,
ONEOK Energy Services Company LP, Iberdrola Renewables, Inc. and
Cargill Inc. accounted for approximately 10%, 13% and 10% of our
storage revenues, respectively.
This concentration in the volume of business transacted with a
limited number of customers subjects us to risk. However, we
believe that the loss of these customers would have only a
short-term impact on our operating results as there are other
customers to transact with.
Financial instruments that subject us to concentrations of
credit risk consist principally of trade receivables. Our
accounts receivable are primarily from customers that operate in
the natural gas industry. This industry concentration has the
potential to impact our overall exposure to credit risk in that
the customers may be similarly affected by changes in economic,
industry or other conditions, which subjects us to credit risk.
We review credit exposure and financial information of our
customers and generally require letters of credit for
receivables from customers that are not considered creditworthy,
unless the credit risk can otherwise be reduced.
We manage our operations through two operating segments,
Bluewater and Pine Prairie. We have aggregated these operating
segments into one reporting segment, Gas Storage. Our Chief
Operating Decision Maker (our Chairman of the Board) evaluates
segment performance based on a variety of measures including
adjusted EBITDA, volumes, adjusted EBITDA per mcf and
maintenance capital investment. We have aggregated our two
operating segments into one reportable segment based on the
similarity of their economic and other characteristics,
including the nature of services provided, methods of execution
and delivery of services, types of customers served and
regulatory requirements. We define adjusted EBITDA as earnings
before interest expense, taxes, depreciation, depletion and
amortization, equity compensation plan charges, gains and losses
from derivative activities and selected items that are generally
unusual or non-recurring. The measure above excludes
depreciation and amortization as we believe that depreciation
and amortization are largely offset by repair and maintenance
capital investments. Maintenance capital consists of
expenditures for the replacement of partially or fully
depreciated assets in order to maintain the service capability,
level of
F-23
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, LLC
Notes to
Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
production,
and/or
functionality of our existing assets. The following table
reflects certain financial data for our reporting segment for
the periods indicated (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
September 3,
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 through
|
|
|
|
2009 through
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
September 2,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Revenues(1)
|
|
$
|
25,251
|
|
|
|
$
|
46,929
|
|
|
$
|
49,177
|
|
|
$
|
36,945
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
12,165
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,701
|
|
|
$
|
31,001
|
|
|
$
|
29,663
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maintenance capital
|
|
$
|
320
|
|
|
|
$
|
384
|
|
|
$
|
377
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived assets(1)
|
|
$
|
889,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
757,588
|
|
|
$
|
641,305
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
900,407
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
811,436
|
|
|
$
|
674,765
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
We only have operations in the United States, thus no geographic
data disclosure is necessary for revenues or long-lived assets |
The following table reconciles Adjusted EBITDA to consolidated
net income (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Successor
|
|
|
|
Predecessor
|
|
|
|
September 3,
|
|
|
|
January 1,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 through
|
|
|
|
2009 through
|
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
September 2,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
12,165
|
|
|
|
$
|
28,701
|
|
|
$
|
31,001
|
|
|
$
|
29,663
|
|
Selected items impacting Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity compensation charge
|
|
|
(1,467
|
)
|
|
|
|
(304
|
)
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
|
(553
|
)
|
Mark-to-market
of open derivative positions
|
|
|
(370
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
548
|
|
|
|
524
|
|
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
|
|
|
(3,578
|
)
|
|
|
|
(8,054
|
)
|
|
|
(6,245
|
)
|
|
|
(4,520
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(4,262
|
)
|
|
|
|
(4,352
|
)
|
|
|
(4,941
|
)
|
|
|
(7,108
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(473
|
)
|
|
|
(887
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
2,488
|
|
|
|
$
|
15,518
|
|
|
$
|
19,586
|
|
|
$
|
18,006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-24
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors of the General Partner and the Limited
Partner of PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P.:
In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet presents fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of PAA Natural
Gas Storage, L.P. at January 22, 2010 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America. This financial statement is the responsibility of PAA
Natural Gas Storage, L.P.s management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on this financial statement based on
our audit. We conducted our audit of this statement in
accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we
plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall balance sheet
presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Houston, Texas
January 22, 2010
F-25
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 22, 2010
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Partners Equity
|
|
|
|
|
Limited Partner Equity
|
|
$
|
980
|
|
General Partner Equity
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Partners Equity
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the
accompanying note to the balance sheet
F-26
Note to
Financial Statement
PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. (the Partnership) was
formed on January 15, 2010.
Plains All American Pipeline, L.P. contributed $980 to the
Partnership in exchange for a 98% limited partner interest and
PNGS GP LLC contributed $20 in exchange for a 2% general partner
interest.
F-27
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Member of PNGS GP LLC:
In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet presents fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of PNGS GP LLC
at January 22, 2010 in conformity with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
This financial statement is the responsibility of PNGS GP
LLCs management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on this financial statement based on our audit. We
conducted our audit of this statement in accordance with the
standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
(United States). Those standards require that we plan and
perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the balance sheet is free of material misstatement. An audit
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the
amounts and disclosures in the balance sheet, assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall balance sheet
presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Houston, Texas
January 22, 2010
F-28
PNGS GP
LLC
Balance
Sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 22, 2010
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
980
|
|
Investment in PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P.
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Members Equity
|
|
|
|
|
Members Equity
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Members Equity
|
|
$
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See the
accompanying note to the balance sheet
F-29
Note to
Financial Statement
PNGS GP LLC (the Company), is a limited liability
company formed on January 15, 2010 to become the general
partner of PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. (the
Partnership). The Company owns a 2% general
partnership interest in the Partnership.
Plains All American Pipeline, L.P. (PAA), as sole
member, contributed $1,000 to the Company in exchange for a 100%
membership interest. The Company contributed $20 to the
Partnership in exchange for a 2% general partner interest. There
have been no other transactions involving the Company.
F-30
APPENDIX A
AMENDED
AND RESTATED
AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF PAA NATURAL GAS STORAGE,
L.P.
A-1
APPENDIX B
GLOSSARY
OF TERMS
Adjusted EBITDA: A supplemental financial
measure defined by us as earnings before interest expense,
taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization, equity
compensation plan charges, gains and losses from derivative
activities and selected items that are generally unusual or
non-recurring.
available cash: For any quarter ending prior to
liquidation:
(a) the sum of:
(1) all cash and cash equivalents of PAA Natural Gas
Storage, L.P. and its subsidiaries on hand at the end of that
quarter; and
(2) if our general partner so determines all or a portion
of any additional cash or cash equivalents of PAA Natural Gas
Storage, L.P. and its subsidiaries on hand on the date of
determination of available cash for that quarter;
(b) less the amount of cash reserves established by our
general partner to:
(1) provide for the proper conduct of the business of PAA
Natural Gas Storage, L.P. and its subsidiaries (including cash
reserves for future capital expenditures and for future credit
needs of PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. and its subsidiaries)
after that quarter;
(2) comply with applicable law or any debt instrument or
other agreement or obligation to which PAA Natural Gas Storage,
L.P. or any of its subsidiaries is a party or its assets are
subject; and
(3) provide funds for minimum quarterly distributions and
cumulative common unit arrearages for any one or more of the
next four quarters;
provided, however, that our general partner may not establish
cash reserves pursuant to clause (b)(3) immediately above unless
our general partner has determined that the establishment of
cash reserves will not prevent us from distributing the minimum
quarterly distribution on all common units and any cumulative
common unit arrearages thereon for that quarter; and provided,
further, that disbursements made by us or any of our
subsidiaries or cash reserves established, increased or reduced
after the end of that quarter but on or before the date of
determination of available cash for that quarter shall be deemed
to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for
purposes of determining available cash, within that quarter if
our general partner so determines.
base gas (or cushion gas): The volume of gas that is
injected into a storage facility to maintain adequate pressure
and deliverability rates.
basis differential: The differences in pricing of natural
gas due to location, quality, delivery timing or other factors
Bcf: One billion cubic feet.
Bcf/d: One billion cubic feet per day.
capital account: The capital account
maintained for a partner under the partnership agreement. The
capital account of a partner for a common unit, a subordinated
unit, an incentive distribution right or any other partnership
interest will be the amount which that capital account would be
if that common unit, subordinated unit, incentive distribution
right or other partnership interest were the only interest in
PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. held by a partner.
capital surplus: All available cash
distributed by us on any date from any source will be treated as
distributed from distributable cash flow until the sum of all
available cash distributed since the closing of the initial
public offering equals the distributable cash flow from the
closing of the initial public offering through
B-1
the end of the quarter immediately preceding that distribution.
Any excess available cash distributed by us on that date will be
deemed to be capital surplus.
closing price: The last sale price on a day,
regular way, or in case no sale takes place on that day, the
average of the closing bid and asked prices on that day, regular
way, in either case, as reported in the principal consolidated
transaction reporting system for securities listed or admitted
to trading on the principal national securities exchange on
which the units of that class are listed or admitted to trading.
If the units of that class are not listed or admitted to trading
on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price on
that day. If no quoted price exists, the average of the high bid
and low asked prices on that day in the
over-the-counter
market, as reported by the New York Stock Exchange or any other
system then in use. If on any day the units of that class are
not quoted by any organization of that type, the average of the
closing bid and asked prices on that day as furnished by a
professional market maker making a market in the units of the
class selected by the our board of directors. If on that day no
market maker is making a market in the units of that class, the
fair value of the units on that day as determined reasonably and
in good faith by our board of directors.
cumulative common unit arrearage: The amount
by which the minimum quarterly distribution for a quarter during
the subordination period exceeds the distribution of available
cash from distributable cash flow actually made for that quarter
on a common unit, cumulative for that quarter and all prior
quarters during the subordination period.
current market price: For any class of units
listed or admitted to trading on any national securities
exchange as of any date, the average of the daily closing prices
for the 20 consecutive trading days immediately prior to that
date.
cycling fees: Fees typically collected under a
firm storage contract based on the volume of natural gas
nominated for injection
and/or
withdrawal.
distributable cash flow: A supplemental
financial measure defined by us as net income adjusted for
(i) any gain or loss from the sale of assets not in the
ordinary course of business, (ii) any gain or loss as a
result of a change in accounting principle, (iii) any
non-cash gains or items of income and any non-cash losses or
expenses, including mark-to-market activity associated with
hedging and with non-cash revaluation
and/or fair
valuation of assets or liabilities (iv) any
acquisition-related expenses associated with (a) successful
acquisitions or (b) all other acquisitions until the
earlier to occur of the abandonment of such acquisition or one
year and (v) earnings or losses from unconsolidated
subsidiaries except to the extent of actual cash distributions
received; plus depreciation, depletion and amortization expense;
and less maintenance capital expenditures.
header system: The network of pipelines that
connect a storage facility to interstate or intrastate
pipelines, or both, as applicable, through a series of
interconnects.
interruptible storage
services: Those services pursuant to which
customers do not receive any assurances regarding the
availability of capacity in any storage facility and pay fees
based on their actual utilization of capacity.
firm storage services: Those services
including (i) multi-year storage services pursuant to which
customers receive the assured or firm right to store
gas in a storage facility over a multi-year period and
(ii) seasonal park and loan services.
hub services: Those services including
(i) interruptible storage services,
(ii) non-seasonal park and loan services and
(iii) wheeling and balancing services.
LDC: A local gas distribution company.
LNG: Liquefied natural gas.
MMBtu: One million British Thermal Units.
MMBtu/d: One million British Thermal Units per
day.
MMcf: One million cubic feet of natural gas.
B-2
MMcf/d: One
million cubic feet per day.
park and loan services: Those
services pursuant to which customers receive the
firm right to store gas in (park), or borrow gas
from (loan), a storage facility.
take or pay contracts: Contracts
under which purchasers pay for a minimum quantity of natural gas
during a contract year even if the actual amount of gas received
by the purchaser is less than the stated minimum.
Tcf: One trillion cubic feet of natural gas.
wheeling and balancing
services: Those services pursuant to which
customers pay fees for the right to move a volume of gas through
a storage facility from one interconnection point to another and
true up their deliveries of gas to, or takeaways of gas from,
such facility.
working gas: Assuming adequate operating
pressures, the amount of gas that can be extracted during the
normal operation of a storage facility.
B-3
[Back
cover art to come]
B-4
PAA
Natural Gas Storage, L.P.
Common Units
Representing Limited Partner
Interests
Prospectus
,
2010
Barclays Capital
UBS Investment Bank
Through and
including ,
2010 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus),
federal securities law may require all dealers that effect
transactions in these securities, whether or not participating
in this offering, to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is
in addition to the dealers obligation to deliver a
prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their
unsold allotments or subscriptions.
Part II
Information
required in the registration statement
|
|
ITEM 13.
|
OTHER
EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
|
Set forth below are the expenses (other than underwriting
discounts) expected to be incurred in connection with the
issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby.
With the exception of the Securities and Exchange Commission
registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and the amounts set forth
below are estimates.
|
|
|
|
|
SEC registration fee
|
|
$
|
14,260
|
|
FINRA filing fee
|
|
|
20,500
|
|
Printing and engraving expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Fees and expenses of legal counsel
|
|
|
*
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Transfer agent and registrar fees
|
|
|
*
|
|
New York Stock Exchange listing fee
|
|
|
*
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,000,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be included by amendment. |
|
|
ITEM 14.
|
INDEMNIFICATION
OF OFFICERS AND MEMBERS OF OUR GENERAL PARTNERS BOARD OF
DIRECTORS.
|
The section of the prospectus entitled The Partnership
Agreement Indemnification is incorporated
herein by reference. Reference is also made to the underwriting
agreement to be entered into in connection with the sale of the
securities offered pursuant to this registration statement, the
form of which has been filed as an exhibit to this registration
statement. Subject to any terms, conditions or restrictions set
forth in the partnership agreement,
Section 17-108
of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act empowers
a Delaware limited partnership to indemnify and hold harmless
any partner or other person from and against all claims and
demands whatsoever. The officers and directors of our general
partner will be insured against liabilities asserted and
expenses incurred in connection with their activities as
officers and directors of the general partner or any of its
direct or indirect subsidiaries.
|
|
ITEM 15.
|
RECENT
SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
|
On January 15, 2010, in connection with the formation of
PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. (the Partnership), the
Partnership issued to (i) its general partner the 2.0%
general partner interest in the Partnership for $20 and
(ii) Plains All American Pipeline, L.P. the 98.0% limited
partner interest in the Partnership for $980. The issuance was
exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act. There have been no other sales of unregistered
securities within the past three years.
The following documents are filed as exhibits to this
registration statement:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
|
|
Certificate of Limited Partnership of PAA Natural Gas Storage,
L.P.
|
|
3
|
.2*
|
|
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of
PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. (included as Appendix A in
the prospectus included in this Registration Statement)
|
II-1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
|
|
Certificate of Formation of PNGS GP LLC
|
|
3
|
.4*
|
|
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement
of PNGS GP LLC
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. as to the legality
of the securities being registered
|
|
8
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. relating to tax
matters
|
|
10
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Form of Contribution Agreement
|
|
10
|
.2*
|
|
|
|
Form of Omnibus Agreement
|
|
10
|
.3*
|
|
|
|
Form of PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. Long-Term Incentive Plan
|
|
10
|
.4*
|
|
|
|
Form of Long-Term Incentive Plan Grant Letter
|
|
10
|
.5*
|
|
|
|
Form of GP Incentive Compensation Plan
|
|
10
|
.6*
|
|
|
|
Form of GP Incentive Compensation Plan Grant Letter
|
|
10
|
.7*
|
|
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement
|
|
21
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
List of Subsidiaries of PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P.
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers
|
|
23
|
.2*
|
|
|
|
Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in
Exhibit 5.1)
|
|
23
|
.3*
|
|
|
|
Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in
Exhibit 8.1)
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
|
|
Powers of Attorney (contained on
page II-4)
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the
underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting
agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in
such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt
delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and
controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing
provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that
in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the
Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event
that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other
than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid
by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is
asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant
will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been
settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of
prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in
reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to
Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities
Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as
of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-2
The undersigned registrant undertakes to provide to each common
unitholder, at least on an annual basis, a detailed statement of
any transactions with Plains All American, L.P. or its
subsidiaries, and of fees, commissions, compensation and other
benefits paid, or accrued to Plains All American, L.P. or its
subsidiaries for the fiscal year completed, showing the amount
paid or accrued to each recipient and the services performed.
The registrant undertakes to provide to the common unitholders
the financial statements required by
Form 10-K
for the first full fiscal year of operations of the company.
II-3
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Houston, State of
Texas, on January 22, 2010.
PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
PNGS GP LLC, its general partner
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Greg
L. Armstrong
|
Name: Greg L. Armstrong
Title: Chairman of the Board
and Chief Executive Officer
Power of
Attorney
Each person whose signature appears below appoints Al Swanson
and Richard K. McGee, and each of them, any of whom may act
without the joinder of the other, as his true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution
and re-substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead,
in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments
(including post-effective amendments) to this Registration
Statement and any Registration Statement (including any
amendment thereto) for this offering that is to be effective
upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended, and to file the same, with all exhibits
thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with
the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and
perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to
be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or
would do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them of their or his
substitute and substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, this Registration Statement has been signed below by
the following persons in the capacities and the dates indicated.
PNGS GP LLC, as general partner of PAA NATURAL GAS STORAGE,
L.P.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Greg
L. Armstrong
Greg
L. Armstrong
|
|
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
|
|
January 22, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Harry
N. Pefanis
Harry
N. Pefanis
|
|
Vice Chairman and Director
|
|
January 22, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Dean
Liollio
Dean
Liollio
|
|
President and Director
|
|
January 22, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Al
Swanson
Al
Swanson
|
|
Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)
|
|
January 22, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Tina
L. Val
Tina
L. Val
|
|
Vice President Accounting and Chief Accounting
Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
|
|
January 22, 2010
|
II-4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
|
Description
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
|
|
Certificate of Limited Partnership of PAA Natural Gas Storage,
L.P.
|
|
3
|
.2*
|
|
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Limited Partnership Agreement of
PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. (included as Appendix A in
the prospectus included in this Registration Statement)
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
|
|
Certificate of Formation of PNGS GP LLC
|
|
3
|
.4*
|
|
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement
of PNGS GP LLC
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. as to the legality
of the securities being registered
|
|
8
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Opinion of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. relating to tax
matters
|
|
10
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
Form of Contribution Agreement
|
|
10
|
.2*
|
|
|
|
Form of Omnibus Agreement
|
|
10
|
.3*
|
|
|
|
Form of PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P. Long-Term Incentive Plan
|
|
10
|
.4*
|
|
|
|
Form of Long-Term Incentive Plan Grant Letter
|
|
10
|
.5*
|
|
|
|
Form of GP Incentive Compensation Plan
|
|
10
|
.6*
|
|
|
|
Form of GP Incentive Compensation Plan Grant Letter
|
|
10
|
.7*
|
|
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement
|
|
21
|
.1*
|
|
|
|
List of Subsidiaries of PAA Natural Gas Storage, L.P.
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
|
|
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers
|
|
23
|
.2*
|
|
|
|
Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in
Exhibit 5.1)
|
|
23
|
.3*
|
|
|
|
Consent of Vinson & Elkins L.L.P. (contained in
Exhibit 8.1)
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
|
|
Powers of Attorney (contained on
page II-4)
|
|
|
|
* |
|
To be filed by amendment. |